This huge Deus Ex: Human Revolution guide includes:
In description of every mission available in the game you will find very detailed tips on finding key places and items, conversations with NPCs and dealing with enemies and variety of security systems. This guide should be useful both to players who plan to fight enemies directly and those who prefer to remain hidden. The walkthrough was further divided into smaller pieces in key plot places, helping you to achieve the best possible results based on your favorite tactics. It is worth noting that the guide includes many possible ways to solve quests, assuming the use of various augmentations (implants) among other things.
You'll find the following color markings in this guide:
Markings #1 and #2 in main and side missions' descriptions indicate that a given piece of text is linked with left or right screen above it.
During a prologue Adam Jensen doesn't have any augmentations (implants) yet, so he is 100% Homo sapiens. It is best to see a prologue as a tutorial for key elements of the game. It is worth noting that you won't be rewarded in prologue for any actions from hiding. You will be also forced to eliminate opponents who attack Sarif Industries HQ.
Game starts in the Dr. Megan Reed's office. Take a moment to explore the area. You can find several interactive objects there (take closer look at an e-book lying on the couch) and interact with a computer terminal to read the messages left on it. At the end initiate a conversation with Megan Reed (screen above).
Now a long walk through laboratories awaits you, during which you won't be able to move freely but only look to the sides. This 'few minutes' trip will and up in the David Sarif's office. After a moment an alarm activates, and you'll be asked by your supervisor to investigate the situation.
Go to the elevator #1 located on the left and interact with a control console. You have already an access code to the elevator - 0451 #2. You can enter it by using the keyboard or the mouse to click on the buttons. Do not try to start the mini hacker game, while you do not have the necessary skills. Enter the elevator and use a control panel. Elevator will take you to a new level.
Leave the elevator and take the only possible path. After reaching the partially lowered barrier #1, duck (default - the C key). Continue to walk, reaching after a few moments the place where you see the execution of two scientists. Use now the blazing left passage #2.
Once you get inside, go to crates #1 located in front of you. Press E key to raise the upper chest. Put it somewhere on the side and notice that you've uncovered an entrance to the air vent. Jump on the lower chest #2, open the vent (E key again) and go inside.
Go through the whole vent, reaching after a few moments to the new grille. Exit the vent and use a large hole in the wall #1. I suggest saving your game here, because you're getting closer to the first group of opponents. You need to locate door #2 leading to further parts of the facility.
Enter the room and hide behind one of the covers (this is done by holding the right mouse button by default). Opponents will appear soon on the upper balcony. It would be good to attack them before they go down the platform at a lower level (screen above), because otherwise they could easily surround you and throw grenades at you. Shoot with short bursts of the combat rifle, do not lean out from the covers for too long and hide behind it as soon as Jensen gets serious injuries.
After the fight pick up the ammo from fallen enemies and go up the stairs to the upper level. Head here to the new door #1. Follow the next hallway, using the jump option (default SPACE) after reaching the small obstacles #2. Crouch and carefully approach the entrance to the new room occupied by enemy units.
I suggest to shoot two enemies from around the door (screenshot above), surprising at least one of them. Be ready to deal with a third mercenary, who should move in your direction after a moment. You cannot let him to get close to you.
You can now head to the only possible way out of the room #1. Follow the main corridor, again using the crouch option on the way. Watch the interactive cut-scene involving the member of a hostile organization using implants, and save your game before you decide to enter the new room #2.
Move carefully to the railing of the upper balcony. It is worth to shoot your opponents when they are close to each other (screenshot above), which reduces the risk of wasting ammunition. If the enemies will move to the place where shooting them from the balcony is not possible, change your position slightly, heading towards the ramp leading to the lower level. Remember to not let enemies get close, and hide behind a veil whenever the hero is seriously wounded.
After winning the battle go down and head toward the blazing passage #1. Follow the only possible path. When you reach one of the next passages #2, game will show longer cutscene, ending the prologue at the same time.
Sarif Industries headquarters serves as a base camp. I would not advise at the first visit to this location to spend all free time to explore it, because it is more important to start the mission related with retaking the attacked factory as soon as possible. If you ignore the Sarif's pressures, it will ends with murdering of hostages held by terrorists. Do not worry - you will have enough time later in the game to take a closer look at the Sarif Industries headquarters.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Meet Pritchard in a Tech Lab - I advise you to quickly settle the matter in the laboratory and not waste valuable time on the verbal skirmishes with Pritchard.
2. PRIMARY - Go to the helipad - If you care about saving all the hostages held at the factory, then go to the landing site immediately after finishing a conversation with Pritchard.
You start exploration of Sarif Industries headquarters at the first level (it's worth taking a moment to review map, which is activated by default with M key). Head straight and reach the stairs leading to the second level. Go up the stairs and turn right. You need to get to the technical laboratory room (screen above).
Go inside, walk to Frank Pritchard and initiate a conversation with him #1, so the scientist could repair main character's damaged implant. Later in the conversation the game will allow you choose #2 whether answer the Pritchard's verbal provocation (twice 'Confront' option) or ignore it. The second option is better, and that's because if you care about saving the hostages, a quick access to the helipad is a priority.
Reward: 150 experience points.
Exit the Pritchard's and return to the stairs. Use the passage, by which two guards stand (Cafeteria, Helipad) #1. Turn then left, reaching after a few moments the door leading to the landing site #2.
Go to the flying machine and talk to Faridah Malik #1. The choice of responses to her concerns as to whether Jensen should join the mission is not important. At the end of the conversation you have to confirm (Ready), that you are ready for departure to the factory #2.
Reward: 150 experience points.
A longer talk awaits you, this time with David Sarif. If you've hurried up, you will learn from him that all hostages are still alive. The worst scenario is that eight of them now are dead, and the only remaining one to be saved is Josie Thorpe.
Whatever the situation with the hostages is, you have to decide in a conversation with Sarif how you want to prepare for the mission (screen above):
Option 1 - Do not kill
This is the best solution if you want to remain hidden and avoid enemies or, at most, make them unconscious. Available items for this option are:
A short range weapon - You'll get a stun gun with ammunition.
A long range weapon - You'll get a tranquilizer rifle with ammunition.
Option 2 - Kill
This is the best solution if you intend to actively participate in the fighting, killing enemies with without the possibility of sneaking (total or partial). Available items for this option are:
A short range weapon - You'll get a revolver with ammunition.
A long range weapon - You'll get a combat rifle with ammunition.
The expedition to plant is a total of three main quests. During completing first of them your priorities will be to get inside the plant and reach the room where the Typhoon weapon is kept. Now you'll have more freedom of action, being able, depending on your preferences, to participate in fights or move without initiating alarms and informing the enemies about your position. In this guide both ways are described, but I recommend working from hiding, since it is rewarded with additional experience points.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Enter the manufacturing plant - You will be able to do this in two ways.
2. SECONDARY - Secure the hostages - This objective will show up in your journal only if all hostages (not counting Josie Thorpe) are still alive.
3. SECONDARY - Save Josie Thorpe - If you've moved to the plant quite fast and hostages are still alive, you'll be asked to save Josie after you've secured the main group of hostages. If you're late and hostages are dead, this objective will be active after you started this quest. Regardless of the events, you'll be able to start searching Josie only after finding the Typhoon weapons and this will be done in the main quest Neutralize the Terrorist Leader.
4. PRIMARY - Retrieve the Typhoon - You'll start searching for the weapon only after getting inside the plant.
The mission starts on the landing area on the third level. Go inside the building. After you get inside, explore lockers and consider talking to one of the SWAT members #1. You can ask him #2 about the terrorist leader, a possible number of enemies inside the plant and SWAT plans regarding the assault on the plant.
Go further, looking for more lockers. Use the door and you'll be contacted by Frank Pritchard #1. He will tell you how you can get inside the plant. Use the ladder twice #2 trying not to make too much noise.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the plant; 2 - A road leading on the top of containers (to the air vent).
Lean out from a corner and quietly get rid of the first guard, preferably immediately, and not only when he will leave this place. I recommend using the option to stun enemies, activated with Q button by default (Jensen must be close to the attacked a person of course). The advantage of this is that the enemies have no chance to defend themselves against it. You do not need to waste your ammunition too, but it is required to regeneration a battery visible in the upper left corner. After a successful action, consider pulling the terrorist corpse near the ladder. Other opponents should not get here, but I'd better not risk. Think also about searching an opponent's corpse after each action. This particular one will have with him a PDA with a saved message beside other things.
There are three more terrorists near the entrance to the plant. If you want to kill them quietly, I suggest starting with one closest to you #1. However an attack must be made when other opponents are looking or going in other direction. Pull the terrorist's corpse to some isolated place. Now open the left gate #2 - you'll find stun gun ammo.
Jump on crates until you'll get into small tunnel #1. Go outside carefully, hiding behind new covers and waiting for the second opponent #2 to show up. Stun him when third terrorist seen in the distance will go away or watch in other direction.
Make sure to hide second opponent's corpse at least behind the crates #1. Now you have to eliminate only one enemy. Approach him, after he goes to the main entrance to the plant #2.
If you do not want to attack the opponents or you've already dealt with them, look for some kind of pyramid made of containers and crates, located north from the main entrance to the plant (screen above). Start climbing. Once on top, use the ladder.
Do not worry about electrical field on the ground and go to a crate to the right #1. Take it and put it on the side. You'll see a narrow passage which can be used. Go inside and get to the fuse box #2. After interacting with it, an electrical field will disappear.
Now you can continue your walk. After few moments you'll find an entrance to the air vent #1. Open it and get inside. The only possible way will lead you to the warehouse. Jump down on the big crate under you #2 and save the game.
Reward: 200 experience points + 500 experience points for staying undetected.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the plant; 2 - A road leading on the top of containers (to the air vent).
Lean out from a corner and quietly get rid of the first guard, preferably immediately, and not only when he will leave this place. I recommend using the option to kill enemies, activated with Q button by default (Jensen must be close to the attacked a person of course). The advantage of this is that the enemies have no chance to defend themselves against it. You do not need to waste your ammunition too, but it is required to regeneration a battery visible in the upper left corner. Same as with peaceful option, I would recommend not alerting other enemies. They would be easier to be killed this way. Think also about searching an opponent's corpse after each kill. This particular one will have with him a PDA with a saved message beside other things.
Carefully move closer to the main entrance to the plant. There are three enemies there and it would be good to start a fight with the detonation of one of the nearby explosive barrels (screen above). During the fight remember to take cover and do not let enemies get close to Jensen.
Make sure you've killed all enemies, search their corpses, and pick up ammo for a combat rifle from one of the crates and head towards the main entrance to the plant #1. Once inside #2, take a concussion grenade and save the game.
Reward: 200 experience points.
Map legend: 1 - Passage to the lobby; 2 - Door to the main corridor; 3 - Ladder leading to the air vent.
There are five enemies in the warehouse, but eliminating them quietly shouldn't be a problem. Start with jumping down on one of the lower crates to collect tranquilizer rifle ammo #1. Now head north, jumping down to the lowest level #2.
Head north, hiding near crates after few meters. You should first eliminate the terrorist who is patrolling this area and who is stopping from time to time a place which is not guarded by other enemies (screen above).
Stay in the area and use nearby crates #1 in order to get to the upper balcony (you have to jump over the railing). Head east and jump down where the railing is missing #2. Now turn south and stay in shadows as long as possible.
Pick up and move a crate located by the eastern wall #1 and move south a little. You should be behind second enemy #2. Attack him only when one of terrorists patrolling the warehouse will go away. Move the corpse of stunned opponent to some safe place.
Return to the place where you've eliminated first terrorist and now take care of his buddy - he is searching for something in the crate #1. Same as before do not leave his body to be seen. Now you have to eliminate a terrorist patrolling the warehouse but do this very carefully #2.
It is time for second terrorist searching for something in the crate #1. Now you can freely look around. I suggest taking a closer look at some small rooms in the southern part of the warehouse. You'll find there some lockers, e-book, a newspaper and n unsecured computer terminal #2 with some messages.
I suggest choosing a northern way leading to the main lobby #1. Be careful because there will be two terrorist there. Use opportunity to attack both of them by surprise #2. Now look around, open a drawer and examine two computer terminals (with two and three messages respectively).
Return to the main warehouse. If you've been avoiding enemies till now or you want to pass by the next group of them, then in the north-eastern part of the warehouse you can find a ladder #1. After reaching upper balconies you could pick up one of the crates and move it near the wall in order to use air vents #2.
A way through air vents is not linear in this case. In order to get best results, reach first junction #1, turn left and then right. This would allow you to reach and exit to the northernmost #2.
If you want to deal with terrorists personally, I suggest using a door located in the northern part of the warehouse (Lockers, Lobby, Shipping) #1. If three opponents are still in one place, approach them and listen to the whole conversation. But if there are apart, go to the room on the right and kill one of the enemies #2.
A second terrorist should patrol nearby corridors #1 and it is best to surprise him when he turns around and goes in the opposite direction. Use the moment and explore toilets - in one of them you'll find and e-book. Now go to the locker room where third terrorist is located #2. After eliminating him, open all lockers - you'll find credits, stun gun ammo and tranquilizer rifle ammo.
Map legend: 1 - Passage to the lobby; 2 - Door to the main corridor; 3 - Ladder leading to the air vent.
Stand at a nearby cover, wait for first opponent to come closer and eliminate him. Prepare a concussion grenade you got earlier and throw it at big group of terrorists which should appear here soon (screen above). Deal quickly with dazed enemies (there were a total of five terrorists in the warehouse).
Now you can look around the warehouse, picking a new concussion grenade. I suggest taking a closer look at some small rooms in the southern part of the warehouse. You'll find there some lockers, e-book, a newspaper and an unsecured computer terminal #1 with some messages. I suggest choosing a northern way leading to the main lobby #2.
Be careful because there will be two terrorist there. Use opportunity to attack both of them by surprise #1. Now look around, open a drawer and examine two computer terminals (with two and three messages respectively). Now you can head east and use stairs in order to get to the next corridor #2.
Open a door and shoot enemies in the corridor. Be very careful here, because new group of terrorists can appear after few moments. Do not let them get close to your hero. Use opportunity and explore toilets, where you'll find an e-book. Finally go east, finding an entrance to the locker room. Open all lockers - you'll find credits, a concussion grenade, revolver ammo and combat rifle ammo.
Regardless of your previous actions, now you have to choose a corridor leading north (Assembly Ln.1 Ln.2, Server Room) #1. On your way there Pritchard will contact you and tell you that a nearby door has to be hacked. Go to this door #2 and spend some moments to watch a tutorial movie about hacking (it can be also started from pause menu). If you're ready, start interaction with an electronic lock. Accept a mini hacker game.
As you probably learned from a tutorial, you goal in mini hacker game is to capture subsequent nodes to take control over device's registers. In this case start with capturing the left directory and then choose a bridge leading to the upper target point. Since you're dealing here with lowest, first-level protection, the chances of being detected by enemy network are low. But if that happens, you have to be hurry, because you'll probably have no additional application which makes hacking easier. I recommend improving augmentations which streamline the whole process and allow you breaking into better secured system, and that's because completing mini hacker games is rewarded with credits and valuable experience points. So if you feel confident and you've mastered the rules of this mini game, it is worth playing it even if you already know the combination or a password to computer system.
Go inside and look around the room, saving the game. Go little further, being decontaminated. Be careful though, because the next room is occupied by enemy units.
Warning! If you want to avoid killing or even stunning your opponents for all costs, scroll down to description of Step 6 (Saving hostages) or Step 7 (Getting to the assembly lab - Lab 2).
There are four opponents in Lab 1 room. A guy walking between left and right stairs should be eliminated first (screen above). I suggest attacking him from a distance and putting his corpse by the table - only this way guaranties that no one will see it. It is worth noting that if hostages are still alive, terrorists will be discussing their situation. That will give you more time to eliminate an alone opponent patrolling this area and to hide his corpse.
Wait for a good moment and approach a place, where first terrorist's corpse lies #1. Notice, that another opponent stops on the right side #2 and this is a perfect moment to neutralize him. Same as previously, you have to do it when other terrorists can't see you. After this pull away his corpse.
There are two more opponents left and in order to increase your chances it is worth move inwards. First kill the enemy who walks #1 and then the one who stands by the wall #2.
Be sure to examine the corpse of third (in order) eliminated terrorist, because he got a PDA. Read its contents being in a journal menu #1 and you'll learn that the combination to disarm the bomb is 1505. Explore the area in order to find stun gun ammo and then head to the northern storage room (Storage Room 01). Attack by surprise a terrorist which is inside #2 and then explore the room.
In contrast to a peaceful option, when you had to do your best, this case is much easier. Stand near the railing, wait until at least 2-3 enemies get closer each other and then throw a concussion grenade at them (screen above). Now start shooting at dazed enemies, having an element of surprise. Apart from four enemies visible here be prepare to eliminate fifth opponent who will appear from the north (storage room).
After the fight search for revolver ammo and combat riffle ammo and then examine opponents' bodies. One of them has a PDA with him. Read its contents being in a journal menu #1 and you'll learn that the combination to disarm the bomb is 1505. Head to the northern storage room (Storage Room 01) #2, where you can find a concussion grenade, combat riffle ammo and shotgun rounds.
Warning! A chance of completing this mission objective appears only when hostages are still alive, that is you were not late with flying to the plant. It doesn't mean of course that otherwise it is not worth to explore places where they were held, because in addition to finding their bodies you could also find ammo and receive experience points for getting through air vents.
Map legend: 1 - Entrance to the air vent leading to hostages.
Hostages are held in the room upstairs but I DEFINITELY do not recommend using the stairs, because an attempt to pass through the door will result in prematurely arming the bomb and starting the countdown. 20 seconds is a lot of time in theory but it is not worth to be stressed unnecessarily. Instead of that, stand near the place where you start. Use the right stairs and go down. Turn around - you'll find a crate #1. Go to the crate and move it to reveal an entrance to an air vent #2. If you didn't eliminate enemies described in Step 5 and you do not want to do so, you have to choose a perfect moment to enter the vent - no one can see you.
Go through the vent and after few moments you'll reach a ladder #1. Use it to go up. Enter another vent. After several meters you'll find yourself above Lab 1 #2.
Carefully go straight ahead until you reach another air vent #1. This time you will reach a room with hostages #2. If they are still alive, you'll find Greg Thorpe and some anonymous plant workers. If you're late for this mission, all hostages will be dead.
Approach the bomb mechanism (screen above) and interact with it. As you probably remember one of the terrorists left a message with instructions how to disarm the bomb. So instead of wasting time for mini hacker game just enter a correct combination - 1505.
Reward: 500 experience points.
Stay in this room, pick up tranquilizer riffle ammo and find Greg Thorpe #1. During a conversation you'll be asked to save his wife. Regardless of your reaction on his request #2, you'll unlock a new mission objective - Save Josie Thorpe (same one which would be active from the beginning if hostages are dead).
Current room has two exits. You can use eastern door #1 (Assembly Ln.2, Server Room) or southern door #2 (Assembly Ln.2, Meeting Room). If you haven't eliminated enemies described in Step 5 and you do not want to do it, it is better to choose southern door because it will be much easier to stay unnoticed.
If you've chosen eastern passage, then you'll find yourself by a corridor with a security camera, patrolled by one terrorist. Whether you play offensive or peacefully, it would be good to neutralize him after he gets close to Jensen (screen above), of course silently. Otherwise you would launch an unnecessary alarm in the plant. Be sure to pull away the corpse and then go under the camera avoiding being in its field of view (destroying the camera results with launching an alarm).
If you've chosen southern passage, you won't see any enemies at the beginning and first security camera will be seen after reaching a junction. It will be located to the south (screen above). Go there, crossing under camera.
As you've probably noticed, there is a meeting room near with two terrorists inside. It is worth to take care of them #1. If you want to stun them just wait until they split and stop, but if you want to kill them just start shooting when you are close to the southern door - camera won't see you then. You'll find an e-book #2, a newspaper, combat rifle ammo and revolver ammo in this room.
Now you can choose southern corridor, reaching a closed door #1. Interact with control panel and resolve new mini hacker game. Once you get inside new room, save the game and head to another door #2.
Warning! If you want to avoid killing or even stunning your opponents for all costs, read a description below on how to get to the room corner. Then scroll down to description of Step 9 (Getting to the server room).
Stand by the closest cover and take a look at 3 terrorists' behavior. Wait for a good moment and head right #1. Take cover and move slowly towards elevator #2 which can be seen in a distance (use a SPACE key, but do not hold it - just press it - you will move from cover to cover this way). Try to get to right upper corner of the room.
Now you can start eliminating enemies. First take care of a terrorist who patrols an area close to you #1. Pull away his corpse fast (it is best to hide it behind one of the tables). The next one to be eliminated should be a terrorist who walks between assembly lines #2.
Only one terrorist is left #1 but do not get fooled, because he also often changes his position. Use a moment to look around, finding stun gun ammo. Head now to the door leading to the northern storage room (Storage Room 02) or use an air vent passage behind crates #2.
Be careful, because a corridor leading to the storage room is patrolled by a terrorist #1. Stun him and explore the storage room #2, picking up stun gun ammo among other things.
Return to main room and this time go to the southern storage room (Storage Room 03) #1. This time also you'll have to eliminate a terrorist #2. Examine a crate, which your opponent was examining and you'll find valuable weapon mod.
Start with taking a cover and try to attack your opponents before they split up #1. If you do not want to attack them from a ground floor, you can try to get to upper balconies #2. Be prepared that in addition to three main terrorists there might be two more running out from nearby rooms.
Look around and pick up combat rifle ammo. Now walk to the door leading to the northern room (Storage Room 02) #1. Depending on previous fight, it might be safe here or you'll meet one guard. Go to the northern room #2, where you'll find a fragmentation grenade.
Return to main room and go to the southern storage room (Storage Room 03) #1. You have to watch out, because you can meet a terrorist here (if he didn't join the previous fight). Pick up revolver ammo and look inside the big crate #2, finding valuable weapon mod.
Regardless of how you dealt with opponents (or completely ignored eliminating them), you have to get to the eastern elevator #1. Interact with two control panels and wait until the elevator transports you to another level. Just after exiting the elevator, look around for a Praxis kit #2, which will earn you one upgrade point. It is worth to spend this point right now, unless you want to save it for later (for upgrade which requires more than one point).
Map legend: 1 - Turret controlling terminal; 2 - Entrance to air vent.
Go south and stop at the junction. If you go close the wall, you should be able to notice that right around a corner not only security camera awaits you but also defense turret. Since you do not have any weapon capable of destroying the turret, you have to turn it off or pass it by. Both options are described below.
If you want to turn off the turret, go to the left by jumping #1 (press SPACE - you have to be "glued" to the wall). This maneuver must be done when security camera "looks" in other direction. Now you can enter small security room #2.
Once inside, search for a PDA first. Read a message (being in journal) and you'll learn than login 'ddutchman' is connected with password 'windmill'. Additionally take two applications which make hacking easier. You won't use them now, but they will be useful later.
Interact with computer terminal #1. Enter password - 'windmill' or complete mini hacker game. After getting an access to the system #2 you can turn of the camera (click on only icon visible at the bottom). If you have Turret domination augmentation, you can also reprogram a defensive turret. There will be two choices: turn off the turret or set it against your enemies. The second option is useless because there are no enemies around.
Now you can return to main corridor. You have to be careful, because besides protection systems described above there is also a concussion mine, which can be detected by noticing a pulsing yellow light. Crouch and hold down CTRL key and then carefully approach a mine (screen above). It is worth to disarm it (E key) and take with you. If you want you can detonate it (destroy it from a distance or just move towards it) but it is better to take it with you.
If you want to past the turret, just explore a corridor in front of junction. Move crates on the right #1, so you'll reveal an air vent entrance. Go inside and after few moment you'll exit behind the turret #2 and you won't have to turn it off.
Regardless of your behavior, pick up stun gun ammo and use a door nearby. Go inside the server room (Mainframe). You'll be shown a cut-scene with one terrorist and Jensen will acquire a Typhoon. During a short conversation David Sarif will ask you to get terrorists' leader - Zeke Sanders, but this (same as saving Josie Thorpe) will be done in another main quest - Neutralize the Terrorist Leader.
Reward: 250 experience points + 500 experience points for staying undetected.
This quest is a direct continuation of Securing Sarif's Manufacturing Plant mission. In this case your main task is to locate terrorists' leader, Zeke Sanders, but do not forget also about secondary objective from a previous quest, connected with saving Josie Thorpe. I suggest saving your game before confronting Sanders, because this meeting might have several endings.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Confront Zeke Sanders - You'll meet him at the very end of this quest.
2. SECONDARY - Rescue Josie Thorpe - This time you can start searching for Josie and rescuing her. It is important how you react after locating her, as failed negotiations with Sanders may lead to her death.
Start with examining terrorist's corpse and exploring a room in order to find combat rifle ammo and sniper rifle ammo. Now you can exit the server room #1 and head towards the elevator (Head Office) #2. Use control panels and wait until you get to a new level.
Exit the elevator and go straight ahead, ignoring fights which can be seen under a glass bridge #1. Once you reach a staircase save the game and go upstairs #2. After few moments you'll get close to the part of the building occupied by enemy units.
Warning! If you want to avoid killing or even stunning your opponents for all costs, read a description below on how to get to the lover level (air vent). Then scroll down to description of Step 3 (Getting to Sander's location).
Stand near crates and wait for opponents to split up. If you hurry up, you should eliminate an opponent who walks towards stairs #1. Do not worry though if you can't make it, because you can deal with him later. Turn left and go to the end of corridor, reaching a terrorist patrolling this level. He should stand at the railing #2 and this is a perfect moment to get rid of him but do it unnoticed - there are his buddies under you.
Return now to the meeting room you've seen earlier (Meeting Room) and explore it carefully. You'll find an e-book and a newspaper there, plus a PDA with a password saved there.
You can reach lower level in two main ways. I do not recommend using stairs #1, because you could be seen. A much better way is to look around in the southern room - you'll find there an air vent entrance #2. It leads to men's room.
Note - the following description refers to a situation where all terrorists are alive. If you've killed first of them previously, one problem is already fixed.
Exit the toilet and focus on eliminating two terrorists walking around lower office room. It is good to kill the guy on a right first #1 and then deal with enemy to the left #2. In both cases you have to focus on remaining unnoticed and after eliminating opponents pulling away their bodies to some safe place (to the office room or under the stairs).
Now stun two left enemies who are coming to different computer terminals #1 #2. After securing the area, be sure to examine terrorists' bodies. You'll get three PDAs with access password to terminals.
Stand near crates. You could attack your enemies right away but it would result in fighting them in very narrow corridor without many chances to change your actual location.
It is better to wait until they split up, go on the left and attack the terrorist who stands near the railing. Go there quickly and start attacking opponents on lower level, using advantage of your position.
Check southern room in search for revolver ammo and go back to the meeting room you've seen earlier (Meeting Room) and explore it carefully. You'll find an e-book and a newspaper there, plus a PDA. Now examine terrorists' bodies. Use the stairs to get down. You'll find three PDAs with access password to terminals while searching the bodies.
Examine the place before leaving it. There is tranquilizer ammo in a small room on the ground floor. Now you can start examining computer terminals in a main room. There are ten of them and theoretically everyone is secured (1st level of hacking skill needed), but you possess passwords to some of them. Make sure to read info left in every terminal.
You can now head towards an exit, located in southwestern part of a large room #1 (this is a place where you have to get to if you want to go through the factory without killing or stunning your enemies). Go upstairs. After reaching the highest level, take an e-book from a desk. Be sure to save the game before opening the double door #2!
When you try to open a door, a game will show you a cut-scene, from which you'll learn that Zeke Sanders holds Josie Thorpe as a hostage, threatening to kill her. The game then will allow you to make a choice on how to deal with this situation.
If you do not care about Zeke and you want to save Josie only, it would be good option to choose a fight (left dialog option). But you'd have to hurry up and shoot Zeke right after regaining control on main hero (screen above). If you wait too long, Zeke will murder Jesie.
Reward: 750 experience points.
I do not recommend to choose an option of explicitly informing Zeke that you're going to let him go (top dialog option). He wouldn't believe your words and withdraw with a hostage from this room. After this both characters would be shot by SWAT team members.
Reward: 1750 experience points + 500 experience points for remaining unnoticed.
The best solution is to focus on a hostage (right dialog option). A Social Enhancer augmentation would be very helpful here, because you could know the psychological profile of Sanders and monitor the persuasion level. A proper way of conversation will make a bar changing into green, while wrong decisions make it more orange. Do not worry if you do not have augmentation mentioned above, because negotiations might be successful even without it. We can't unfortunately provide you with a proven method because despite choosing same behavior options on subsequent attempts to play negotiations, Sanders may behave in very different way. So it is important to read every dialog line connected with behavior option. You must also remember about what you want to get and all negotiations have to be focused on the final effect.
You can get Sanders to your side convincing him that hacker who ordered him to attack a plant, wanted to frame him. You must also make him aware, that his "boss" expected that Sanders could be killed by SWAT team members trying to rescue hostages. A final goal of negotiations might be achieved by selecting behavior options Empathize or Reason. If you success, Sanders will release Josie go and main hero will let him go.
Reward: 1750 experience points + 500 experience points for staying undetected.
What's left now is to get out of the plant which is described in the next main quest section - Extraction.
This quest is a direct continuation of Securing Sarif's Manufacturing Plant and Neutralize the Terrorist Leader missions. Only thing you can do is to get to the plant landing area in order to prepare a return to Sarif Industries headquarters.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Meet Malik on the roof - This conversation should be started after exploring the whole plant and making sure that nothing was missed.
Before you leave the place it is worth to talk to Josie Thorpe #1, of course is she is not killed during confrontation with Sanders. She will react differently based on fact if you've succeeded to save her husband Greg or he died with the rest of hostages. Greg Thorpe can be found near the landing area #2 and if you saved his wife, he'll promise to repay you.
Look around and hack into computer terminal #1 in order to read two messages. If you killed Sanders it is worth to examine his corpse - you'll find a PDA with three messages. Now you can exit the building and go to the landing area. Once there initiate a conversation with Faridah Malik #2. You'll be able to choose an answer for her comment about securing the plant, but frankly speaking it doesn't matter what you choose. Same as with previous conversation with Malik, you have to confirm your decision about leaving the place.
Reward: 750 experience points.
After returning to the Sarif Industries headquarters, you'll talk to Malik again. During the conversation you can share your opinion about augmentations and ask her few questions about an attack from the game prologue (screen above). Fariddah will tell you that Sarif wants you to get Typhoon to Pritchard's lab, but this will be done during next main quest - Tying Up Loose Ends.
This quest basically consists of only two conversations. More important is that completing it results in unlocking the possibility of free movement within the area of ??Detroit, thus providing a greater non-linearity to solve the following tasks (main and secondary).
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Give the Typhoon to Pritchard - This conversation will be very short.
2. PRIMARY - Meet with Sarif in the Penthouse - This meeting will be longer that previous one and result in receiving two more main quests.
You should still remember the location of the Pritchard's tech lab Pritchard (second level of Sarif Industries headquarters), and that's because you have used this track twice before heading to the plant. Once in the lab, initiate a conversation with Pritchard. Frank in a not very polite way will tell main character that he is trying to track down the hacker who broke into the Sarif Industries computer system. After a brief talk you will be sent to Sarif.
Reward: 750 experience points.
Leave the Pritchard's office. In order to get to the Sarif's office you have to us the elevator. Entrances to elevators are located in eastern part of every Sarif Industries headquarters level (screen above). It doesn't matter on which level you enter the elevator because it goes only to the top. Use two control panels and wait until you'll get to the place.
There will be new cut-scene after you exit the elevator. A first part of conversation with Sarif differs depending on whether you were involved in Sanders' death or you let him go (you must defend your tactics which you've used in the plant). Sarif will give you two tasks. First of them (main quest Visiting the L.I.M.B. Clinic) is very easy and concerns on getting to the L.I.M.B. clinic. A second task (main quest Investigating the Suicide Terrorist) is more important and complicated. Sarif want you to get to the morgue in local police station and examine corpse of terrorist from the plan (a one who were using augmentations and committed suicide at moment when he saw Jensen). A game will provide you choice whiter you want to complete this quest or express an adverse opinion on the fact that breaking into the morgue would be breaking the law (screen above). However this doesn't affect further events or your relations with David.
Reward: 750 experience points.
This quest is given to you after your return from the plant and this takes place simultaneously with initiating the mission Investigating the Suicide Terrorist. I suggest going to the clinic first, and this is because this mission is less time consuming. You'll also be able to purchase Praxis kits and thus unlock new upgrades.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Meet with Doctor Marcovic - The conversation starts automatically after you get to the clinic. You can also buy there some items - Praxis kits among other things.
In order to reach the clinic you have to leave Sarif Industries headquarters first. Use the elevator again and then go to the lowest, first level #1. Head to the entrance door, at which guards stand #2.
Once outside take a look at the map of this are - press M key or just find any information point. As you probably noticed, in order to reach the L.I.M.B. clinic you must go north and then turn west. It is best to stay at the main road so you won't be lost. Once you reach the destination place (screen above), use the front door.
After you enter the main clinic gate, the game will start a conversation with doctor Vera Marcovic. During this conversation you'll learn that your augmentations are doing well and you do not require Neuropozyne injections. A clinic employee will also inform you about possibility of using Praxis kits (you've found one of them during exploring a plant), providing instant access to Praxis points, and thus new improvements (without collecting experience points).
Reward: 1000 experience points.
Notice that you received 5000 credits from David Sarif, so the first Praxis kit can be bought free of charge. Select from the computer a buy option and go to the last tab (screen above). A shop offers two Praxis kits and if you have enough credits (remember that you can sell unneeded items in local shops), it is worth to bought both of them. You can also look around the clinic but this is optional.
This quest is given to you after your return from the plant and this takes place simultaneously with initiating the mission Visiting the L.I.M.B. Clinic. You shouldn't have big problems with completing it but it is worth successfully pass a conversation at the police station lobby, so the main character will not have to bother with enemies and security systems during his way through the police station.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Retrieve the dead terrorist's neural hub - I strongly recommend using the most "cultural" way of entering the police station (convincing a policeman in the lobby).
2. PRIMARY - Use my home computer to analyze the hub - This is simple mission, although it requires reaching Jensen's apartment in the Chiron's building.
In order to reach the police station, you have to leave the Sarif Industries headquarters first. Use the elevator again and then go to the lowest, first level #1. Head to the entrance door, at which guards stand #2.
Once outside take a look at the map of this are - press M key or just find any information point. In order to reach the police station (Police Station) you have to head north, passing by the train station #1. After few minutes you will reach a destination place #2.
In order to get to the morgue you have to get inside the police station first. Theoretically you can think that the main entrance is the best choice, but a game will allow you only to explore a small part of the lobby. Getting inside can be done in three ways:
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the police station; 2 - Descend to the sewers; 3 - Outside staircases.
As already mentioned, a first option is to talk to the policeman in the lobby. So use the main entrance to the police station #1, and once you're inside approach a place occupied by Wayne Haas #2. It is worth to save a game before starting conversation because wrong actions may cut you off from entering the police station with this method.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Haas and Jensen share common facts from the past - a failed action of SWAT team, after which Wayne was demoted. So you have to carry on a conversation to convince him to grant permission to main character to go to the morgue. A Social Enhancer augmentation would be very helpful here, because you could know the psychological profile of Haas and monitor the persuasion level. A proper way of conversation will make a bar changing into green, while wrong decisions make it more orange. Do not worry if you do not have augmentation mentioned above, because negotiations might be successful even without it. We can't unfortunately provide you with a proven method because despite choosing same behavior options on subsequent attempts to play negotiations, Haas may behave in very different way. So it is important to read every dialog line connected with behavior option. You must also remember about what you want to get and all negotiations have to be focused on the final effect.
You can persuade Haas by saying that he must take a risk and let you into the morgue and giving him some kind of absolution for the past events, confirming his conviction that he was not responsible for the death of teenager who was using augmentations. A final goal of conversation can be achieved by selecting Plead or Absolve behavior options. If you succeed, Haas will let you in the police station and allow you to go to the morgue. An alternative way of talking to Haas is the use of Social Enhancer to activate pheromones (Z key). You should then choose omega personality type behavior option (Crush). This would allow you to blackmail Haas and also get an access to the entire police station.
Reward: 1000 experience points (success) or 100 experience points (failure).
The second option is to get through the sewers. You can find sewers' entrance in the western part of the square in front of the police station. Find an interactive tile #1, move it and go down the ladder. Once in the sewers, save the game and that's because you'll come up with enemies soon. Go ahead reaching another ladder #2 after a while.
Make sure not to fall down from any of the catwalks, because contact with water will end badly for the protagonist. A first enemy awaits you right around the corner. If you prefer to act from hiding, just lean out for a moment to shoot him with stun weapon or use the camouflage to bypass him and attack him by surprise. If you prefer open fight just shoot him up but be prepared to fight his buddies who will show up soon.
There are two more opponents around the corner. If you prefer to act from hiding, use a camouflage or shoot a bandit #1 on the left with stun weapon and quickly attack his colleague from behind #2. If you have nothing against "traditional" fights, your opponents are probably dead till now. If now, wait until they stand close to each other and shoot them.
Go south and turn west when it is possible #1. You should reach a ladder #2 after few moments - use it.
Approach an electronic lock #1. It has third security level but do not stress too much because you can use ready-made combination - 2599. This code can be obtained from a woman named Letitia for example, who can be met right after leaving Sarif Industries building #2. After passing the door you'll find yourself on the level -2 - the same, where the morgue is located.
A third option is to use an external staircase on the back of the police station. So first you have to get there. If you have an augmentation to improve your hero's jumping (Jump Enhancement), just look around for an interactive crate. Pick it up and move it near the closed gate located east of the police station entrance (screen above). Jump onto the crate and then jump over the fence easily.
If you have an augmentation making Jensen immune to electricity (EMP Shielding), you can also choose a faster way to your destination. Just go east of the main police station entrance #1. Look for southern door and you'll find yourself in the corridor with electric field #2. Warning! Do not try to walk this way without an augmentation mentioned previously, because it will end with death of main character!
If you can't use any of augmentations mentioned above, you have to go through the sewers. In order to do this, examine an alley in the western part of the square and find an interactive tile #1. Move it and go down the ladder. Once in the sewers, save the game and that's because you'll come up with enemies soon. Go ahead reaching another ladder #2 after a while.
Make sure not to fall down from any of the catwalks, because contact with water will end badly for the protagonist. A first enemy awaits you right around the corner. If you prefer to act from hiding, just lean out for a moment to shoot him with stun weapon or use the camouflage to bypass him and attack him by surprise. If you prefer open fight just shoot him up but be prepared to fight his buddies who will show up soon.
There are two more opponents around the corner. If you prefer to act from hiding, use a camouflage or shoot a bandit #1 on the left with stun weapon and quickly attack his colleague from behind #2. If you have nothing against "traditional" fights, your opponents are probably dead till now. If now, wait until they stand close to each other and shoot them.
Go south #1. There will be no more opponents on your way, so you do not have to be careful. Locate a ladder in the southernmost part of the sewers #2 and use it, so when you reach the surface you'll find yourself directly behind the police station.
Head north. There will be a staircase to your left (screen above), and to use it you have to move any of the crates under the ladder. Now you can start climbing.
A game allows you to choose one of the two entrances. If you stop at the first door (screen above), you'll have to hack an electronic lock with second security level. Solving a mini hacker game would allow you to enter the second floor of the police station.
If you do not want to open the first door (or you can't open it), then continue climbing. After reaching the building's roof, look for an air vent entrance on your right #1. After a short walk inside a vent, you should use a ladder and get to the lower lever #2. Using the second air vent would allow you to get to the storage room located on the second floor of the police station.
If you've persuaded Haas to let you in, you'll start on the level 1 and be able to move freely almost everywhere in the police station. Use the sliding door, where one of the officers stands #1. Head south, passing through the large room (atrium) #2.
In order to reach the morgue you have to get to the lowest level - you can use stairs #1 or the elevator #2. Whichever method you choose, you'll get to the level -2, where you'll see one policeman and the security camera.
You do not have to sneak, because you got an access to explore the morgue. Head towards the door straight ahead (screen above).
If you've entered the police station through the sewers, you'll have to go through corridor guarded by several security systems. Start with interacting with a terminal located on the right wall (screen above). You have to play mini hacker game here (second security level) or enter the code 7668 (can be abstained from one of the computers in the police station). Once you're in the system, select an option to disable laser barrier.
This is not the end of your problems - there is another security camera around a corner. Do not even try to destroy it because it would trigger an alarm. Instead try to go under it heading towards the door visible at the end of corridor.
If you've entered the police station through one of entrances from the side of the staircase, there will be unfortunately a lot of obstacles on your way. You have to go to the lowest level, dealing at the same time with policemen and security systems. It would be much easier on the second floor of the police station, because after bypassing security camera #1 you could use an air vent #2 (a code 7668 can be useful here to disable laser barriers). An alternative way is to fight policemen or laborious usage of the camouflage mode.
The left door (screen above) leads to the morgue. If you've entered the police station through the lobby, it will be open. Otherwise you should probably enter a code 9212. This combination can be "legally" obtained from the computer on the second floor of the police station or from the guard patrolling level -2.
Once you get inside, you'll have to talk to the pathologist Dr Gerald Campbell #1 - but you won't have any influence on its course. After conversation is over, move towards hacker's corpse #2 and start interaction with it. Retrieve the neural hub from the corpse. After a moment David Sarif will contact you and ask you to main character's apartment in order to use home computer to examine the neural hub.
Reward: 1750 experience points + 750 experience points for reaching the morgue without triggering an alarm.
You can now leave the police station. You have to get to the Chiron building located west. This is a skyscraper, where main character has his apartment in. Choose path leading west #1 and after few moments you'll find yourself by the skyscraper #2.
Wait until you're moved to the building's lobby. Go straight ahead towards the elevator #1. Interact with control panels and wait until you're transported to the higher floor, listening to the Pritchard. Once you're on the destination floor turn right and walk to the first door on the right #2.
You can look around Jensen's apartment (if you didn't do it earlier) or go to the right room immediately. Interact with computer terminal (screen above). You'll see a cut-scene showing examining previously obtained item and new main quest becomes active - Stopping the Transmission. You'll be asked for finding and disabling the antenna connected with hackers' attacks on Sarif Industries.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
This quest is given to you after finding and examining the dead hacker's neural hub, this is after completing the main quest Investigating the Suicide Terrorist. If you were previously in the gang hideout, you know what to expect. Otherwise I suggest to read carefully the description below - you'll learn how to reach the antenna without eliminating all enemies in the gang hideout.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Locate and shut down antenna in Derelict Row - Reaching the antenna will cause most problems probably, but if you behave reasonably, it can be done without much bloodshed. Same as with secondary quest given by Jenna Alexander, you can make this easier and obtain experience points for being unnoticed. In order to do this, deal with all enemies in Derelict Row before starting completing this quest.
If you want to reach the antenna and only stun enemies or just bypass them, your way will be very long and tough. I suggest taking a stun weapon with you, so you can eliminate your opponents from the distance.
Map legend: 1 - Western corridor; 2 - Main path to the gang hideout; 3 - External staircase leading to the building's roof.
First you have to get to the square adjacent to the gang headquarters and there are three ways to do it. A first option is to use a passage located west to the gang hideout #1. Turn right and you should see some big crates #2 in front of you.
Do not destroy them yet, because it would alarm your enemies. It is better to stand between the crates and attack first opponent #1 with a stun weapon. Move away and after few moments do the same with the second guard. Now move or destroy the crates. Bypass guards' corpses and open the door leading to the square #2.
A second option is to take a main path leading to the gang hideout, located south from it #1. Eliminating guard(s) is not recommended, so better use a passage located to the left from a container #2.
A third option, definitely the best, is to attack or surprise gang members from above. This solution is good because your opponents are not good at finding enemies which are above them. In order to implement this option find a narrow alley to the south-west from the gang headquarters #1. Use a ladder and start climbing using an external staircase #2 along your way.
After reaching the top, open the door and enter the building #1. There is only one path there - follow it, ignoring closed gate on your way. You are to reach a new door #2, leading to the roof adjacent to the gang headquarters.
Note that you're now above your opponents - you can act in several ways here. A better solution is to eliminate them one by one with stun or tranquilizer weapon #1. If you do not want to eliminate them or you do not have proper equipment, just focus on getting down. You can use in this case an augmentation - Icarus Landing System or jump over nearby objects #2 in order to reach one of the external staircases.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the gang headquarters; 2 - Descent to the sewers.
After you've reached the square, you can start choosing your way to get into the gang's headquarters. I strongly recommend in this case using the descent to the sewers. Head east #1 and look around searching for interactive manhole #2. Passing the sewers not only allows you to avoid many opponents but also to go out to the surface near the door leading to the antenna.
Head north, until you find a barrel blocking a narrow passage #1. Save the game here #2, because the sewers are guarded by several opponents.
After using the first tunnel you have to choose your way to the destination site. A first option is to use next narrow passage, block by two barrels this time #1. Unfortunately it is possible only if you have an augmentation which makes Jensen immune to gas (Implanted Rebreather). Otherwise you can get killed by toxic vapors #2.
If you've managed to pass by the toxic tunnel, you should be able to get near the ladder #1. Use it and notice that you're now in the fenced area with several homeless people. Search for barrels, which you can jump on #2, and a container - next point on your "trip".
Make sure that none of the enemies comes in your direction and jump over the fence #1. Turn a little bit left and head towards fenced area with small hole #2.
A second option is to ignore a tunnel with poisonous gas and in this case you should start with eliminating a bandit who patrols this area #1. Luckily he can be surprised easily. Use a catwalk now and turn left #2.
As you probably noticed, there are three opponents located behind the barricade #1. If you have a camouflage, you can try to bypass them. Otherwise you have to eliminate them. It is best to attack them one by one, taking a cover after every successful action #2. If you've chosen strength variant here, examine enemies' corpses after the fight - you'll find a PDA with a code (5962) needed to disable the antenna.
Make sure that you've eliminated bandits and jump over the barricade. After few moments you should reach a ladder #1. Use it and you'll find yourself in the fenced area #2.
Map legend: 1 - Door leading to the antenna.
You are now very close to the door leading to the antenna, but you still should be careful, because the area is full of enemy units. If you want to avoid them, the best solution is to use a hole in the wall behind two barrels #1. Jump out the hole and locate a passage only partially planked #2.
You have to be careful, because there is one guard patrolling the area #1. It would be best to wait until he goes away and bypass him or attack him by surprise. Now you can go to the closed, western door #2. A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 2 (Shutting down the antenna).
If you want to get to the antenna paving you way and eliminating enemies without any scruples, reaching the destination will take less time. But you will have to be more careful, because sounds of battle certainly will alert enemies and you can't let them surround you.
Map legend: 1 - Western corridor; 2 - Main path to the gang hideout; 3 - External staircase leading to the building's roof.
Also in this case your first step should be getting to the square, but it is good to choose between two options of your further actions. A first option is an attack starting from the main path (screen above), located south from the entrance to the gang headquarters. Be prepared that after opening fire more enemies may appear. It is also good to check your back from time to time because outsiders may also join the fight.
A second option is safer and based on attacking enemies from above. This solution is good because your opponents are not good at finding enemies which are above them. In order to implement this option find a narrow alley to the south-west from the gang headquarters #1. Use a ladder and start climbing using an external staircase #2 along your way.
After reaching the top, open the door and enter the building #1. There is only one path there - follow it, ignoring closed gate on your way. You are to reach a new door #2, leading to the roof adjacent to the gang headquarters.
Stand close to the edge and start shooting at the enemies. As mentioned before, they would probably have problems with your attacks, even if you have a weapon without a silencer. Shooting at them from a roof has also this advantage that no one can surprise you and you can easily check that you've cleared the entire square. After a successful action, go down.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the gang headquarters; 2 - Descent to the sewers.
As you already got to the square, you must now think how to get to the gang headquarters. It is best to go to the main door (screen above), because you won't have to weave but go straight instead most of the time.
Once inside, eliminate first opponent, who patrols corridor nearby #1. The attack his buddies, who stand little bit further #2. Be aware that new opponents will be joining the fight from now on. It is worth to use covers wisely and check radar's display often.
Only thing left is to explore gang headquarters. After passing through a damaged gate, regularly eliminate enemies around you #1. After a long walk you should get to the closed, eastern door #2. A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 2 (Shutting down the antenna).
If you didn't cause too many troubles till now, then in the room around a corner you'll meet three opponents. You can kill them on behave in more civilized manner. If you prefer the latter option, wait until one of the bandits go to the left #1 and stun him or bypass him. Another two enemies sit on the couch #2 and can be bypassed easily.
Turn left when you can #1, entering the big vent. Start using ladders here #2, getting to upper levels this way. Stop on the fourth level. It is good to save a game here, because there are many traps in the area.
There are few mines in the adjacent corridor, which react to the motion. You could destroy them by shooting at them, but it is far better to disarm them, so you can pick up them and use or sell later. Approach every mine with crouch option on and run option off (screen above) and then disarm it (E key). I advise not to hurry here, because it is easy to make a mistake then.
Make sure that all mines are disarmed and start exploring this floor. There are two bandits near the exit to the building's roof #1. You can attack them and shoot them by a surprise or wait until one of them appears here, neutralize him #2 and then take care of his buddy.
You can now head towards the antenna visible in the distance. Approach the control panel (screen above) and start interaction. Choose now between mini hacker game (first security level) or enter a combination (5962) obtained from one of the bandits in the sewers. Wait until David Sarif contacts you. He will tell you that you can now go to the abandoned place in Highland Park and that Malik will take you there. Warning! Before getting to the flying machine (new main quest - Extraction (2)) sell unneeded item and get supplies, because next mission takes place in completely separate location. You will leave this location only after completing your missions there.
Reward: 2500 experience points + 500 experience points for staying undetected.
This quest is a direct continuation of Stopping the Transmission mission. Only thing you can do is to get to the landing area in the gang headquarters in order to fly to the abandoned factory complex.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Go to the helipad in Derelict Row - It is worth to go to the flying machine only after setting all matters in main part of Detroit.
After shutting down the antenna (Stopping the Transmission main quest) turn around and go up the stairs to the helipad. Wait until machine piloted by Malik shows up and start interaction (E key, screen above). Confirm that you're ready to fly and wait until you're being transported to the Highland Park location. You'll start completing a new main quest there (The Transmission), related to tracking down a hacker behind the attack on Sarif Industries.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
This quest is obtained automatically after shutting down the antenna in the Derelict Row location (Stopping the Transmission) and taking a place in the Malik's flying machine (Extraction (2)). A mission itself is very short, being only an introduction to the proper exploration of mercenaries' headquarters.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Investigate the area - Before you go towards main complex it would be good to do some shopping at one of the local traders.
Listen to the conversation with Pritchard. He will ask you to explore the area in order to find a place where the signal was emitted from. Look around the helipad square and you should meet some members of MCB gang (screen above). Talk with their leader, asking him many questions about this area. You will learn that gangsters have seen suspicious people in a nearby factory and that these characters seem to have started preparing to leave this place. You can also buy some items from him, namely ammo, a special upgrade and set of grenades. I suggest putting some interest in grenades because you may find them useful during your way through the factory.
You can also look around this area, taking closer look in containers here. You can now go to the door located in the northwestern part of the helipad #1.Start exploring this building #2, and after few moments you'll get to the place where cut-scene is triggered. You'll learn that a factory is occupied by same mercenaries who attacked Sarif Industries headquarters in the prologue. A new quest will be added to your journal - Following the Clues in Highland Park.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
This quest is obtained automatically after getting close to the abandoned factory occupied by mercenaries, so after completing main quest The Transmission. You can get inside the factory and then to the elevator in few different ways, depending on your preferences on eliminating enemies.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Infiltrate the mercenary compound - A main goal is to reach the elevator leading to the underground part of this compound, and you shouldn't have problems with this, especially if you prefer hiding activities.
2. PRIMARY - Locate the mercenary leader - This goal is activated after you get to the underground FEMA camp. Locating this character is connected with passing through two large areas occupied by enemy units.
3. PRIMARY - Defeat Barrett - It is definitely worth to save a game before this fight, so before opening the door leading to the last room in the underground complex.
4. PRIMARY - Meet Malik at our original landing site - Leaving the mercenary compound is a pure formality, so you do not have to worry.
Before you reach the main building, you have to walk through the square and you'll meet there as many as six opponents. Lucky for you these are regular mercenaries and not snipers mentioned during conversation. If you want to eliminate in a direct fight, it would be good idea to start shooting from a place where this quest begins #1. Then you would have to go outside and start skillful extermination of soldiers, taking covers when needed #2.
A far better solution is to work from the hiding, and that is because you will earn additional experience points. First walk to the building's exit #1. Stand near the railing and take few moments to observe your opponents' movements #2.
If you want to be completely unnoticed, it would be best to walk around the square from the west #1 or east #2 sides. In the latter case you would have to be more careful and take care not to be shocked by electricity.
If you're going to quietly get rid of local opponents, I suggest reaching north-western part of the square and eliminating a mercenary patrolling an area near one of the trucks #1. His elimination would make easier getting rid of most exposed enemy who patrols an area south of this place #2.
A next one to eliminate should be a guard circling near the main entrance to the north building #1. After dealing with him I suggest to return south and take care of mercenary circling near the place from which you came #2.
There are two more opponents to be removed. One of them is patrolling an eastern part of the square #1 and during his elimination you should take care not to get too close to an area with electric discharges. The last guard stands near one of the forklift #2.
After fight I suggest to look around the area - you'll find much ammo. It is also worth checking the southern booth (screen above), where you can find a PDA and valuable upgrade among other things. Whether you got rid of guards (and how you did it), you have to choose now how to get to the northern buildings. There are three main ways to do it.
Map legend: 1 - Western gate; 2 - Main entrance door; 3 - Eastern passage.
A first option is to use a passage located in north-western part of the square, hidden behind the containers #1. This is the best solution, whether you're going to sneak in or fight your way aggressively. There will be a closed gate #2 with third level electronic lock. If you do not want to play mini hacker game then use a combination 7984 (can be obtained from Sanders during the secondary quest Voices from the Dark).
Another way to get to other side is to jump over the fence #1 but this is possible only if you have an augmentation to improve your hero's jumping (Jump Enhancement). Regardless of chosen way, look for a shotgun and a fragmentation grenade and then use a ladder. There is only possible way to go now - get to the door leading to the building's second floor #2.
A second option is to use a building's main entrance (screen above) located in the northern part of the square. I recommend this option only if you want to reach a computer which operates local security cameras. Otherwise you should ignore this way, because you would unnecessarily find yourself in the area monitored by an enemy sniper.
A last, third option is to use a passage located in northeastern part of the square (screen above). This way may be used regardless of whether you intend to sneak on or attack your enemies directly. But it is much worse than the first option, because you won't be able to attack your opponents from above and additionally you'll have to avoid or disarm various security systems.
After reaching northern buildings, your priority will be getting to the elevator. It will allow you to explore underground compound. I recommend reading following description carefully, because there is also an easy path to the elevator allowing you to bypass all enemies and security systems in the factory, among other options.
If you've chosen a first option to enter the main building, then its exploration will start on the second floor. After crossing linear corridors you would find yourself on upper balconies. This is a good spot to attack enemies visible below, but I suggest doing this only after elimination the sniper in this area (screen above). If you do not have a weapon for such long distance then after a successful action you could pick a sniper rifle and use it to clear the area.
A much better solution is to avoid any fight at all. After reaching upper balconies look for an air vent entrance #1. Use the vent and after crossing a small tunnel go down ladders #2 to lower level.
Do not use another vent but look for one more ladder to get to lowest level. Now enter the vent #1 and after few moments you'll reach the exit. Note that you're now by the elevator #2 which is current mission goal. So you can go to the next area without eliminating any opponents.
If you have chosen a second option to get to the main building, you'll then start on the first floor. Head north-east focusing on reaching a small control room #1. You have to be very careful though, because this area is patrolled by at least one guard #2.
After securing the control room area it would be good to interact with computer terminal #1. It has third security level but if you met Sanders during the secondary quest Voices from the Dark, you already know the password - neuralhub. After logging in you'll be able to turn off two local security cameras #2.
Do not be too happy that the way to the elevator visible in the distance #1 is clear. There is still a big group of enemies around #2 and unfortunately it would be good to eliminate many of them. I recommend watching out for a sniper on upper balconies, because he monitors the main factory hall. If you do not mind force solutions, you can of course shoot all enemies or try to run towards the elevator as fast as possibly but this is not advisable.
If you've chosen a third option to get to the main building, then you'll start exploring it a bit off the way and depending of decisions you make you'll be able to get to the places described previously. If you want to go to the terminal which controls a security camera, then turn left #1 when it is possible. You have to bypass somehow a laser barrier, either by using appropriate augmentation or interacting with the control panel (a code to disable barrier is 7984) #2.
You can also head north, eliminating one guard #1 along your way. Watch out for a security camera and a small booth #2 where sits one of the opponents. Another mercenary patrols an area to the left.
It is worth to get into the booth described earlier, but you have to be very careful because a guard inside is very sensitive to sounds from the outside. In the booth you could find an upgrade, a PDA and computer terminal among other things. If you have a special augmentation (Icarus Landing System) you can now jump down #1, landing near the elevator which is current mission goal. Otherwise I suggest using ladders #2 which would lead you to the upper balconies described in the first option (watch out for the sniper there!).
All options described above lead to the elevator. You have to go inside and start it. Do not worry about opponents visible along your way, because they are not aware about you. Instead listen to a new conversation with Sarif. A main character will inform his boss, that he is inside the FEMA camp. Then he will be instructed to identify mercenaries' leader. Save the game now because right after you leave the elevator you'll have to be very careful.
An underground compound is made of two large locations. Each can be passed through with several options and all what you have to do is to reach another elevator which transport passengers to the lowest level, unavailable by default.
Reward: 2500 experience points + 750 experience points for staying undetected.
Stand quick behind the closest rate #1, so a big mech visible in the distance can't attack you. Pick up an EMP grenade from the crate and wait until mech goes away. Also make sure that guards do not walk towards you and quickly move the right #2.
Keep moving to the right #1, monitoring opponents and mech movements. Wait until proper moment again and quickly move towards right door #2, leaving the main hall and reaching the staircase.
STOP because there is a security camera right around the corner #1. Wait until it turns to the other side and go upstairs. This is unfortunately not the end of surprises because there is one more security camera along your way #2. Also in this case you have to wait for a good moment and bypass it then.
Approach carefully the door leading to the upper balcony #1. This area is patrolled by three opponents and if you do not want to trigger an alarm you have to bypass them or eliminate them skillfully. If you do not mind stunning your opponents then start with the one, who patrols a balcony closest to you #2. Be sure to pull away his corpse to place where it is not visible.
Now you should take care about guard who patrols an eastern part of balconies #1. Pull away his corpse and then deal with his buddy #2. If you do not want to attack them, you must use a camouflage and other tricks. There are not too many good covers on balconies where you can hide and wait for a good moment.
Regardless of how you have dealt with opponents, you have to go to the control room and the best is to approach it from the east #1, and that's because the western side is blocked #2 and you should use improved jumping or extraordinary strength.
Once inside the control room, head towards the eastern door #1. Cross a small storage room and follow the only way #2, stopping when you see two opponents below. After a while guards should split up.
Map legend: 1 - Main control room.
You can now stay on this level or use a ladder and go to the lower level, dealing with a guard there #1. If you've chosen a lower level then stop near another control room #2.
Look around the room, finding a PDA with a login wks0010 and a password usprotkt. Interact now with a nearby computer terminal #1. It has second security level, but you can use a password obtained lately. Read messages and approach second computer terminal #2. Enter a password neuralhub, which could be obtained from Zeke Sanders during the secondary quest Voices from the Dark.
Depending on how well your hacking skills are, you could make you further way easier (screen above). First of all I suggest turning off all security cameras. Moreover there is a possibility of changing the configuration of defensive turrets. If you have this possibility, turn them off. do not recommend reprogramming the turrets, so they start eliminating enemies. The reason is simple - it would trigger the alarm and you would lose a chance to get extra experience points for remaining unnoticed.
You have to choose now a starting level for exploring the second part of the camp. Both options are interesting, but if you return to the upper level -2 (the ladder), you will be able to enter the additional room #1. It is worth to break into a nearby computer terminal (password neuralhub) unlocking a way to a small armory #2. A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 4 (Crossing by second part of the camp).
Stand quick behind the closest crate #1, so a big mech visible in the distance can't attack you. Pick up an EMP grenade from the crate. You can use it immediately to destroy the mech but you must be sure that it will land and explode near the mech #2.
If you do not want to use a grenade or you've thrown it at bad place, you can go to the left jumping over obstacles #1. Look around the area and you should find a rocket launcher #2.
Return to the place where you began and use the launcher to destroy the mech. Unfortunately, in order to do this you would probably need two hits. After destroying the mech deal with two guards and make sure that no one attacks you from above.
Look around the hall - you'll find plenty of ammo. When you think that you're ready, head towards the door leading to the east #1. Be careful because there are two mercenaries around the corner #2. It would be good to shoot at them before they split up.
Map legend: 1 - Main control room.
If your hacking skills are not high enough, just use a nearby ladder #1 in order to get to the upper level, getting to the next part of the camp. Otherwise walk further the same corridor, stopping by only near new control room #2.
Look around the room, finding a PDA with a login wks0010 and a password usprotkt. Interact now with a nearby computer terminal #1. It has second security level, but you can use a password obtained lately. Read messages and approach second computer terminal #2. Enter a password neuralhub, which could be obtained from Zeke Sanders during the secondary quest Voices from the Dark.
Depending on how well your hacking skills are, you could make you further way easier (screen above). First of all I suggest turning off all security cameras. Moreover there is a possibility of changing the configuration of defensive turrets. If you have this possibility, reprogram them so they start eliminating enemies. This way at least few mercenaries will be killed. It is worth noting that you'll receive experience points also for enemies killed with usage of hacking skills.
If you've turned off or reprogrammed defensive turrets, I suggest staying on current level. If you failed with this, then return to previously mentioned ladder and continue exploring the compound being on level -2. This is very important because otherwise you would have to spend more time and your supplies trying to destroy the turrets. Stop when you see a new door (level -2 or -4) leading to the second part of the camp #1. If you're on the level -2, open the door and being in the new room hack into the nearby computer terminal (password neuralhub) unlocking a way to a small armory #2. A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 4 (Crossing by second part of the camp).
If you start exploring the second part of the camp from a lower level (-4), move carefully to the entrance door #1. The only way in which you should be interested, is an air vent entrance located on the left (it is hidden behind boxes) #2. Wait for a perfect moment to enter the vent, when none of the guards can see you (nor the defensive turret if it was not disabled previously).
Now you can start exploring air vents. I suggest to leave them somewhere in the eastern part of the camp #1. Watch out for a single guard patrolling this area #2. You can stun or bypass him. You can also explore cells there.
Head east. It would be good to reach a door located in the south-eastern part of the hall #1, because you can bypass a laser barrier #2 this way. It is not possible, turn off the barrier by interaction with control panel or walk through the air vent (an entrance is hidden behind the large crate). Your goal is to reach the door leading to the southern part of the compound.
Warning! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 5 (Getting to the second elevator).
If you start exploring the second part of the camp from an upper level (-2), enter the control room and consider hacking into a nearby computer terminal (second security level) #1. You have to leave now. If you have extraordinary strength then it is best to move crates blocking the right passage #2. Otherwise you have to use the left passage.
Surrounding balconies are patrolled by four guards, but you have to recon two additional handicaps. First, not all balconies have facets so you have to be careful with pulling away corpses. Second, you can't be seen by any of two security cameras. Guards can be eliminated in any order, but make sure that no one sees you. A guard patrolling south-western part of balconies should be eliminated at the end.
Take your time and look around the area. Most important is to explore southern control room #1, where you'll find an EMP grenade among other things. You can also use password neuralhub again with the computer terminal #2, so you'll get control over two security cameras (of course only if your hacking skills are high enough).
In order to get to the actual mission goal you should use the door located in south-western part of the hall (screen above). It would allow you to bypass lower level completely, focusing only on getting to the elevator.
Warning! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 5 (Getting to the second elevator).
If you've turned off or reprogrammed defensive turrets, you should start exploration of a new location on level -4. Stand near the door and start attacking visible enemies. Watch out for opponents who may shoot you from upper balconies, and especially for one, who occupies right balcony.
If you've failed with turrets then you should start exploring a new location on level -2. Enter the control room and consider hacking into a nearby computer terminal (second security level) #1. You have to leave now. If you have extraordinary strength (Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation) then it is best to move crates blocking the right passage #2. Otherwise you have to use the left passage.
Take care of all enemies from upper balconies, watching out for opponents who can attack you running on the stairs. Try to not lean out too much, because you might be shoot by defensive turrets from below.
In order to get to the actual mission goal you should use the door located in south-western part of the hall (screen above). If you would go to the lower level you will be in completely new corridor. You could focus only on getting to the elevator and not thinking how to destroy or bypass active defensive turrets.
Warning! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 5 (Getting to the second elevator).
Mao legend: 1 - Western passage; 2 - Eastern passage.
If you've chosen the western passage, then the only difficulty will be security camera. You'll find it right after using the stairs #1. Depending on type of your actions you can walk under it or allow it to see you. If you want to turn off the camera, enter an adjacent security room and hack into computer terminal #2 using a password neuralhub.
If you've chosen the eastern passage, then you'll be stopped in the first room by two members of FEMA #1. You can avoid the fight, deciding to bluff. This plan however will work only if you've completed a secondary quest Voices from the Dark and get a code 7984 from Zeke Sanders. Otherwise you have to fight them #2 and be very careful because this will be a short distance fight. Warning! Even if you fool facility staff, you won't be able to hack stuff when they watch you during further exploration!
Use the occasion and explore entire southern part of the facility. I suggest to look around the locking room #1, where you can find many interactive lockers, and a closed room (code 7984) #2, where you will ding an e-book and computer terminal (third security level).
When you decide that you're ready, go to the south-western part of the facility #1, visiting the clinic (door to the right) along the way. Before you enter the elevator #2, make sure that you have appropriate arsenal, because very soon you'll be fighting someone like a boss. This is especially important if you play a character which so far was avoiding open confrontation. In such situation it is good to search for grenades, machine guns or the combat rifle, or go back to the mech room for the rocket launcher. If you're sure that you're ready, enter the elevator and use the control panel. Wait until you're transported to the lowest level -5.
Save the game and go ahead #1, and do not bother with the ubiquitous darkness. After using the stairs turn left, following the only possible way #2. Soon you should reach a closed door. An attempt to open it will trigger a cut-scene - you'll find out that you have to confront muscular Barret.
Reward: 1750 experience points + 750 experience points for staying undetected.
The basic info, which is good to know about, is that the confrontation with Barret can't be resolved in a peaceful manner. Do not try to use a tranquilizer weapon on him, because you'll just waste your ammo. Luckily you'll have many opportunities to hurt Barret, so you do not need to worry too much, even if you haven't killed anyone before.
During the duel with Barret it is of course good to fight using a good cover #1, because boss' attacks inflict heavy injuries. I recommend using machine weapon, combat rifle or rocket launcher. If you've ignored my warnings or you were too lazy to look for good weapons, you can now examine two storage rooms #2, located in the north-eastern and south-western part of the room.
Monitor constantly your opponent's actions, watching out for grenades thrown by him #1. You have to run away from such places as fast as you can, because a grenade explosion can kill you easily. As for interesting methods of dealing him injuries, I recommend shooting at explosive barrels and use grenades (EMP too), which will stop Barret for a moment #2.
Fight until you'll see a cut-scene informing you about your victory. Malik will contact you soon, informing you that rest of mercenaries has left the facility in rush.
Reward: 2500 experience points.
Explore the entire are, picking up valuable items. After that go towards the elevator #1 and interact with control panels. After exiting the elevator you'll find south from the helipad where you've begun the mission. Head north, interact with the flying machine #2 and confirm that you want to leave this location.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
You'll obtain this quest automatically after your return from mercenaries' camp, explored during the main quest Following the Clues in Highland Park. There are two new conversations and despite what you might think the order of having them doesn't matter. This quest ends with leaving Detroit but fortunately you'll have enough time to finish your all businesses.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Meet Pritchard in my office - Pritchard waits for Jensen in his office and not in the lab.
2. SECONDARY - Confront Sarif about the security leak - This goal is activated automatically after conversation with Pritchard. If you've visited him first, then Jensen will automatically mention a leak during meeting with Sarif. After completing this goal it is worth to examine main character's computer.
3. PRIMARY - Meet Sarif in the Penthouse - Except meeting Sarif you can also have less important meeting with Bill Taggart.
4. PRIMARY - Meet Malik at the Helipad - Remember to finish all your businesses in Detroit before flying to China. In particular, we are talking about side quests, which can't be started or finished later!
Pritchard will contact you right after your return to Sarif Industries headquarters and you should talk to him first. He can't be found though in his lab, but in a main character's office, located in the third floor.
Walk to Pritchard and start the conversation with him. Frank will tell you that enemy hacker managed to break through thanks to breach in a security system, which he was not informed about. Pritchard suspects that a leak was done by David Sarif himself and he will ask you to talk with David about that.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
As you probably remember, in order to get to the Sarif's office you have to use any elevator #1. Right after leaving the elevator, a game will automatically start a conversation with Bill Taggart #2, the founder of the pro-humanist group Humanity Front. Whether you act aggressively or held back your emotions towards him doesn't really matter (same as a final choice of whether to let him go or get some more info from him).
You can also use the opportunity and talk to Isaias Sandoval, who is in the same room #1. You can ask him about his friend, who was suffering from augmentations, but you won't learn any details. After these conversations are over, head to the Sarif's office #2.
Approach Sarif and start the conversation. If you've already talk to Pritchard, pick a security breach as a subject. A game will again force you to carefully choose behavior options. A Social Enhancer augmentation would be very helpful here, because you could know the psychological profile of Sarif and monitor the persuasion level. A proper way of conversation will make a bar changing into green, while wrong decisions make it more orange. Do not worry if you do not have augmentation mentioned above, because negotiations might be successful even without it. We can't unfortunately provide you with a proven method because despite choosing same behavior options on subsequent attempts to play negotiations, Sarif may behave in very different way. So it is important to read every dialog line connected with behavior option. You must also remember about what you want to get and all negotiations have to be focused on the final effect.
You can drag Sarif on your side when you repel his tries to change the main subject - a security breach in company's firewall, thanks which an enemy hacker was able to hack in. David may use many tricks here, talking about Megan Reed for example. You must stay calm of course when he does such things. You must also convince your boss, that you do not want to be aggressive but only solve a case of main data leak. An ultimate goal of this conversation might be obtained by choosing proper behavior options: Refocus and Placate. If you succeed, Sarif will tell you that he made this breach for a private detective, who was ordered to investigate past of Sarif Industries employees. David will promise to share information about Jensen, warning him however that some facts may negatively surprise him. An alternative way to hold this conversation is to use C.A.S.I.E Social Enhancement Augmentation in order to activate pheromones (Z key). In this case you should use a personality type Alpha option. Jensen would successfully blackmail Sarif with promise that he'll leave company if he won't get the whole truth.
Reward: 2000 experience points.
Despite the fact, that the optional goal of this quest is already complete, it would be good to immediately review information mentioned by Sarif. In order to do this return to Jensen's office and start interaction with the right computer terminal #1. There are three new messages and you'll learn some interesting details about the main character. When you try to leave the office, Pritchard #2 will stop you again. He will tell you that he continues to track down the hacker who broke into the system.
Return to Sarif's office and talk to him again. This time your next task will be a subject of the conversation. Sarif will send you to China, because that is where a trail from Barret leads to. Note that you've received a special corporate passport, allowing you to get to the futuristic Hengsha.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
WARNING! Before you decide to leave Detroit, make sure that you've completed all side quests, because later it won't be possible. I suggest also meeting with local traders in order sell your unneeded items and make supplies.
If you think you're ready, head to the Sarif Industries helipad and talk to Malik. Confirm, that you want fly to China.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
You can start this quest after completing main quest Tying Up Loose Ends, so after conversation with Sarif (after your return from a factory). A chance of completing the quest will appear only if you've managed to save both Greg Thorpe and his wife Josie, during your visit in the factory. A quest is very short and concerns the possibility of using a discount at one of the local arms dealers.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Meet with Greg Thorpe - You should have no problems with getting to the building where Mr. and Mrs. Thorpe live.
You first goal is to get into the Jensen's office. It is located on the third floor of Sarif Industries headquarters - somewhere close to the middle part of the building #1. Enter it and look for a PDA on the desk #2. Read the message - you'll learn than Jensen's computer password is mandrake.
Now you can interact with the right computer terminal #1 and enter newly know password (or play a third security level mini hacker game). Read a mail from Thorpe #2. He would like you to thank you for saving him and his wife, by inviting you for a meeting.
In order to get to the Thorpe's apartment, you have to leave Sarif Industries building first. Go to the lowest, first level #1. Head to the main entrance door, where guards stand #2.
Once outside take a look at the map of this are - press M key or just find any information point. As you probably noticed, in order to reach Greg's apartment you must go north and then turn west #1. Turn north again after you reach a gas station #2 (with store inside).
You have to reach the door, where few suspicious fellows stand #1. Open the door and get inside. Now open a metal gate #2. Bypass detective Chase witting on the chair (he is connected with another side quest) and locate the stairs leading to the upper floor.
You have to reach level 3. Find the door leading to the Thorpes' apartment #1. Approach to Greg Thorpe #2 sitting on the coach and start a conversation. He will inform you about a reward, which is a discount at a local arms dealer - Seurat.
Reward: 750 experience points.
Map legend: 1 - External staircase leading to the Seurat's hideout.
Despite the fact that the quest is officially over, it is worth to go to the Seurat's hideout. Leave the building and head north. Stop when you reach the basketball court. Look for a west building with an external staircase (screen above).
Use the ladder and then go up the stairs. Stop when you reach first interactive shutter #1. Go inside and explore this floor (first level), reaching Seurat's hideout. You'll find in his offer weapons, ammo and a special upgrade (a silencer).
You should receive this quest after completing the main quest Tying Up Loose Ends, so after conversation with Sarif (after your return from a factory). This mission is very short and its main goal is to convince you to go to the Jensen's office in order to activate another side quest - Lesser Evils.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Go to my office - This quest is completed automatically after reaching the office of main character.
You goal is to get into the Jensen's office. It is located on the third floor of Sarif Industries headquarters - somewhere close to the middle part of the building (screen above). A game will automatically complete this quest in a moment when you enter the office, but it is good to look around and talk to Tim Carella sitting on the couch in order to start a side quest Lesser Evils.
Reward: 500 experience points.
A chance to start this quest appears after completing the main quest Tying Up Loose Ends. If you want to be "deeper" in the entire situation connected with blackmailing and stealing Neuropozyne, you can break into offices and computer in Sarif Industries. Particularly most interested computer belongs to quest giver (Tim Carella), because you can find interesting e-mail correspondence. All this is of course optional and has no influence on the mission itself. As for the completing the quest, there will be few choices before you. I suggest reading below description carefully, especially if you do not want to hurt anyone.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Locate Tindall's apartment building - Getting to the building is very easy. Getting inside is more complicated, because you'll have to try harder.
2. PRIMARY - Gain access to Tindall's apartment - You'll receive this goal once inside the building where Tindall lives. Luckily breaking into his apartment is not so hard.
3. PRIMARY - Investigate Tindall's Computer - Theoretically this task is very simple, although you have to watch out because after reading the second message from the computer, an armed junkie will appear in the apartment.
4. PRIMARY - Meet with Tindall - Finding Tindal is very easy.
5. PRIMARY - Obtain the security footage from Tindall - Meeting with Tindall might ends in several ways - you can immediately get footage or you will have to complete small task.
6. SECONDARY - Locate two dealers - This goal is activated only if you've promised to help Tindall and you didn't get footage in another way.
7. SECONDARY - Neutralize two dealers - A continuation of previous task. Unfortunately you can't persuade dealers, so you have to kill or stun them.
8. PRIMARY - Return to Tindall - This objective appears only if you've promised to eliminate dealers and you've succeeded.
9. PRIMARY - Return to Carella - This objective appears regardless of how you obtained footage from Tindall and it ends the quest.
You'll find Tim Carella sitting on the couch in the main character's building, located on the third floor of Sarif Industries headquarters. Start the conversation and you'll learn that he is blackmailed by Brian Tindall, because he was helping Brian in stealing Neuropozyne. Tindall possess some video footage with Carella thefts and now Carella wants you to obtain this material. You'll be able to ask additional question, about Tindall, a place where footage can be found and a method of stealing Neuropozyne. You can also ask for a reward. At the end of conversation you can agree to help him or refuse it, while in the latter case you'll be able to change your mind later.
In order to get to the Tindall's apartment building, you have to leave Sarif Industries building first. Go to the lowest, first level #1. Head to the main entrance door, where guards stand #2.
Once outside take a look at the map of this are - press M key or just find any information point. As you probably noticed, in order to reach Tindall's apartment building you must go north and then turn west #1. Turn north again after you reach a gas station #2 (with a store inside).
Map legend: 1 - Closed gate; 2 - Damaged staircase; 3 - Adjacent building staircase.
Walk through narrow alley north, and after a few moments you should approach a building, where Brian Tindall lives (screen above).
You can get inside in several ways. One option is to cross the gate #1, but it is secured with a second security level lock. You can easily finish a mini hacker game, but only if you possess proper augmentation (Capture 2 or better). If you want to cheat, just use a combination 0002, which is found later during the exploration of building's apartments. After crossing the gate you should use the stairs #2.
A second option is to use the partially damaged external staircase of the building where Tindall lives. You would have to put at least one crate over the container (screen above) and use and augmentation improving Jensen's jumping (Jump Enhancement). Once inside the staircase you should get upstairs and use the door located on the building's roof.
The last option is to use an external staircase of the adjacent building #1. After inside the staircase you should go upstairs and jump towards the buildings where Tindall lives #2. Also in this case you should have at least one augmentation improving your agility (the best are Jump Enhancement and Sprint Enhancement).
Reward: 300 experience points.
The Tindall's apartment is located on the lowest level -1. If you've used a gate, then you'll start building exploration on the proper floor. Otherwise, you'll have to use stairs and go down to the lowest floor. Approach the Tindall's apartment door (screen above) and start a mini hacker game. An electronic lock is fortunately on the lowest, first security level, so you do not need anything else to solve this problem, or think about alternative methods.
Reward: 300 experience points.
In the first room you'll find only a newspaper, so go to the bedroom. Here search for an e-book and examine drawers. Before you interact with computer terminal (screen above) it would be good to set a mine at the apartment entrance or at least block the door to the bedroom with some boxes. Only then use a computer and read the second message.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Carefully reading the second message must be postponed, because an armed junkie will appear in the apartment. If you set explosives then he will die automatically. Otherwise you'll have to deal with him personally or bypass him using the camouflage. If you've fought him, examine his corpse - you'll find a PDA suggesting that Tindall was not able to deliver him Neuropozyne. Return to the computer terminal and read the correspondence with no rush. You'll learn that Tindall should be now in the gas station area.
Leave the building (if you haven't used the gate before, enter the code 0002) and head south-east. You'll find Tindall according to previous directions north from the gas station you passed by before. He will be leaning on the container (screen above). Walk towards him and start the conversation. He will confirm the accusations on Neuropozyne theft, but add that he didn't do this for a profit but only for helping the poorest. Whether you approve this or raise your objection for such activities doesn't really matter. Tindal will promise to give you the video footage, but only if you help him and get rid of two dealers with which he has a bone to pick. You can accept it or refuse to do this.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Helping Tindal is fortunately not only option. If you have an augmentation to improve your conversations (Social Enhancer), you can activate pheromones at the end of conversation with Tindall (Z key) and select a personality type alpha (Calm down). It would result in getting the video footage. Another option is to eliminate Tindall, although I do not recommend killing him but only stun him (screen above). You could then search his body and take the video footage.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Warning! If you've promised to eliminate dealers then scroll down to the description of Step 6 (Neutralizing dealers), and if you already have the video footage then scroll down to the description of Step 7 (Giving back the video footage).
In order to find dealers you have to head north again, choosing passages between buildings. After few moments you have to get to the basketball court (screen above). As you've probably noticed, you cannot talk to any of dealers, so you have to kill or stun them.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Depending on your preferences, you can defeat dealers in a direct combat #1 or from the distance. In the latter case I suggest using one of the surrounding staircases #2. Shooting from the distance lowers the chances of injuries (and being noticed if you're using the tranquilizer weapon). You do not have to examine dealers' corpses, but immediately return to the Tindall who will give you the video footage. Additionally you can offer him help in obtaining Neuropozyne legally, promising to contact him with one of the Sarif Industries employees.
Reward: 400 experience points.
You can give the video footage back right after obtaining it, regardless how you did it. Go east from the gas station, where you met Tindall and look around the area near the stairs leading to the railway station. Find Carella and give him a footage - you'll be rewarded with and upgrade - a laser targeting system.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
A chance to start this quest appears after completing main quest Tying Up Loose Ends, after leaving the Sarif Industries headquarters. While finding the detective doesn't make troubles, handling all issues on the police station will require much more effort.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Locate Detective Chase's building - There will be no problems with getting to the building
2. PRIMARY - Meet with Detective Chase - As a result from the conversation you'll obtain several mission goals, connected with the case and persons which were involved in it.
3. PRIMARY - Locate Captain Penn's office - Captain's office is located on the second floor of the police station and you can break into it or get to it through the air vents.
4. PRIMARY - Investigate Captain Penn's Computer - This goal is unlocked once you're inside Penn's office.
5. PRIMARY - Go to the police station lobby - This goal is completed automatically after reaching the police station lobby - the only area in this location where you need no access for exploration.
6. SECONDARY - Locate Officer Wagner's Office - Wagner's office is located on the third floor of the police station.
7. SECONDARY - Investigate Officer Wagner's Office - This goal is unlocked once you get inside Wagner's office.
8. PRIMARY - Meet with Officer Wagner - You should complete this goal only after finding all evidence against Wagner, which can be found in his office.
9. PRIMARY - Get information from Wagner - This goal is unlocked during the conversation with Wagner. The easiest way to get information from him is to blackmailing him with the knowledge of his e-mail correspondence.
10. PRIMARY - Locate the DPMD storage unit - This should be your first task here - examine the warehouse. You'll get an entrance combination code from the detective, but in order to look into the safe, you have to push on Chase or break into it.
11. PRIMARY - Find all evidence related to the case - This goal activates once you're inside the police warehouse. A game forces you to find only e-books which can be visible right away, but if you want to know the whole truth, break into the safe (there is a last e-book).
12. PRIMARY - Return to Cassandra Reed - You'll be able to talk to Cassandra again only after completing all previous primary goals. What's interesting, this meeting will take place not near the Sarif Industries headquarters, but in the building where Jensen got his apartment.
Cassandra Reed is a mother of Megan Reed, murdered during the first attack on Sarif Industries (a main character was very close to her). The woman will stop Jensen when he is about to leave Sarif Industries headquarters, asking him to look closer at her daughter death case, because there is a lot of misunderstanding and covering up. She will tell you that she hired a private detective Chase to investigate the case, but for some reason she didn't get the full report from him. You should show a friendly attitude during the conversation and do not mention any reward for the task, because it would annoyed het. At the end of the conversation you can agree to help her or refuse to do it, while in the latter case you can change your mind later.
Once outside take a look at the map of this are - press M key or just find any information point. In order to reach the building where Chase works, go north and then turn west #1. Turn north again after you reach a gas station #2 (with a store inside).
You have to reach the door, where few suspicious fellows stand #1. Open the door and get inside. Now open a metal gate #2 and approach detective Chase in order to start the conversation.
Reward: 100 experience points.
During the conversation, Chase will confirm that during the investigation a whole bunch of potential evidence was missed and that apparently some of the high ranking people wanted to close the case as soon as possible. Chase will suggest you to explore some topics, namely:
You can ask detective few more questions and the key one is a question about another agency that might have an access to evidence and put it in well protected safe. Chase will not want to give you a safe combination, but if you have a proper augmentation (Social Enhancer), you can activate pheromones (Z key) and select a personality type beta (Charm). It would allow you to get the necessary safe combination - 7196.
I would advise to do this as a first step, because this is the only goal which doesn't require you to be inside the police station. So your first task is to get neat the police station located in the northeastern part of the map. I suggest using the path through the railway station #1. After few minutes you'll find yourself on the square #2 adjacent to the police station.
Map legend: 1 - Closed gate; 2 - Corridor with electricity discharges; 3 - Descent to the sewers.
If you have an augmentation which improves jumping (Jump Enhancement), look around and find the interactive crate. Pick it up and move it near the closed gate located east of the police station entrance (screen above). Jump onto the crate and then jump over the fence easily.
If you have an augmentation making Jensen immune to electricity (EMP Shielding), you can also choose a faster way to your destination. Just go east of the main police station entrance #1. Look for southern door and you'll find yourself in the corridor with electric field #2. Warning! Do not try to walk this way without an augmentation mentioned previously, because it will end with death of main character!
If you can't use any of augmentations mentioned above, you have to go through the sewers. In order to do this examine an alley in the western part of the square and find an interactive tile #1. Move it and go down the ladder. Once in the sewers, save the game and that's because you'll come up with enemies soon. Go ahead reaching another ladder #2 after a while.
Make sure not to fall down from any of the catwalks, because contact with electricity will end badly for the protagonist. A first enemy awaits you right around the corner. If you prefer to act from hiding, just lean out for a moment to shoot him with stun weapon or use the camouflage to bypass him and attack him by surprise. If you prefer open fight just shoot him up but be prepared to fight his buddies who will show up soon.
There are two more opponents around the corner. If you prefer to act from hiding, use a camouflage or shoot a bandit #1 on the left with stun weapon and quickly attack his colleague from behind #2. If you have nothing against "traditional" fights, your opponents are probably dead till now. If now, wait until they stand close to each other and shoot them.
Go south #1. There will be no more opponents on your way, so you do not have to be careful. Locate a ladder in the southernmost part of the sewers #2 and use it, so when you reach the surface you'll find yourself directly behind the police station.
The police warehouse mentioned by Chase is located inside the eastern building (screen above). Walk towards the electronic lock. You can play a mini hacker game here or use a combination obtained from the detective - 4891.
Reward: 100 experience points.
You'll find four e-books inside the warehouse first of all. Information inside relates to the witness of first attack on Sarif Industries, comment on those responsible for an attack, an autopsy of Megan Reed and usage by terrorists an unidentified compound.
Reward: 300 experience points.
Despite the fact that this mission goal is completed, it is worth to stay here and take a closer look at the safe. Its electronic lock is on the third security level, but if you used pheromones properly during the conversation with Chase, you should know the proper combination - 7196. Inside the safe you'll find Megan Reed's bracelet and an e-book on her sensational discovery which allegedly could lead Sarif Industries to ruin.
There are now few goals, which require you to be inside the police station. Exact ways of how to get to the inaccessible areas in this location are described in the description of main quest Investigating the Suicide Terrorist (Step 2). Personally I strongly recommend an option with conversation with officer in the lobby, because this is the only way that you would be able to freely move across almost entire police station.
Captain's Penn office is located on the second floor. Assuming that you've started exploration of the building on the first level, you have to use the stairs #1 leading up and located in the northwestern part of the building. Once you reach the desired floor, look around for the office #2.
You can get inside in two ways. First option is to interact with electronic lock #1. It has second level security, but you can also use a code 2419, which can be obtained "legally" from one of the computers in the office on the ground floor of the police station #2.
Reward: 500 experience points.
A second option assumes crossing the air vents, but in this case it might be necessary to use one of the terminals and disable laser barriers (a universal code for such type of devices is 7668). the nearest entrance to the air vent is located on the right from captain's Penn office, near the crate #1. After short walk you would reach the target #2.
Reward: 600 experience points.
Regardless of the chosen tactics, start exploring this location. On the desk you'll find a PDA with a code to the morgue, which can be useful only if you didn't get to the police station through the lobby. In addition you'll find here an e-book and credits. Finally interact with a computer terminal (screen above), but unfortunately this is connected with solving mini hacker game of second security level. After successful hacking read all four messages and you'll learn that captain was pushed by someone named Manderley.
Reward: 750 experience points.
Warning! If you do not want to complete optional task connected with exploring Wagner's office, scroll down to the description of questioning this character (Step 6).
Although exploring officer Wagner's office is optional, you shouldn't ignore this step, because thanks to this you'll prepare better for the future conversation with this character. Now you have to go to the third floor of the police station and you should of course use the stairs #1. An entrance to the Wagner's office is located at the main corridor #2.
Same as with the previous office, you can get inside in two ways. First option is to interact with the electronic lock #1. It has only first security level but I do not recommend starting the mini hacker game, because you could be easily seen by near security camera and that would trigger an alarm. It is far better to use a code 6065, which can be obtained legally after stunning a guard patrolling this corridor (just examine his corpse and take his PDA) #2.
Reward: 300 experience points.
A second option assumes crossing the air vents, but in this case it might be necessary to use one of the terminals and disable laser barriers (a universal code for such type of devices is 7668). Entrances to the air vent are located at the main corridor #1 and in the office to the left from Wagner's office (with sleeping officer). After short walk you would reach the target #2.
Reward: 400 experience points.
Regardless of the chosen tactics, start exploring this location. Open desk's drawers and interact with computer terminal (screen above). It has only first security level, so you should have no problems with mini hacker game. After successful hacking read the last, fourth message, thanks to which you'll obtain information incriminating Wagner, about his connections with drug dealers.
Reward: 750 experience points.
As you probably remember, officer Wagner can be found in the lobby. If you have full access to the police station, than use of course the stairs to get to the ground floor. Otherwise leave the police station and enter it again through the main door (the lobby is accessible for everyone). Find Chet Wagner here (screen above) and start a conversation.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Shortly after conversation start, you must of course choose an option of questioning Wagner about Megan Reed death investigation. If you were in the Wagner's office and you read an e-mail incriminating him, than the main character will automatically blackmail the officer, forcing him to tell the truth. As a result Wagner reveals that he got some guidelines about taking out the video footage on terrorists' attack. You can get the truth from Wagner in another way too, but this is only possible if you have proper augmentation (Social Enhancer). You could activate pheromones during the conversation (Z key) and choose personality type omega (Crush).
Reward: 300 experience points.
You can now leave the police station. You have to get to the Chiron's building located west from here - a main character has his apartment there. Choose path leading west #1, and after few moments you'll find yourself near the skyscraper #2.
Go inside and find Cassandra in the building's lobby (screen above). Start the conversation and report her about the only witness, who suddenly got amnesia (Witness), terrorists who have been registered on the tape from the police station (Mercenaries), a report on the aggressiveness of the attackers (Identification) and court coroner who was specially appointed to this case (Coroner). Both characters will come to the conclusion, that obtained information is not reliable evidence of someone's guilt but Jensen promises to keep on investigating. If during exploration of the police warehouse you hacked into a safe and found a bracelet, you can now decide whether give it to Cassandra or keep it for yourself. In the final part of the meeting it is better not to tell her details about Megan's death (Empathy is a better option) because she could become upset for obvious reasons.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
This quest can be activated in any moment in Detroit. In the northern part of this location you can meet officer Jenny Alexander working under cover. She can be found east from the Chiron's building and south from the location Derelict Row (gang headquarters). A mission given by an officer consists in its initial phase of three parts and subsequent goals might be completed in any order. At the end of the quest thought you should decide to make an arrest by your own.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Break and Enter O'Malley's Apartment - While breaking into the corrupted cop apartment is not difficult, you have to remember about traps left there. A moment of inattention may in fact end badly for the protagonist.
2. PRIMARY - Find at Least One Piece of Incriminating Evidence - All essential items for this case are in the mined room, so watch out.
3. PRIMARY - Meet with O'Malley - Most problems will cause you probably getting to the place of meeting, although this can be done in several different ways.
4. PRIMARY - Retrieve O'Malley's Package - Start searching for weapons after a conversation with O'Malley. There will be no problems.
5. PRIMARY - Locate the MCB Gang's Hideout - Gangsters location is not so easy to find, but getting there shouldn't take much time.
6. PRIMARY - Neutralize All MCB Opposition - This goal will be activated once you get to the floor with gangsters. You can freely decide if you want to kill them or just stun them.
7. PRIMARY - Knock Out Double-T - It is important to take Double-T alive and not to kill him. Fortunately you do not have to move his body anywhere, since it is enough to stun him.
8. PRIMARY - Go to Derelict Row - A best way is to go through the sewers, especially that after going to the surface you'll find yourself near the place where weapons are hidden.
9. PRIMARY - Locate the DRB Weapon Cache - This goal is activated when you get to the gang area.
10. PRIMARY - Identify O'Malley's Weapon Cache - Easy task - just interact with a case found in the cache.
11. SECONDARY - Remain Undetected While in DRB Territory - If you want play fair, remember not to be noticed. Fortunately you'll be immediately informed about possible fail, so you should save the game often. The best way is to "cheat" and clear entire Derelict Row from enemies before starting a mission ordered by Jenny.
12. PRIMARY - Return to Jenny - You have to return to Jenny only after completing all missions ordered by her (exploring O'Malley's apartment, getting evidence and knocking out Double-T, locating weapon cache).
13. PRIMARY - Go to O'Malley's Apartment - Despite the fact, that this goal appears in your journal as a primary, its completing (same with further goals) is optional. In the previous conversation with Jenny you could refuse arresting O'Maley and prematurely end the mission.
14. PRIMARY - Deal with O'Malley - It is a continuation of previous goal. What's interesting, you can arrest O'Malley or let him go.
15. PRIMARY - Neutralize O'Malley - This goal appears only if you've started a conversation with O'Malley and suggested arresting him as only solution. It leads then to the fight.
16. PRIMARY - Return to Jenny - A last conversation with Jenny is carried on regardless whether you have stunned O'Malley or you let him go.
Map legend: 1 - Meeting place with Jenny Alexander.
During a conversation with Jenny Alexander it comes to light, that she tries unsuccessfully to gather evidence against corrupted cop, Jack O'Malley. You can ask her several questions and then decide whether to help her or refuse her offer. If you agree, Jenny will explain you all details of this action. Here's what you need to do:
Map legend: 1 - Closed gate; 2 - Damaged staircase; 3 - Adjacent building staircase.
For the beginning we will explore O'Malley's apartment. As you found Jenny, I assume that you are quite oriented in the area. O'Malley's apartment is located in the same building where Tindall lives (another side quest). This place is located north from the clinic and the gas station (screen above).
If you have already unlocked an access to the building, you can enter inside. Otherwise you have to find a way to do it. You can enter the building in several ways. First of them involves passing through the gate #1, although it is secured by a second security level electronic lock. Completion of a mini hacker game should not be too difficult, although of course you have to have an appropriate augmentation (Capture 2 or better). If you want to cheat just use a combination 0002, which is found later during the exploration of building's apartments. After crossing the gate you should use the stairs #2.
A second option is to use the partially damaged external staircase of the building where Tindall lives. You would have to put at least at one crate over the container (screen above) and use and augmentation improving Jensen's jumping (Jump Enhancement). Once inside the staircase you should get upstairs and use the door located on the building's roof.
The last option is to use an external staircase of the adjacent building #1. Once inside the staircase you should go upstairs and jump towards the buildings where Tindall lives #2. Also in this case you should have at least one augmentation improving your agility (the best are Jump Enhancement and Sprint Enhancement).
O'Malley's apartment is located on the level 1 (screen above). The door is closed, but only because there is a first security level electronic lock - you shouldn't have problems with unlocking it. I suggest saving the game here because in a moment you'll enter the room where you can die easily.
Reward: 300 experience points.
Start exploring the first room of O'Malley's apartment. Pick up a pistol and take a look at a newspaper. The main goal is to find a PDA hidden behind books #1. Read it from the journal menu and you'll get the door password - 1029. Use this password on a nearby electronic lock #2 (or solve a fourth security level mini hacker game).
DO NOT ENTER the other room immediately, because there are many fragmentation mines which react to motion. You can act here in two ways. A first option is to detonate mines from a distance #1. I do not recommend his solution thought, because you could use these mines later or just sell them. So crouch and slowly approach to each of them #2 (it is worth to hold down CTRL key). Disarm all three mines and take them with you.
Approach the nearby computer terminal (screen above). A game will force you to play mini hacker game, but because it is only first security level, it will be very easy to finish it. Take a look at messages, stopping at the last, third one.
Reward: 300 experience points.
Despite the fact that you already have evidence you need, it is worth to stay here for longer and look for other interactive items. Begin with removing a painting from the left wall #1. You've revealed a safe. It has third level security so you would prepare good in order to unlock it. Open the safe - you'll find ammo #2 among other things.
There are also crossbow bolts here, a case with weapon shipment (you can only look at it) and a shipment of drugs #1. Finally go to the bathroom, where you'll find an e-book and a shotgun #2.
In order to meet with the corrupted cop you have to go near the police station. The easiest way leads through the railway station #1. After few minutes of walk you should reach the large square #2 adjacent to the police station.
Map legend: 1 - Closed gate; 2 - Corridor with electricity discharges; 3 - Descent to the sewers.
If you have an augmentation which improves jumping (Jump Enhancement), look around and find the interactive crate. Pick it up and move it near the closed gate located east of the police station entrance (screen above). Jump onto the crate and then jump over the fence easily.
If you have an augmentation making Jensen immune to electricity (EMP Shielding), you can also choose a faster way to your destination. Just go east of the main police station entrance #1. Look for southern door and you'll find yourself in the corridor with electric field #2. Warning! Do not try to walk this way without an augmentation mentioned previously, because it will end with death of main character!
If you can't use any of augmentations mentioned above, you have to go through the sewers. In order to do this examine an alley in the western part of the square and find an interactive tile #1. Move it and go down the ladder. Once in the sewers, save the game and that's because you'll come up with enemies soon. Go ahead reaching another ladder #2 after a while.
Make sure not to fall down from any of the catwalks, because contact with electricity will end badly for the protagonist. A first enemy awaits you right around the corner. If you prefer to act from hiding, just lean out for a moment to shoot him with stun weapon or use the camouflage to bypass him and attack him by surprise. If you prefer open fight just shoot him up but be prepared to fight his buddies who will show up soon.
There are two more opponents around the corner. If you prefer to act from hiding, use a camouflage or shoot a bandit #1 on the left with stun weapon and quickly attack his colleague from behind #2. If you have nothing against "traditional" fights, your opponents are probably dead till now. If now, wait until they stand close to each other and shoot them.
Go south #1. There will be no more opponents on your way, so you do not have to be careful. Locate a ladder in the southernmost part of the sewers #2 and use it, so when you reach the surface you'll find yourself directly behind the police station.
Regardless of your chosen path, find O'Malley (screen above). You answer for question if you've been followed, doesn't matter. O'Malley will inform you about location of the weapon for the assassination and that he wants a gangster named Double-T dead. Additionally he wants you to go to the competitive gang headquarters in order to start a war, but you won't go so far. It is good to ask O'Malley about contract details, but I do not recommend asking him about his bosses and reasons for gangs' war because it will make him suspicious. If you have special augmentation (Social Enhancer) you could activate pheromones (Z key) and choose a personality type beta (Charm). It would make O'Malley pay you 500 credits for the fulfilling the contract in advance.
Reward: 100 experience points.
The first step to implement the "murder" plan is to obtain the weapon left by O'Malley's people. Return to the place where you were talking to Jenny #1 and head west, i.e. towards Chiron's building. Once you reach your destination, look for the northern door, where two homeless people stand #2.
Once you find yourself in the narrow corridor move little bit forwards and examine a trash in the corner. You should find a crossbow there. Warning! Make sure that you have a sufficient number of free slots in your inventory to take a crossbow with you. Otherwise throw away unneeded items or even better sell them (for example at the gas station).
Reward: 100 experience points.
A next step is to get to the gang's hideout - this is the building located in the western part of the map. Start from the place where you've found a crossbow and head south, choosing a passage where you can see some parked vehicles #1. After few moments you should reach a small tunnel #2.
Map legend: 1 - External staircase leading to the MCB gang's hideout.
Use the tunnel and then go up the stairs, using the hole in the fence #1. Move south and stop by the building with the external staircase #2. This is the MCB gang's hideout.
Use the ladder and then go up the stairs. Stop on the second level counting from the top and search for the interactive window, which can be open #1. Enter the building, but make sure that you're on the second floor. Go ahead, turn right and then left #2. It would be good to save the game now.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Wait until there is only one guard on the corridor. Depending on your preferences you can use tranquilizing weapon, silent crossbow or approach him and execute melee attack #1. Examine his body and you'll get a PDA. Read its contents from the journal menu #2 - you'll obtain a code to the bedroom - 3733.
Move towards an entrance to the apartment and wait for an opponent with arm implants. Try to attack him by a surprise #1. Then deal with two last gangsters #2 sitting on coaches. It would be good to eliminate as fast as possible so they wouldn't be able to alarm Double-T and his bodyguard. If you trigger the alarm, be prepared to eliminate another two opponents.
Approach the electronic lock #1 and enter previously obtained code 3733. Stand now near the door and stun Double-T and his bodyguard #2. I personally recommend to use tranquilizer weapon, but using a crossbow should also count (it is important that Double-T is not killed during the attack, so do not aim at his head). After successful action examine enemies' bodies and look for a newspaper, credits, drawers, cabinets and computer terminal (2 messages after successful hacking).
Reward: 400 experience points.
The only thing left now is to get to the rival gang territory in order to locate weapon delivery. My advice is to avoid at all costs force solutions, because if you are noticed by any enemy, your secondary goal will fail. But you can prevent this situation easily by clearing entire Derelict Row from enemies before you start completing the quest for Jenny. You previous actions won't count, even if they were hostile against DRB gang members. When you got rid of all enemies, scroll down to the description of Step 9. If you want to play fair, then read the entire description below, which shows how to reach a weapon cache unnoticed.
Map legend: 1 - Western corridor; 2 - Main path to the gang's headquarters; 3 - External staircase leading to the building's roof.
First you have to get to the square adjacent to the gang's hideout and there are three ways to do it. First option is to use a passage located west from the gang's hideout - you've found a crossbow there #1. Turn right and you should see few large crates in front of you #2.
Do not destroy them yet, because it would alarm your enemies. It is better to stand between the crates and attack first opponent #1 with a stun weapon. Move away and after few moments do the same with the second guard. Now move or destroy the crates. Bypass guards' corpses and open the door leading to the square #2.
A second option is to take a main path leading to the gang hideout, located south from it #1. Eliminating guard(s) is not recommended, so better use a passage located to the left from a container #2.
A third option, definitely the best, is to attack or surprise gang members from above. This solution is good because your opponents are not good at finding enemies which are above them. In order to implement this option find a narrow alley to the south-west from the gang headquarters #1. Use a ladder and start climbing using an external staircase #2 along your way.
After reaching the top, open the door and enter the building #1. There is only one path there - follow it, ignoring closed gate on your way. You have to reach a new door #2, leading to the roof adjacent to the gang headquarters.
Note that you're now above your opponents - you can act in several ways here. A better solution is to eliminate them one by one with stun or tranquilizer weapon #1. If you do not want to eliminate them or you do not have proper equipment, just focus on getting down. You can use in this case an augmentation - Icarus Landing System or jump over nearby objects #2 in order to reach one of the external staircases.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the gang headquarters; 2 - Descent to the sewers.
After you've reached the square, you can start choosing your way to get into the gang' headquarters. There are two main paths leading inside. A first one is through the front door. I do not recommend this option, because you would have to cross almost entire location occupied by enemies.
It is better to go to the east now #1 and look around searching for a descent to the sewers #2. Passing the sewers not only allows you to avoid many opponents but also to go out to the surface near the weapon cache you're looking for.
Regardless of your decisions, you have to watch out for the enemies in this area. I suggest eliminating them one by one, not taking too much risk (a silent weapon + pulling away corpses) #1. You can also use a camouflage or distract gangsters in different ways. If you going to eliminate enemies, remember to examine their corpses after getting rid of them. You'll find a PDA with combination 0187. This code might be use then to open the eastern armory #2.
Map legend: 1 - Exit from the sewers; 2 - Weapon cache.
I assume that you used the only correct option, which is a path leading through the sewers. Head north, and then use a narrow passage blocked by a barrel #1. Save the game #2, and that's because the sewers are guarded by few opponents.
After using the first tunnel you have to choose your way to the destination site. A first option is to use next narrow passage, block by two barrels this time #1. Unfortunately it is possible only if you have an augmentation which makes Jensen immune to gas (Implanted Rebreather). Otherwise you can get killed by toxic vapors #2.
If you've managed to pass by the toxic tunnel, you should be able to get near the ladder #1. Use it and notice that you're now in the fenced area with several homeless people. Search for barrels, which you can jump on #2, and a container - next point on your "trip".
Reward: 100 experience points.
Make sure that none of the enemies comes in your direction and jump over the fence #1. Turn a little bit left and head towards fenced area with small hole #2.
A second option is to ignore a tunnel with poisonous gas and in this case you should start with eliminating a bandit who patrols this area #1. Luckily he can be surprised easily. Use a catwalk now and turn left #2.
As you probably noticed, there are three opponents located behind the barricade #1. If you have a camouflage, you can try to bypass them. Otherwise you have to eliminate them. It is best to attack them one by one, taking a cover after every successful action #2. Fortunately a secondary goal connected with hiding shouldn't fail even if they start shooting at you.
Make sure that you've eliminated bandits and jump over the barricade. After few moments you should reach a ladder #1. Use it and you'll find yourself in the fenced area #2.
Reward: 100 experience points.
You can now focus on searching for a weapon cache and you should already see an advance of using sewers. You do not have to explore gang's hideout at all. Instead just turn around and find a hole in the wall, which is blocked by barrels (screen above). Move barrels and go inside - you'll find yourself near the weapon cache.
Reward: 750 experience points.
Go towards mission's goal and interact with a weapon delivery case (screen above). You can also pick up some items from the room (a valuable upgrade among other thing), but it is not required to complete the mission.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Since you've done all tasks, you can return to Jenny and report to her. It is best to choose the same path back, so go through the sewers. Remember that you must stay unnoticed, of course if you still care about completing the secondary goal. Jenny can be found in the same place as previously. Tell her everything you know and give her all evidence. What's interesting, in the case of crossbow you can decide whether to give her this weapon or keep it. Better is the second option because you won't get any penalty and you could still use it or sell it for 1000 credits. As a reward for completing all tasks you'll receive 1000 credits and an upgrade. At the end of the conversation Jenny will ask you to arrest O'Malley. You can refuse her question but it is better to agree to do it - you will get additional experience points for that.
Reward: 1000 experience points + 750 experience points for remaining unnoticed.
Warning! This task is active only if you've agreed to arrest O'Malley personally during conversation with Jenny (Step 11).
You've already visited O'Malley's apartment, so you know the way. After reaching the destination, enter the building and go to the first floor. Save the game and enter O'Malley's apartment (screen above).
Reward: 100 experience points.
If you're going to arrest O'Malley, it would be best to attack him without starting the conversation. You can knock him down while in melee fight or use any stun weapon.
Reward: 100 experience points.
If you're going to talk to O'Malley, then after first phase of conversation you will have to choose (screen above) whether to accept his offer or refuse it. If you've agreed to hear his offer, you can persist in arresting him or take a bribe.
Reward: 100 experience points.
A refusal to let him go will result with immediate end of the conversation and then O'Malley will attack you #1, so it is better to stun him earlier than try to defeat him. If you decide to let him go, then O'Malley will tell you that you would find your pay at your apartment. You can go there anytime during the game (Chiron's building), finding on the table in the main room #2 3000 credits, wine and an e-book with thanks.
The only thing left now is to talk to Jenny again, but you do not have to return to the gang's hideout location. Leave the building and find Jenny at the wall of the eastern building (screen above). The conversation will differ depending on whether you arrested O'Malley or you let him go. In the latter case do not expect any charges, because Jenny doesn't know about your betrayal.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
This mission is activated automatically after completing the main quest Investigating the Suicide Terrorist, specifically after leaving the building where main character lives. But this happens only if you've decided to let Zeke Sanders go at the end of the Neutralize the Terrorist Leader quest, instead of getting him killed. The quest is very short and you do need any special preparations to complete it.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Meet the mysterious informer - You do not have to fear an ambush so you can go there right away.
If you've satisfied all requirements to activate this quest, then right after leaving the Chiron building Pritchard will contact you #1. You'll be informed that someone wants to meet you. Return to the area near the Sarif Industries headquarters and choose a side alley leading to the north-east #2.
After reaching the destination, it turns out that Zeke Sanders is the mysterious informer. He wants to pay you back for letting him go earlier and will give you information helping you to reach the hacker responsible for organizing an attack on the plant. You'll get a new PDA in your inventory and it is worth to check it right now, obtaining a code 7984 and a password neuralhub connected with a login spaxxor.
Reward: 750 experience points.
You will activate this quest automatically upon your arrival in China. This will occur after you've finished the last main quest in Detroit - Whispers of Conspiracy. Get ready for a long mission which is also going to be quite challenging in some parts. Getting inside the hacker's apartment is probably the biggest challenge. The good news is that you will be allowed to choose many different ways to do that and that some of them will allow you to avoid engaging Belltower soldiers in combat.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Investigate the hacker's apartment - The hacker's apartment is located inside the Hengsha Court Gardens building and there are many ways to get inside. Basically you can choose between attacking enemy units and avoiding being seen by them.
2. PRIMARY - Get inside the Hive nightclub - You will receive this mission objective after you've used the computer in hacker's apartment and acquired certain data. There are several paths leading to the Hive club and I would recommend choosing an option that doesn't require buying a rather expensive membership card.
3. PRIMARY - Find Tong Si Hung and talk to him - You will receive this objective once you've found your way inside the Hive club and it doesn't matter whether you'll start in the basement or on the main floor. An interesting thing to know is that you won't have to meet Tong. There is another way to find out about van Bruggen's hideout and that is to overhear a conversation between Tong and a Belltower officer.
4. PRIMARY - Meet Tong in his office - Don't worry if you didn't recognize Tong during the initial conversation in the VIP section, because you'll be invited to the office either way. If you've decided to skip the conversation then you won't receive this objective at all.
5. PRIMARY - Meet van Bruggen in the Alice Garden Pods hotel - Finding the hotel and getting inside is very easy.
6. PRIMARY - Steal a magnetic card from a TYM guard - You will be allowed to kill the guard, but it's easier to sneak into the apartment and to steal the card without being seen.
7. PRIMARY - Deliver the magnetic card to van Bruggen - If you've collected the magnetic card prior to talking to van Bruggen for the first time then you'll automatically complete this and the next mission objective (don't worry, because you'll receive experience points for both of them).
8. PRIMARY - Escape the Alice Garden Pods ambush - Leaving the hotel is going to be a long and tiresome process. The only good news is that the game will allow you to deal with Belltower soldiers in many different ways, including avoiding them.
9. PRIMARY - Use the Tai Yong Medical shuttle to get to the factory - You will receive this mission objective as soon as you've escaped the ambush and left the hotel. Reaching the shuttle is an easy task, but you will have to watch out for additional Belltower forces stationed near the entrance to Alice Garden Pods. Use the shuttle AFTER you've completed all side quests in Hengsha, because you won't be allowed to resume them at a later date.
Malik will drop you off in the eastern district of Hengsha named Kuaigan. Your first task is to get to the western Youzhao district, because that's where the Hengsha Court Gardens building can be found. If you want to get there right away (without exploring the area first), then you will probably start off on a landing pad on the third level of Kuaigan district. A good idea would be to go to the passageway to Youzhao district recommended by the game. Head west and use the stairs #1. You'll soon reach two staircases and you must choose the stairs leading to a lower level #2.
You should end up on the second level after you've used the stairs. Turn right twice to find yourself entering a small corridor #1. Keep following the only path, turning left or right at the intersection. You will soon reach a door leading to Youzhao district #2.
If you've ignored this main quest and you want to travel to Youzhao district only after exploring the surroundings, then your best bet is to use the local subway line. You would have to go the north-western part of the Kuaigan district (level 1) and find the stairs leading to the subway station #1. Get to the station and wait for a train to show up (it'll take only a few seconds) #2. Interact with the train which will take you to your destination.
If you've chosen the passageway recommended by the game, then you'll start exploring the Youzhao district in its southern part. This means you will have to find the main road and start moving north.
If you've used the subway line, then you'll start exploring the Youzhao district in its northern part, very close to your current destination. Leave the station to find yourself standing close to Hengsha Court Gardens.
Unfortunately entering Hengsha Court Gardens is not going to be easy. You will be stopped by Belltower forces working for the Chinese government and you'll find out that no one is allowed to get inside. It's probably not going to be a surprise to you that your next task will be to figure out how to deal with this problem.
There are many different ways to get inside the building without any bloodshed and the top four of them is listed below.
Map legend: 1 - Main passageway guarded by Belltower units; 2 - Stairs leading to the entrance to the building; 3 - Entrance to the first shaft; 4 - Exit from the first shaft; 5 - Entrance to the second shaft; 6 - Scaffolding leading to alternative paths to the building.
The first option is to use camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation) and that would allow you to pass by all the guards without being seen by the them. You would have to proceed west and use the stairs leading to the main entrance to the building (screen above). Sadly this method requires the camouflage to be active for a rather long period of time (10-15 seconds). As a result you would have to purchase other implants to lower the power usage of the cloaking system and/or have a lot of batteries at your disposal in order to prevent the cloak from shutting down prematurely.
The second option is to rely on ventilation shafts. The entrance to the first shaft is located to the north of Hengsha Court Gardens, close to the stairs leading to the subway station #1. Enter the shaft and reach the exit #2. Open the vent cover after you've made sure that no one is looking your way.
Exit the shaft and quickly take cover behind the nearest object #1. Wait for the right time (there's a single guard patrolling this small square) and move to an adjacent cover located to your right, near the stairs. You could use the stairs here to get closer to the building's entrance, but you would have to deal with two other guards #2 by avoiding them or stunning them without causing an alarm.
A much better solution than attacking the guards is to locate an entrance to a second ventilation shaft. Inspect the wall to your right to find it #1 and make sure that you're not seen by the patrolling guard when you're trying to enter the shaft. Go through the second shaft and notice that you've automatically entered an apartment on the ground floor of Hengsha Court Gardens #2. This means all you have to do is to exit this apartment to get to the main corridor.
The third option is to reach the entrance on the roof of the building. Start off by finding a large scaffolding located to the south of Hengsha Court Gardens (screen above). Interact with the first ladder to start climbing.
Continue climbing, using ladders and jumping on top of small crates along the way. You will soon reach the last ladder #1 leading to the roof on level three. Use this ladder and immediately turn right #2. Wait for the guards to finish their conversation.
You can deal with the guard situation in two different ways. Follow the guards if you intend to get rid of them #1. Use the opportunity that they won't turn around and stun both of them using weapons or in melee combat #2.
You can also try avoiding the guards without attacking them. One way to achieve that is to use a lower outer section of the roof #1. Naturally you would have to keep crouching here. Another possibility is to remain where the guards were talking and start making jumps towards small ledges located in front of you #2. Unfortunately this method would require a lot of precision and Jump Enhancement augmentation.
It doesn't matter whether you've neutralize the guards or they're still on the roof, because in both cases you must get to the northern door #1. Enter the Hengsha Court Gardens building #2 and use the stairs to get to the ground floor.
The last fourth option is to use a large and unused elevator shaft. The beginning of this path is identical to the previous one, so you'll have to find a large scaffolding located to the south of Hengsha Court Gardens (screen above). Interact with the first ladder to start climbing.
Continue climbing, using ladders and jumping on top of small crates along the way. You will soon reach the last ladder #1 leading to the roof on level three. This is where this path and the previous one split apart. Remain on the roof and explore the area in front of you to find a door with a level 1 electronic lock #2.
Solve the mini-game to open the door and enter a small room. There's an entrance to a ventilation shaft to your left #1. Use it to get to a very large elevator shaft. I would recommend that you start off by carefully making your way to the bottom of the shaft, because there's a Praxis kit there #2.
Take the Praxis kit and then start climbing towards the top of the elevator shaft. You will be using mostly ladders #1, however at one point you'll also be forced to jump on top of the crates #2 and from them to a new ledge.
As I've said, your objective is to reach the highest balcony inside the elevator shaft. Explore the area around you to locate yet another interactive vent cover #1. Go through the small shaft to gain access to the building #2. You should notice that this path is the only one that ends on the top floor of Hengsha Court Gardens, so you won't have to use the elevator.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 4 (Entering the hacker's apartment).
Map legend: 1 - Main passageway guarded by Belltower units; 2 - Stairs leading to the entrance to the building; 3 - Entrance to the first shaft; 4 - Exit from the first shaft; 5 - Entrance to the second shaft; 6 - Scaffolding leading to alternative paths to the building.
If you don't mind killing all of Belltower guards stationed near the Hengsha Court Gardens, then your first order of business you should be choosing a good attack spot. An area close to the metro station is a great idea (screen above), because it will prevent enemies from making surprise attacks. You will also have an easier job locating soldiers and responding to their actions.
Aside from enemies using their weapons you will also have to watch out for grenades landing close to your position. The EMP grenades are the worst kind, however having an EMP Shielding augmentation will allow you to ignore them, because Jensen will become invulnerable to their effects.
I wouldn't recommend trying to defeat enemy soldiers in melee combat, because it would be very risky. It's much better to use firearms. Watch out for soldiers with helmets during the course of this battle. The head protection makes them more resistant, so you'll have to acknowledge the fact that not every headshot will result in a kill.
Make sure that you've dealt with the nearest guards and then carefully approach a small square located in front of Hengsha Court Gardens. There may be additional guards on nearby roofs and it would be a good idea to kill them. Once it's safe find the main entrance to the building (screen above).
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 4 (Entering the hacker's apartment).
Map legend: 1 - Exit from the elevator; 2 - Exit from the main shaft; 3 - Main entrance to hacker's apartment; 4 - Entrance to the new shaft; 5 - Exits from the new shaft.
Almost all paths described in Step 3 will force you to begin exploring the Hengsha Court Gardens building on the ground floor (level 1). In this case your main objective will be to find an elevator #1 and use it to get to the penthouse level. The only exception is if you've travelled through the unused elevator shaft followed by a small vent. This will result in already starting on the penthouse level #2.
The nearby corridor is being patrolled by two guards (screen above) and the next three soldiers are stationed inside hacker's apartment. If you don't mind choosing an aggressive solution, then you should attack the first group before the guards finish their conversation. Once they're gone remain in the exact same spot, waiting for the members of the second group to show up. You would be fighting in rather small areas, so using grenades and mines would certainly help your cause.
If you're interested only in stunning Belltower employees and avoiding the alarm, then you should wait for the guards from the first group to finish their conversation. Take cover behind a wall and wait for one of the guards to show up #1. Neutralize him and then deal with his colleague #2. Make sure that your actions aren't too loud, so you won't be heard by any of the soldiers from the apartment. You can also consider hiding bodies of both guards (preferably in the southern apartment or inside the vents) in order to prevent any kind of unwanted surprises.
There are two ways to get inside the hacker's apartment. A more obvious choice is to use the front door #1. An alternative method is to travel through the ventilation shafts. Sadly this is available only if you've already purchased Move Heavy Objects augmentation. The reason for that is simple - the entrance to the shaft is blocked by one of the vending machines in the main corridor #2 and you would have to move it in order to find the vent cover.
If you've managed to enter the vents, then you will be allowed to choose between two exits. I would recommend turning right at the first junction in order to find the exit #1 located closer to your current destination. Going straight ahead after reaching the junction means reaching the exit #2 located further away from your current objective.
If you're intentions are to kill every guard present in the apartment, then the best choice would be to take cover somewhere near the entrance and then to attack enemy units. If you only want to stun the guards, then you could consider convincing one of them to leave the apartment #1 or to perform a surprise attack on him. Dealing with the remaining two would be much easier, because for most of the time they will be looking through the windows, making themselves perfect targets #2. If you don't want to eliminate any of the guards, then you'll have to pay a lot of attention to their movements and use Cloaking System along with other implants if necessary.
Your primary objective is to reach a small room where hacker's computer can be found. The most obvious solution is to jump through a very large hole in the wall (screen above).
If somehow you can't or you don't want to use the hole in the wall, then you should look around the apartment. Interact with a small doll #1 found near the kitchen. Doing that will unlock a secret passageway near the large windows #2.
It doesn't matter which method you've chosen, because either way you'll have to find yourself standing inside the secret room. Start off by collecting some of the applications from the environment and then interact with a computer terminal. The game will force you here to solve a level 1 mini-game which shouldn't be a problem. Make sure you've read all three messages, so you'll find out that the hacker you're searching for is named Arie van Bruggen. The most likely place to find him is a local nightclub called The Hive which is being run by a Triad member named Tong Si Hung.
Reward: 2500 experience points + 500 experience points for staying undetected.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the Hive nightclub; 2 - Ventilation shaft; 3 - Sewer grate.
The Hive can be found in the Kuaigan district, so this means you'll have to leave Youzhao district and get back to the area where you've started exploring Hengsha. Use the same passageway as before. Once you've reached Kuaigan district head over to the northern part of the second level. It shouldn't be a big problem to locate the club (screen above).
There are several ways to gain access to the nightclub. The most obvious choice is to purchase a membership card. You would have to approach the bouncer #1, initiate a conversation and confirm the purchase #2. The membership card is not cheap, because you would have to spend 1000 credits on it. As a result it's best to choose one of the alternative methods describe below.
Reward: 250 experience points.
You don't have to spend any money on the card, because you may as well attack the bouncer. If you're planning to use a weapon, then you should consider moving as far away from the entrance to the club as possible #1. Use a stun gun or something similar and make sure that you're not seen nor heard by anyone carrying a weapon, because otherwise you'll alarm Belltower soldiers and you'll probably have to get rid of them as well. A much better choice is to defeat the bouncer in melee combat #2, because he won't be allowed to fight back and there's a big chance that your actions won't alarm anyone. Check bouncer's body if you wish to in order to collect the membership card.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the Hung Hua hotel (level 2); 2 - Entrance to the Hung Hua hotel located on the roof (level 3).
Another way to get inside the Hive club is to find a membership card. In order to do that you would have to travel to the Hung Hua hotel located in the southern section of the Kuaigan district. There are two entrances to this hotel - you can choose the main entrance located on the second level #1 or the roof entrance located on the third level #2 (this one is easier to find, because it's very close to the landing pad where you've started exploring Hengsha).
Use one of the available entrances and proceed towards the staircase located in the north-eastern part of the hotel. Use the stairs to get to level three and begin exploring this floor. You'll have to enter the first room starting from the left #1. The membership card can be found on a glass table #2. Pick it up and return to the Hive. You won't have to talk to the bouncer, because you'll be automatically allowed to enter the nightclub.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Another option to enter the Hive is to use the ventilation shaft. In this case you'll have to start by heading towards an alley located to the west of the main entrance to the nightclub #1. Move north and make a stop once you've reached a large fenced area #2.
Turn right and you should notice an entrance to a ventilation shaft #1. Consider placing a cardboard box beneath the vent cover if you're having difficulties reaching it. Enter the shaft and use it to get to the Hive #2. You'll be automatically transported to the club's public restroom.
Reward: 250 experience points.
The last possible option is to travel through the sewers. Doing this would allow you to reach Hive's basement and I'd recommend considering this path only if you're planning to skip the conversation with Tong Si Hung. The first step is to locate the entrance to the sewers and you'll have to go an alley located to the west of the nightclub #1. Proceed north, but turn left (west) as soon as you have a chance to do so #2. You'll soon reach a sewer grate. Interact with it and use the ladder to make your way to the sewers.
Start moving east as soon as you've entered the sewers #1, collecting a datapad along the way. Turn south and then east again. You'll soon find a tunnel filled with toxic gas #2 and you'll have to plan your next steps here.
If you've already unlocked an augmentation called Implanted Rebreather, then you can proceed forward, because the fumes won't hurt you in any way. Otherwise you'll have to get rid of them. In order to achieve this you must destroy a fragment of the wall to your right #1, however you need to have a Punch Through Wall augmentation. Look around after you've taken down a wall to find applications and then interact with a valve #2.
It doesn't really matter how you'll get through the toxic trap, because in both cases you'll get to a ladder located in the north-eastern part of the sewers #1. Use this ladder to find yourself standing in front of the door leading to Hive's basement #2.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Make sure to take cover behind the left wall after arriving in the basement, because there's a security camera to the west from here. Wait until the camera turns to your right and then start running towards it #1. Stop directly under the camera, wait for it to turn again and now move north #2.
It would be a good idea to check the area to your left along the way. There's an entrance to a new ventilation shaft here #1. Use it to make your way to a small room with a dead body. Examine the body to collect a datapad and also look around the room to find a valuable weapon mod #2.
Return to the main corridor and continue exploring the basement. You'll have to be very careful, because the northern part of the basement is being patrolled by a single guard #1. You can attack the guard from a large distance, neutralize him in melee combat #2 or try avoiding him (his move pattern is rather predictable).
Defeat or avoid the guard and use the stairs located to your right #1. Turn right for the second time and you should be able to reach a door leading to the main floor of the nightclub #2.
There are two different methods to obtain information concerning van Bruggen's current whereabouts. A more obvious way to do that is to meet Tong Si Hung. In this case you should begin on the main floor of the nightclub. Go to the bar and initiate a conversation with the bartender named Bobby Bao #1. Choose the upper dialogue option #2 so that Bobby can direct you to a VIP lounge located on the top floor of the club.
Choose the passageway located to the left of the bar and you shouldn't have any problems locating the stairs leading to an upper floor #1. Once you're there turn left and you'll enter the VIP section. Initiate a conversation here with the club manager #2.
The club manager will display hostile behavior towards you at the beginning of this conversation. He won't grant you an audience with his boss and he'll also say that Tong doesn't care about van Bruggen's fate. Your task will of course be to change his mind and to uncover the truth. An augmentation called Social Enhancer may come in handy here, because it would allow you to discover club manager's psychological profile and to monitor the current level of persuasion. Steering the conversation in the right direction will make the persuasion bar turn green and choosing wrong responses will result in the bar turning orange. Don't worry if you don't have the implant mentioned above, because you may easily pass the conversation without it. Sadly it's not possible to present one error-proof method, because the conversation with the club manager slightly changes each time you've tried talking to him (even after reloading the last save). As a result it's extremely important to listen to him and to choose dialogue options after reading sentences tied to them. Focus all of your efforts on the thing you're trying to achieve (in this case it's finding van Bruggen) and remember to stay calm, because no one likes outbursts of rage.
You can achieve the desired result in this conversation by ignoring club manager's attempts to disinform you about van Bruggen's hideout and about what he knows. It's also important to use an opportunity to share your concerns about the importance of finding the hacker and to add that Tong must be helping him to escape from Hengsha safely. Pinpointing and insisting during this conversation is a good idea to get what you want. At first the club manager will only reveal that van Bruggen is in a safe place, but if you manage to pass the whole negotiation process you'll be allowed to meet Tong in his office to learn the details. A different way to end this conversation with success is to use the Social Enhancer augmentation to activate pheromones (it's done by pressing the Z key). This would require you to choose the Alpha type of personality. Succeeding here would allow Jensen to unmask the club manager as Tong himself. If you fail this conversation you will have to use the alternative method described later in the text (overhearing the conversation in Tong's office without meeting him there personally).
Reward: 1750 experience points.
Go back to the stairs #1 and head down. Instead of going back to the main area of the club turn left twice. Proceed towards a door leading to Hive's basement #2. If you've passed the conversation with the club manager, then you will be able to open this door without having to input a code.
Turn right and then left, choosing the stairs leading to the basement #1. Ignore a guard patrolling this corridor and turn right. Proceed to the door located at the end of this corridor #2. Open the door leading to Tong's office and take your time to look around. You can find credits here, as well as an Ebook.
Approach the club manager and initiate a second conversation with him. The beginning of this meeting will be different depending on whether you've already unmasked the manager as Tong or you've discovered this only now. The owner of the Hive club will tell you to search for van Bruggen in Alice Garden Pods hotel.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
A less obvious method to find out about van Bruggen's hideout is to overhear a conversation in Tong Si Hung's office. You will be forced to choose this option if you've failed to pass the conversation with the club manager, however you can also choose it out of your free will (this means you won't have to talk to anyone inside the club). The first step in this case is to reach the basement of the Hive. If you've chosen to go through the sewers you'll already be there. Otherwise you'll have to take additional steps. Go to the men's restroom located on the main level of the club. Search the cabins and you'll find a datapad with a 0415 code inside one of them #1. Exit the restroom and approach the door located close to the staircase leading to the upper floor #2. This door has a level 4 electronic lock, however you can use the combination you've found and therefore skip the mini-game.
Open the door, turn right and then left #1, choosing the stairs leading to the basement. If you went through the sewers and explored the basement you'd end up right here. If this is your first time in the basement, then you'll have to be very careful, because a nearby corridor is being patrolled by a single guard. You can dispose of this person using guns (preferably something that would paralyze the target), defeat the guard in melee combat #2 or try avoiding the guard without being seen.
Check the northern side of this corridor to find an entrance to a new ventilation shaft #1. Enter the shaft and start moving towards Tong's office. The game will show a cut-scene as soon as you're near your destination #2. You'll find out that the club manager was in fact Tong (worth mentioning only if you talked to him) and from a phone call made after the conversation with a Belltower officer you'll learn that van Bruggen is hiding in the Alice Garden Pods hotel.
Reward: 750 experience points + 750 experience points for staying undetected.
The Alice Garden Pods hotel is located in the eastern part of the Kuaigan district. I assume that you begin your journey near the Hive nightclub. Go south and then turn east, finding a small alleyway located between buildings #1. Continue heading east and use the stairs #2 to make your way to the vicinity of the hotel.
The main entrance to the hotel is located on level two and in order to get there you'll have to cross a small bridge #1. Find a door leading to the hotel reception #2.
You are starting on level one of the hotel and van Bruggen's pod can be found on the top fourth level. Head east and it shouldn't take long for you to get to reception #1. Walk through the reception without talking to the owner of the hotel and keep going until you've reached the stairs leading to the main hall #2. Malik should stop you here, offering you a chance to participate in Shanghai Justice side quest.
There are two ways to get to the upper levels of the hotel. You can choose the main stairway located in the south-eastern corner #1 or you can choose the fire escape staircase located in the north-western corner #2. Either way your primary objective is to reach the fourth level.
Get to the fourth level and then proceed towards the southern group of pods #1. Approach the pod which is owned by van Bruggen #2 and interact with it.
Interacting with the pod will trigger a conversation with the hacker during which you'll learn that van Bruggen was initially hired by Zhao Yun Ru. Zhao is the CEO of Tai Yong Medical corporation, one of the main competitors of Sarif Industries. The hacker will also say that the evidence implicating Zhao Run Yu can be found on a server in Tai Yong tower. Sadly, gaining access to Tai Yong Medical's facilities will require having an employee card.
Important! If you already have an employee card in your possession, then you can skip to Step 10. Otherwise continue reading this walkthrough by proceeding to Step 9.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the Hung Hua hotel (level 2); 2 - Entrance to the Hung Hua hotel located on the roof (level 3).
Leave Alice Garden Pods and plan a trip to the Hung Hua hotel located in the southern section of the Kuaigan district. There are two entrances to this hotel - you can choose the main entrance located on the second level #1 or the roof entrance located on the third level #2 (this one is easier to find, because it's very close to the landing pad where you've started exploring Hengsha).
Map legend: 1 - Apartment door; 2 - Balcony entrance; 3 - SMART card.
Use one of the available entrances and proceed towards the staircase located in the north-eastern part of the hotel. Use the stairs to get to level four #1. The Tai Yong Medical employee you're looking for is with a female companion and they can both be found in the first room to the right. You could try breaking in #2, however you would have to disable a level three electronic lock.
It's a much better idea to find an alternative way to get to the apartment. Consider entering one of the adjacent rooms - the one with Mei Suen #1 or the one in the middle. Proceed to the apartment's balcony and notice that you will be allowed to start making jumps to other balconies. Obviously your goal here is to reach the balcony of the last apartment #2. You can now open the door leading to the apartment without having to solve any mini-games.
The TYM guard is inside the bathroom and it would be wise to avoid making too much noise, because this will allow you to skip the fight with him. Look around the apartment and find a SMART card on a glass table #1. If you prefer an aggressive solution, then you won't have to stay quiet and you will be forced to kill or stun the guard (preferably in melee combat) #2.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
You can exit the Hung Hua hotel. Make sure that you have at least one weapon in your inventory that you don't need (pistol, shotgun, rifle etc.) before you decide to return to Alice Garden Pods. You can acquire such a weapon by purchasing it or by examining bodies of recently killed/stunned enemies. Once you're inside the pods hotel again return to van Bruggen. He will modify the magnetic card so that the biometric data will match Jensen.
Acquiring a magnetic card is the only good news, because the hotel will soon be assaulted by Belltower units #1. Wait for the cut-scene to end and initiate a new conversation with van Bruggen. The hacker will ask you to lend him a weapon to insure his safety and if you've followed my recent advice then you will have one unwanted weapon to spare #2.
Experience: 1000 experience points.
Map legend: 1 - Main staircase; 2 - Fire escape staircase; 3 - Entrance to the ventilation shaft on level three.
If you don't mind stunning enemy units, then you can start doing that as soon as you've regained full control over the main character. There are about 4-5 Belltower guards on each floor. Try performing surprise attacks #1 to avoid detection and use your radar or your augmentations #2 to locate enemy forces before making each move.
If you plan on avoiding enemy units entirely, then you will have to use camouflage often (Cloaking System augmentation) and pay even more attention to guards' movements. Either way make sure not to be seen by the heavily armed soldiers stationed on the main floor of the hotel (screen above).
Your main objective should be to reach the bottom level of the hotel, because this will allow you to leave this area. I would recommend choosing the staircases #1 only if Jensen is capable of using camouflage. The reason for that is because getting to the bottom level #2 would require you to sneak past heavily armed guards and trying to eliminate them one by one would be extremely difficult.
Using a ventilation shaft is a better plan if you don't want to by seen nor heard by the guards. Start off by descending to level three. Proceed to the eastern group of pods and look around to find a vent cover #1. Get inside the shaft and walk through it to find an exit #2. Notice that you'll drop outside the main area of the hotel, so you won't have to worry about the soldiers with heavy rifles.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 11 (Travelling through the locker room area).
Map legend: 1 - Main staircase; 2 - Fire escape staircase; 3 - Entrance to the ventilation shaft on level three.
Start off by securing level four of the hotel (screen above). You should know that the eastern and western groups of pods are usually being patrolled by two-person teams. That's not all, because the sound of combat may encourage Belltower units from lower floors to show up here. As a result you should always make sure that you're attacking enemy units from behind a good cover and monitor their movements to prevent any kind of surprise attacks.
Secure the entire level four of the hotel and then consider attacking enemy guards seen on the ground floor (screen above). Use the element of surprise and height advantage. It's also important not to remain in the open for too long (balustrades are a decent cover), because Belltower soldiers will be using good guns.
Keep fighting your way to the lower levels, carefully securing each floor and always being prepared to defeat additional enemy units. Once you've reached the bottom level of the hotel deal with the remaining heavily armed soldiers. It's important to pick up valuable and useful heavy rifles found near their bodies (screen above), as well as a datapad will an ironfist password (it's for the nemuni login). Use the same stairs as before to leave the main area of the hotel.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 11 (Travelling through the locker room area).
You should end up in the same corridor you've used before, but this time you'll notice that the main passageway to the reception is barricaded #1. As a result you will have to proceed to the Locker Room area (this corridor on the other road wasn't accessible before) #2.
Search the nearby lockers and then enter the locker room. This area is being patrolled by only one soldier, but the problem is that he doesn't leave the field of view of a local security camera #1. If you intend to get rid of him you'll have to be ready to raise an alarm or make some noises to encourage him to move away #2 and then surprise him.
If you don't want to attack the guard in this room, then you can wait for him to go the other way and carefully move under the camera (screen above). Choose the same path if you've already stunned him in a safe place. If he's dead or if his body is lying in the camera's field of view, then you won't have to make additional preparations, because you've most likely already raised the alarm.
Map legend: 1 - Main passageway; 2 - Entrance to the vents; 3 - Exit from the vents; 4 - Computer terminal which controls the security turret.
There are two main paths leading to the next area of the hotel. If you want to remain hidden, then you should consider opening the left door and entering the toilets. Look around to find an Ebook and then locate an entrance to a ventilation shaft #1. Move the small crate away in order to be able to interact with a vent cover. Enter the shaft and notice that it led you to the area behind an active security turret #2.
If you don't want to go through the ventilation shaft, then you should choose the main passageway #1. You must be very careful in the next room, because aside from two guards you will all also encounter a security turret. It's to good to hide behind good cover here #2 and move right without being seen.
Don't think that going past the guards and the turret solved all of your problems, because it's not safe in the southern area of the room #1. Start crouching and find a frag mine #2. Try disabling the mine without setting it off and then leave it or take it with you.
Both paths described above will allow you to get close to the exit from the room. You can choose it right now #1 or you can consider getting rid of the guards you were avoiding so far. You could attack them with your weapons or hack into a level three computer terminal #2. This would allow you to reprogram the turret (Turret Domination augmentation required) so that it would start shooting at the Belltower mercenaries.
Sooner or later you'll have to go through several smaller rooms #1. You can move faster here, because there aren't any additional Belltower units in the vicinity. Make a stop once you've reached a much larger area #2.
There are two methods of reaching the opposite end of this room. The first method is to rely on the EMP Shielding augmentation by moving in a straight line (screen above) without the risk of electrocution.
The second method should be implemented if you're character is not immune to electricity. In this case you'll be forced to travel through a minefield. Start off by turning south #1. Make a few jumps to reach the southern section of the room. Crouch here and slowly start moving east. There are three frag mines in the area #2 and you can focus on disabling them or ignore them.
Both passageways mentioned above will allow you to get past the room with electricity and continue your journey through the hotel. Make a stop once you've reached the entrance to the Laundry Room (screen above), because you should take some time to plan your next moves.
There are two ways of making your way across the laundry room. The first method requires the Punch Through Wall augmentation, because it allows you to destroy the right wall #1. Approach the wall and press the E key #2 to punch through to the other side (don't forget to have at least one full battery to turn this plan into reality).
Notice that taking down the wall has unlocked a secret corridor which runs parallel to the laundry room. If you plan on playing aggressively, then you should make a stop near the next destroyable section of the wall #1. Coordinate the attack on the wall with the moment when one of the guards makes a stop close to it, so that he can be killed or stunned easily. You can monitor the guards' movements using radar, augmentations or by looking through a small window located to the right #2.
If you'd like to avoid enemy units, then you should ignore the first destroyable wall and proceed to the end of the corridor to find another one #1. Destroy the wall and notice that you've ended up on the other side of the laundry room #2. Don't move forward right away, but make sure first that the Belltower soldiers aren't looking your way.
If Jensen doesn't have proper augmentations and can't destroy any walls, then your only option is to open the main door leading to the laundry room #1. The easiest way to get rid of two local guards is to attack them with a weapon #2 in order to stun them or kill them. An alternative way is to rely on camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation) to get past them, but you would have to be careful not to collide with any of them and have at least two-three full batteries.
Both methods shown above will allow you to get to the exit from the laundry room. I wouldn't recommend moving fast here, because there are at least two additional guards separating you from the hotel exit.
The two guards mentioned in the previous step of the walkthrough are stationed just around the corner (screen above). It's important to take your time here to observe their behavior, especially since one of the soldiers is well-armored and uses a heavy rifle.
If you want to avoid being seen by the guards, then you should start moving when they'll both head towards the exit from the hotel. Find an opening to your right along the way #1 and use it to leave the main corridor. Make a few steps forward to find a second opening #2. This time you'll have to wait for the guards to head the other way before leaving this hiding place.
If you want to kill the last two guards, then your best move would be to start shooting at them when they'll both turn around (screen above). This also applies to using a stun weapon, because it's not possible to neutralize one of the guards in melee combat without automatically alarming his colleague.
It doesn't matter whether you've decided to finish off the last two guards or avoid them, because in both cases your primary concern will be to find the alternative exit from the hotel. Leave the building and listen to a short conversation with Malik.
Reward: 1000 experience points + 750 experience points for staying undetected.
Notice that you've left the hotel on level 1 instead of level 2. The shuttle which travels to the factory can be found to the west of your current location and it's not going to take a lot of time to get there. It's important however to be careful, because you'll encounter new Belltower soldiers near the hotel #1. You won't be attacked unless you very close to them, so you should consider going past them by using the stairs found to your left #2.
Use the stairs again and choose the main path which leads west #1. It shouldn't take a lot of time for you to reach the shuttle station. Proceed to the northern door #2.
Open the door, use the stairs #1 and wait for a shuttle to show up on the station #2. Just as the game suggests, it's important to finish all side quests in Hengsha before departing to the Tai Yong facility, because you won't be allowed to resume them later on in the game. This is also a good moment to pay visit to local merchants (especially the one in Hung Hua hotel) in order to sell unnecessary loot and to purchase supplies. Using the shuttle means leaving the main area of Hengsha and starting a new main quest - Searching for Proof.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
You will activate this quest automatically after completing the previous main mission. This is done by acquiring a magnetic card, escaping the hotel and using the shuttle to travel to Tai Yong Medical facility. Get ready for a very long mission which will require you to often act stealthy or to participate in a lot of battles. The second part of this quest also has a difficult scene concerning a room filled with laser traps. Avoiding an alarm there will require from you to display a lot of patience and precision.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Enter TYM tower by passing through Pangu - This objective will remain active for the entire time spent inside the factory. You should know that in most areas you will be allowed to choose different paths to support your style of play. A thing worth mentioning is that attacking enemy units in most areas also means having to deal with small and very mobile robots for the first time.
2. SECONDARY - Rescue a TYM employee - It's definitely a good idea to rescue the scientist, because not only you'll gain valuable experience points, but you'll also have an easier job dealing with a guard encountered in one of the first rooms of the complex.
3. PRIMARY - Find and watch van Bruggen's recording - This objective will appear in your journal after using the second elevator and therefore finding your way to the main tower. An important thing to know about is that you won't have to constantly worry about staying hidden or fighting enemy units, because a lot of rooms and laboratories in the tower will be available to everyone.
You will begin your journey at the shuttle station, near the factory located in the lower part of the Tai Yong facilities. Your main objective is to reach the main tower in the upper part of the complex. Start off by opening nearby lockers and then proceed towards the only interactive door #1. Follow a linear corridor, using the stairs along the way #2.
It shouldn't take too long for you to reach a closed door #1. Interact with an electronic lock and solve a level 1 mini-game to unlock passageway to the next area of the factory. Open the door and turn left #2 to inspect the source of a recent explosion.
Important! If by some reason you don't want to rescue the scientist, then you can skip this part of the walkthrough and continue the game by reading Step 3 (reaching the cryo-sterilization room).
Map legend: 1 - Entrance to the valve room; 2 - Entrance to the room filled with toxic gas; 3 - Datapad; 4 - Valve; 5 - TYM employee
Make a few steps forward and you're going to be stopped by a TYM employee. Apparently the scientist has damaged his suit and now seeks help before he's killed by the toxic fumes #1. You can promise to help him during a short conversation #2 or deny rescuing him. I wouldn't recommend leaving this person to die, because it's not going to take a lot of time to rescue the scientist and you'll receive a few rewards for doing that.
Your objective is to reach a valve which controls the flow of the gas and this can be achieved in two different ways. The first method is to use the closer door leading to Chemical Storage A4 #1. The door has a level 3 electronic lock, but after inspecting the northern part of the main corridor you would find a datapad with a code to the door - 4865 #2.
The second method is to go past the first room (the one with the valve) in search for the second door. This means you'll have to travel north and then turn east #1 and south. After a short walk you should find a new door leading to Chemical Storage A3 #2. Notice that the electronic lock on this door has only a level 1 complexity, however you should consider solving the mini-game only if Jensen has an Implanted Rebreather augmentation.
If you've used the door leading to Chemical Storage A4 (northern room) you'll be allowed to approach the valve right away #1 in order to get rid of the fumes. If you've used the door leading to Chemical Storage A3 (southern room) you'll have to quickly go through the gas-filled room, searching for the northern door.
Experience: 750 experience points.
You no longer have to work fast, so you should take some time and explore both rooms. The northern storage has several lockers and one of them is hiding a datapad #1 with four different security codes. The southern room also contains a small number of lockers. Open them and then start interacting with small crates blocking your way to the second part of the room #2.
Approach the TYM employee you've managed to save from certain death and start a conversation with him. The man will want to thank you somehow for your help and he'll advise to mention him in an upcoming conversation with a local guard named Kim so that you'll receive full access to the nearby facility.
If you've ignored cries for help from a TYM employee, then you'll have to go north and then turn east #1 and south. If you've rescued the scientist and talked to him, then you should leave Chemical Storage A3 and travel south. In both cases your current destination will be a small room with a few people inside #2.
An attempt to enter the room will trigger a conversation with a guard named Kim. There are four ways how this conversation can end:
There are a few things you should know about the choice made during the conversation with Kim. If you've initiated a fight with Kim #1 you should consider quickly defeating him in melee combat, so you'll have plenty of time to prepare before other guards show up in this area. If you've tried bluffing Kim and he allowed you only to stay here, then Kim will attack you if he sees you trying to use the stairs leading to the main area of the factory #2. Choosing bribe or mentioning Lee will grant you full access, but raising an alarm in the meantime will force Kim to switch sides and to join the group hostile towards Jensen. This means he'll have to be neutralized along with the rest of the guards.
Important! Try ending things on good terms with Kim (by him granting Jensen full access to the facility), so that you won't have to worry about him in the future. If you've failed to reach a good result in the conversation and can't use old savegames to try again, then you should consider stunning him right away or when he exits the room occupied by two other scientists.
Map legend: 1 - Stairs leading to the cryo-sterilization room; 2 - Exit from the first shaft; 3 - Entrance to the second shaft; 4 - Exit from the second shaft; 5 - Terminal which controls laser beams; 6 - Passageway leading to the next area.
Your current objective is to reach an elevator located past the cryo-sterilization room. I would suggest to look around before you make any decisions on how you want to get there. There are two small storage areas to the north and to the south from here #1 #2. Open the lockers inside each storage room and also collect a newspaper and a module mine.
There are two different paths leading to the elevator and a much better choice is to use upper catwalks. The main reason for that is because relying on upper balconies will allow you to avoid having contact with a lot of enemies and local security systems. Unfortunately choosing this path is only possible if you've already unlocked Icarus Landing System augmentation. Start off by entering the northern storage area #1. Find a ladder here #2 and use it to get to the catwalks.
Follow the only available path and make a stop once you've reached a movable part of the catwalk #1. Use this passageway to make your way into a small room #2. There are two interactive lockers here and one of them is hiding an Ebook. You'll also find a datapad with a 7934 code for the pumping station.
You may return to the main room with the two scientists and where you've also talked to Kim. Interact with an electronic lock found near the main console #1. You can either solve a level two mini-game or input a 5720 code. Once you've disabled the lock press a large red button #2. Notice that doing this has resulted in moving the catwalk you've used recently to an entirely new position.
Enter the northern storage room and interact with the ladder again #1. Use the only available path to reach the catwalk you've moved by pressing the red button #2. Obviously you should proceed towards a previously unaccessible door.
Enter a small room to find new lockers. Opening them is rather important, because one of the lockers will be hiding a valuable weapon mod #1. You may now turn right and interact with a vent cover #2. Use the shaft to travel to a new location.
Just as I've mentioned before, you won't be allowed to reach your destination if you haven't unlocked the Icarus Landing System augmentation, because that's the only way to safely land on a lower platform #1. Pick up a stun gun from the box and then enter a new shaft. You'll have to be careful here, because the exit from this shaft is located inside a guard room (north-eastern part of the cryo-sterilization room) #2.
There are two guards inside this room and sadly it's not possible to stun one of them without automatically alarming the other one. If you still want to pursue such a course of action, then you will have to quickly neutralize the second guard before he manages to leave the room and interact with an alarm panel (melee combat seems to best choice, because he'll probably try to run past Jensen).
Stunning both soldiers from the guardpost will allow you to explore the room a little bit further. There's a computer terminal here #1, however it has a level 2 protection. If you manage to hack into the system you will be allowed to shut down cameras and to take control over nearby robots (Robot Domination augmentation required) #2. Aside from using the terminal you should also look around to find a weapons locker and an Ebook. If you intend to avoid being seen by the enemies, then you should focus only on reaching the eastern door after leaving the shaft. A camouflage may come in handy in this situation, but it shouldn't be mandatory to use it.
The second method of reaching the elevator is to travel through the main part of the cryo-sterilization room. In this case you'll have to begin by using the stairs found next to the room with Kim and the scientists #1. Descend to a lower level, but consider heading north #2 before proceeding to the main cryo area.
You should find a passageway blocked by a level three electronic lock #1. Thankfully solving a mini-game isn't the only available option here, because you can input a 0821 security code. There are several lockers with valuable items inside this room. Take what you want and go back to the stairs leading to the main level of the cryo-sterilization area #2.
Start off by exploring the southern corridor and finding some new lockers. Once you're ready proceed north #1 and then turn east. You'll have to be careful, because there's an active security camera in this area #2.
Wait for a right moment to make a move and cross a large bridge #1 in order to reach the southern section of the room. You'll have to be precise, because there's a second security camera here, so you'll be forced to avoid both of them at the same time. If you've purchased a Move Heavy Objects augmentation, then you can now turn west and pick up a large crate #2. Doing this would allow you to unlock an entrance to a ventilation shaft.
Using the ventilation shaft will allow you to get to a tunnel located below the main room #1. Head forward here, making a stop at the other end of the corridor. Look for a crate containing a datapad with a few codes #2 among other things.
Search the area to find an entrance to a second shaft. Walk through a small tunnel to end up to the west of the guard room #1. I wouldn't recommend entering the guardpost, because it's not possible to defeat the soldiers without alarming them about your position. It's best to move past the guard room quietly and by using the crouch key #2.
If you weren't able to move the large crate blocking the entrance to the vents, then unfortunately you'll have to remain close to the second security camera. Notice that one of the eastern bridges is being patrolled by a single guard #1 and it would be wise to eliminate him from a larger distance (naturally using a silenced weapon). Your next objective is to get closer to the northern guardpost. If you have camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation) you can turn it on and walk past the laser beams #2 without the risk or raising an alarm.
If you don't have camouflage you'll have to make sure you've eliminated the guard mentioned above and then look around to the east. There are two ways of getting past the laser beams. A more obvious way is to hack into a security terminal to turn them off #1, however you could also wait for one of the beams to turn itself off #2 and then quickly move to the other side.
It doesn't really matter which method of approach you've decided to choose, because all paths described in this walkthrough will allow you to end up inside or close to the guardpost. You can now focus on leaving the cryo-sterilization area. Watch out for the last third security camera located to the east (you could turn it off using a terminal in the guard room) #1. Proceed towards the large exit #2.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 5 (Reaching the first elevator).
Map legend: 1 - Stairs leading to the cryo-sterilization room; 2 - Exit from the first shaft; 3 - Entrance to the second shaft; 4 - Exit from the second shaft; 5 - Terminal which controls laser beams; 6 - Passageway leading to the next area.
Your current objective is to reach an elevator located past the cryo-sterilization room. I would suggest to look around before you make any decisions on how you want to get there. There are two small storage areas to the north and to the south from here #1 #2. Open the lockers inside each storage room and also collect a newspaper and a module mine.
If you want to play aggressively you should begin by getting rid of the guard Kim. The best way to do that is to silently take him out (preferably in melee combat), because you wouldn't alarm the other guards prematurely. Consider using a weapon to kill Kim only if you don't plan on surprising other guards and you don't mind if you set off an alarm right now.
If the alarm has been raised you will have to acknowledge the fact that other guards will begin converging on your position. You could try defending yourself near the room where you've fought Kim #1 or proceed to a lower level and take cover next to the stairs leading directly to the cryo-sterilization room #2. If you didn't make too much noise when you eliminated Kim you will have a chance to stay unnoticed for the time being and to prepare for the attack.
Before you descend the stairs to enter the cryo area you should consider travelling north #1. Find a door with a level three electronic lock and input a 0821 security code to gain access easily. There are several lockers here and you should open all of them, especially since one of the lockers contains a very useful EMP grenade #2.
Check your current status before you decide to use the stairs leading to the main area. If you've already raised an alarm, then there's a chance that the floor below you is being patrolled by an enemy robot. The machine has a very strong armor, so you would have spend a lot of ammunition trying to blow it up. A much better way to destroy the robot is to use an EMP grenade (screen above).
If you've already killed the guards and destroyed the robot you can travel through the entire cryo-sterilization room without making any additional stops. Otherwise you'll have to focus on choosing the place where you'll surprise enemy units and then start defending. I would recommend setting up near the first bridge (screen above). This will force your enemies to move towards you in a straight line, making them very easy targets.
Start attacking enemy guards when you're ready #1, however you shouldn't also forget about the robot #2 which will join the battle sooner or later. You could use a heavy rifle or another powerful gun to destroy the robot, throw an EMP grenade or place frag mines on the bridge. If you choose the mines you'll have to make sure that they won't explode prematurely as a result of enemy soldiers moving too close.
Make sure that you've secured this entire area and then head to the north-eastern corner of the cryo room. There's a guardpost here and you should definitely take a look inside to find an Ebook and a weapons cabinet #1. It's also important to examine bodies of all fallen enemies in order to resupply on ammo. Proceed towards the exit when you're ready to move on #2.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 5 (Reaching the first elevator).
Use the stairs to reach the upper floor #1. If you've been fighting guards in the cryo-room, then there's a chance you won't encounter anyone else here. Otherwise you'll notice that a single guard is patrolling nearby corridors #2.
The easiest solution is to shoot or stun the guard #1. It is not mandatory, because you may as well avoid him. This can be achieved by activating camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation required) or hiding in the room to your right (Pump Room A4) #2. Wait there for the guard to head left and then leave the room, quickly moving towards the elevator.
Assuming you've secured this area you should be able to take some time to look around. Visit Pump Room A3 and A4. One of these rooms has an electronic lock #1, but you can input a 7934 security code. Both rooms contain lockers with valuable things. Continue towards the elevator, locating a locked gate to your left #2. The electronic lock on the gate has a level two protection and solving the mini-game is rewarded with a chance to open even more lockers.
Proceed towards the northern door #1 and it shouldn't take long for you to find an elevator #2. Enter the elevator, interact with the control panel and wait until you're transported to a new level. Pritchard should contact you in the meantime, suggesting that you should locate a new elevator in Pangu which travels to the main tower.
Map legend: 1 - Area where Jensen needs to start climbing; 2 - Electric current switch; 3 - Entrance to the shaft; 4 - Exit from the shaft.
Exit the elevator and take some time to look around. There's a datapad #1 nearby and it contains a warning concerning hazardous electrical discharges. Find an accessible gate and open it to uncover several new lockers.
Carefully enter the room with the electrical discharges. If you've already unlocked a Jump Enhancement augmentation you should consider jumping on top of large crates found in the corner of the room. Doing this will allow you to gain access to new lockers (screen above).
The biggest problem in this room are the discharges mentioned several times before, because they block access to upper shelves, preventing Jensen from reaching the balconies. If you've unlocked the EMP Shielding augmentation, then you can continue your journey right away, because stepping inside the hazardous area (screen above) won't harm you in any way.
If you don't have the EMP Shielding augmentation, then you will have to find an electrical current switch to get rid of the discharges. There are two ways how you can reach this switch. The first method is to go back to the previous corridor and to interact with an electronic lock found on a metal gate #1. The only problem is that the lock has a level four protection, so it's not easy to hack. If you're having difficulties with the mini-game, then try searching the main room (the one with the electricity) for a well-hidden entrance to ventilation shafts #2.
I would recommend exploring all available tunnels, because you'll find credits #1 among other loot. You'll probably also notice a dead scientist #2 and you will be allowed to get to him in a few minutes. Find a correct exit from the vents, so that you'll end up on the other side of the metal gate.
Both methods described above will allow you to reach an electrical current switch #1. Interact with it and then look around to find a PEPS weapon #2. You may now return to the main room. Notice that the discharges are gone and this means you can proceed with the current task.
Start climbing. It shouldn't be a big problem to make your way to the top of the first crate #1, because you can either rely on the Jump Enhancement implant or place a smaller crate near your position. Turn left, press the crouch key and pick up a crate blocking the only path #2.
Use the newly unlocked passageway, turn around and make a jump towards an upper shelf #1. You can now perform a second jump, this time in hopes of landing on a larger balcony #2. Use one of the interactive crates again if you're having problems with this jump.
You may now start moving towards a ladder seen in the distance. Using it will allow you to reach an upper level of the structure.
Once again you should take some time to explore your surroundings. Use the Move Heavy Objects augmentation to pick up a large crate seen in the area #1 and then open a few lockers. You can use the same technique (or pick up several smaller crates to build a small tower) to gain access to a vent cover seen on the wall #2.
After you've travelled through the shaft you should end up on a small balcony located above the dead scientist you may have seen before #1. Sadly the only way to get to the corpse is to rely on the Icarus Landing System augmentation. If you've managed to land safely, then start off by examining the body #2, collecting credits, a datapad and a very valuable access card (it will come in handy in the near future). You can also look around to find an Ebook, a weapon mod and a tranquilizer rifle. Leave this area by entering a new shaft and then repeat the entire climbing process described earlier.
Sooner or later you'll have to use a much larger elevator. Interact with the control panel and wait for the elevator to take you to the tower. Listen closely to a new conversation with Pritchard, because he'll have some suggestions where you may find the recording left by van Bruggen.
Reward: 1750 experience points + 750 experience points for staying undetected.
Important! I'd strongly recommend following Pritchard's advice and concealing your weapon, because you'll soon enter an area which is accessible to everyone. This means you won't be attacked or even bothered by the guards unless you decide to enter restricted zones or perform hacking games when they're looking.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the laboratory; 2 - Vent in the southern storage area; 3 - Access card; 4 - Entrance to the shaft; 5 - Exit from the shaft; 6 - Upper balcony.
Proceed towards the only available exit from the first room. You'll now have to go through several corridors #1. Make a stop at the first junction #2.
Before you focus on your main objective you should go east and enter the northern room which is available to everyone #1. Open the drawer and interact with a computer terminal. You can also use the Move Heavy Objects augmentation to pick up large crates #2. This will allow you to reach additional supplies, including Typhoon ammunition. Exit the room and make a decision on how you want to enter the Lee Geng Memorial Laboratory. All available paths have been described below.
If you already have the access card (it can be found next to the dead scientist in Step 6), then you can approach the eastern checkpoint right away #1. A guard would stop you here, but Jensen would automatically show him the card and therefore gain access #2.
If you weren't able to collect an access card before you can do this right now, because there's a second card in the area. Start off by going to the southern Storage Room #1. Look around the room to find a vent cover near the ceiling #2. Place some crates here if you're having some problems getting to the vents, but it shouldn't be necessary.
Travel through the ventilation shaft and carefully interact with the vent cover leading to the northern laboratory #1. You'll have to be extremely careful here, because you can't be seen nor heard by the two guards standing outside. Search the center of the room to find an access card on the table #2. There's a computer terminal in this room and it controls cameras and robots, but using it is not recommended, because you'll probably get caught. As a result it's best to return to the ventilation shaft as soon as possible. You may now approach the eastern checkpoint and show the recently acquired card to a guard.
Another way to get in is to use the ventilation shaft which links two laboratories. In this case you'll have to start off by heading towards the southern rooms #1. Enter the room located in the south-eastern section of this area #2 (you won't have to hack any locks, so don't worry about being seen by the guards). Search both rooms for interactive drawers and for three computer terminals.
Once you've explored both rooms look for a vent cover on the southern wall #1. Enter the shaft and walk through it. The vents will take you to the A4 Laboratory located in the south-western part of the restricted zone #2.
The last possible method is to reach the upper balcony. Start off by heading south #1. Make a stop after you find yourself close to the balcony. It's the one with a vending machine located directly beneath it #2.
As you've probably suspected, the plan is to rely on the Move Heavy Objects augmentation in order to pick up the vending machine and place it directly under the balcony. Sadly, this isn't the only implant you'll need to use. The balcony will still be far away (screen above) so if you don't want to waste time placing crates on the vending machine you'll have to use the Jump Enhancement augmentation.
All methods described above will allow you to get inside the main laboratory complex. I would strongly suggest that you take as much time as you need to explore the main room (screen above). There are several computer terminals here, but you'll also find an Ebook and a datapad with a GeHong password (it's for the lgeng login).
Aside from the main room you should also take some time exploring two smaller laboratories located on the ground floor (Laboratory A4). The first room contains an Ebook and computer terminal (with level two protection, but you can use the GeHong password) #1 and the second room contains a datapad #2 with a ghost password (it's for the jlai login). Ignore the guardpost (Security Area), because you would've been attacked by the guards (not instantly, but after a short while).
Once you're done with the main floor head east and find the stairs leading to the upper balconies #1. Here you should proceed south #2, because there are a few other laboratories you definitely need to visit.
Find the rooms I've mentioned earlier and enter laboratory B2 #1. It's very important to open all the drawers found in this room, because one of them #2 contains a free Praxis kit. You'll also find a computer terminal here. Exit this room and enter laboratory B3. Here you'll find another computer terminal, however it will have a level three protection.
Return to the stairs you've used to reach the upper balconies and this time head west #1. You'll have to go through several linear corridors before you reach the stairs leading to the Data Core Server Room #2.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 8 (Reaching the Data Core).
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the laboratory; 2 - Vent in the southern storage area; 3 - Access card; 4 - Entrance to the shaft; 5 - Exit from the shaft; 6 - Upper balcony.
If you're planning to wipe out all the guards without making any additional preparations, then you should leave the first room and kill a few civilians you encounter. Take cover behind the wall and wait for enemy units to show up (screen above). Start shooting at the guards and don't forget to hide behind cover each time Jensen has been severely wounded.
An armored opponent will take part in this battle and you'll have to be careful when fighting him, because he'll be using a heavy rifle #1. Aside from him you'll also have to be ready to destroy a new robot #2. Just as before, you could use one of your more powerful weapons, place a mine or throw an EMP grenade at the machine.
Make sure it's safe before leaving cover and start exploring the area. There's a room in the northern part of the current location you should visit #1. Open the drawer and interact with a computer terminal. You can also use the Move Heavy Objects augmentation to pick up large crates #2. This will allow you to reach additional supplies, including Typhoon ammunition. Exit the room and take some to think how you want to get inside the main laboratory (Lee Gong Memorial).
Since you've already killed all nearby guards you won't have to deal with the person guarding the passageway to the main laboratory. As a result you can try interacting with an electronic lock on the eastern door (screen above) and either solve a level one mini-game or input a 4713 security code (this code can be obtained by collecting a datapad from one of the killed soldiers).
Open the door leading to the main laboratory. Don't enter this room right away, because there's a possibility that you're going to be attacked by new enemy units. Watch out for the guards occupying the upper balconies. The area above you is also patrolled by a robot, but you won't have to worry about it just yet.
Secure the laboratory before heading in. Consider visiting a Security Room located in one of the corners of the room #1. There's a computer terminal with a level three protection inside the guards post and you can use it to reprogram the robots (Robot Domination augmentation required). Once you've looked around head east and find the stairs leading to the upper balconies #2. Be careful when you get there, because the area may be patrolled by the robot I've mentioned earlier.
Destroying or disabling the robot isn't a necessary thing to do, but it's highly recommended, because you'll be allowed to head south #1. Find a laboratory B2 there #2, enter it and open one of the drawers to find a free Praxis kit.
If you don't want to find the robot or if you've already been to the southern laboratories and collected a Praxis kit, then you should start moving towards a western door (the one below a security camera) #1. There are several linear corridors ahead and you must remain cautious, because you'll probably encounter a single guard along the way. Eventually you should reach the stairs leading to the Data Core Server Room #2.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 8 (Reaching the Data Core).
Important! You're getting closer to highly restricted areas and you won't be allowed to find an all-access card like you did before. This means you'll soon have to start planning your moves more carefully, especially if you want to avoid the alarms at all costs.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance guarded by a soldier; 2 - Laser beams; 3 - Southern storage area (vent and a destroyable wall); 4 - Door leading to the laser room; 5 - Guard post.
You'll start on the third floor and there are a couple of rooms nearby you should explore before you focus on the main objective. The door leading to Server Room A3 #1 has a level two electronic lock and if you manage to get inside you'll find a drawer and a computer terminal. Next up we have Server Room A2 #2. The good news is that you won't have to solve any mini-games when trying to get inside.
There's a computer terminal inside Server Room A2, but you would have to wait for one of the Tai Yong employees to leave it for a while before you would be allowed to examine it #1. The terminal has a level three protection and if you want to ensure your safety during the mini-game you should consider stunning both civilians present in the room. The last place worth of your attention is Server Room A1 #2. You can open the door without having to solve a mini-game. Look around to find a computer terminal. You should also open drawers, because one of them hides a datapad with a radium password (it's for the squan login). Exit this room and take some time to figure out how you want to complete your current mission objective.
An attempt to approach the main entrance to the Data Core Server Room #1 will result in triggering a conversation with one of the guards. He will inform that only authorized personel can enter and you won't be allowed to bribe him. You can however use the Social Enhancer augmentation to acquire additional information. Wait until the game allows you to activate this implant, press the Z key and choose a beta type of personality #2. If you've succeeded the guard will tell you about the second security room which is designed to monitor the data core and the effectiveness of the laser beams.
You may now proceed north. If you have camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation), then you will be allowed to take a shorter route by crossing the western laser beams #1 and neutralizing a single guard patrolling the corridor. If you don't have camouflage or if you don't want to take unnecessary risks, then you will have to take a longer route. In this case proceed to the north and use the stairs #2.
There are laser beams here as well, but you will be allowed to disable them thanks to a nearby security terminal with a level one protection #1. Carefully approach a nearby corridor and wait for the right moment to perform a surprise attack on the guard #2. Once he's gone head west.
You'll encounter two other guards soon after the corridor turned south. Watch out for the soldier patrolling the central area. Wait for him to start moving east and then approach his colleague who should be patrolling the south-western section of the restricted zone #1. Eliminate this guard and then return for the previous one #2. Neutralizing him without any other soldiers looking his way should be much easier. Make sure to check his body, because you'll acquire a 0703 security code as a result of collecting a datapad.
It doesn't matter how you've gotten past the first wave of security measures, because your next objective will be to reach the room filled with laser traps. The easiest solution is to find a locked door near the central corridor (screen above). You'll notice a level four electronic lock on this door, but you may as well input a recently obtained 0703 security code.
Two other methods will require you to go to the southern storage room which was being guarded by one of the soldiers #1. A more obvious choice here is to enter a shaft using a vent cover found on the wall #2.
The ventilation shaft will allow you to get to the guard post (Security Area) #1. Approach the main room carefully and wait for the guards to finish their conversation. Notice that both soldiers are now facing the computers #2 which should make surprising and neutralizing them quietly a rather easy task. Check their bodies once they're defeated and you'll collect a new datapad (there's nothing important on it).
Use this opportunity and open the lockers found near the exit from the vents. You should also look around for an Ebook. Hack into the first computer terminal #1 with a level one protection. The terminal contains a password to the second computer - it's muonrule. Use this password (or solve a mini-game) to log in to the other terminal. Notice that you will be allowed to open a nearby door, as well as to disable cameras and a robot (only with a proper implant) #2.
Exit the security room and notice that you'll now have a chance to stun the guard you were talking to before #1. It is of course optional, however it would allow you to obtain a datapad with a 9762 security code. Once you're ready choose the newly unlocked passageway #2 which leads to the laser room.
A less obvious choice after getting to the southern storage room is to destroy a breakable wall #1, however this of course requires a Punch Through Wall augmentation. Enter a small area once the wall has been taken down and use a ladder #2.
Enter a new ventilation shaft after using the ladder #1. The shaft will take you directly to the room with the laser traps #2.
All passageways described in this step will allow you to get to the room with laser traps. Your next objective will be to make your way to the opposite end of the room in order to use a new elevator. I should warn you that it's not going to be easy to avoid the lasers, because most of them will be moving. As a result the game will force you to display a lot of patience and precision, because crossing any of the beams will mean raising an alarm.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 9 (Heading through the laser room).
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance guarded by a soldier; 2 - Laser beams; 3 - Southern storage area (vent and a destroyable wall); 4 - Door leading to the laser room; 5 - Guard post.
If you've been actively taking part in battles on the lower levels of the tower, then there's a big chance that enemy guards on this floor are hostile towards you and will be waiting for your arrival. In that case you should take cover behind one of the walls and start shooting at them, preventing them from moving too close.
If by some chance enemy units aren't informed yet about your intentions, then you should take this opportunity and surprise at least one of them. The soldier guarding the main entrance is an excellent choice #1. Either way you should pay special attention to another soldier who wears a solid armor and uses a heavy rifle, because he's not going to be easy to kill #2.
Aside from human guards you'll also have to deal with a robot patrolling this floor (screen above). Destroying the machine can be achieved based on the same tactics as before, so by using powerful weapons, mines or an EMP grenade. Alternatively you could try escaping the robot, because the machine would have some serious problems entering rooms found on this floor.
Your current objective is to reach the room filled with laser traps and the easiest way to do that is to find a green door behind the security room (screen above). The electronic lock found near the door has a level four protection, but you can also input a 0703 security code (it's obtained from a datapad found by one of the bodies).
If you don't want to spend time searching for the closed door you may also enter the security room #1. Use the opportunity to examine the lockers in the back, pick up an Ebook and hack into a main computer terminal #2 by solving a mini-game or typing the mounrule password. Notice that you will be allowed to open a nearby door, as well as to disable cameras and a robot (only with a Robot Domination augmentation).
Exit the guards post and proceed towards the newly unlocked passageway (screen above).
Both paths described in this step will allow you to get to the room with laser traps. Your next objective will be to make your way to the opposite end of the room in order to use a new elevator. Assuming you're playing aggressively you won't have to worry about crossing the laser beams, but you must know that doing that will result in another alarm and it will mean having to participate in a new battle
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 9 (Heading through the laser room).
Map legend: 1 - Start; 2 - Alternative start (exit from the shaft); 3 - Entrance to a new shaft; 4 - Guard post; 5 - Terminal which controls laser beams; 6 - Elevator.
If you prefer an aggressive solution, then you should intentionally cross one of the laser beams. Take cover behind a large object as soon as you'll hear an alarm, because you'll have to kill three enemy guards. I would recommend defending somewhere near the entrance to the laser room, so that enemies won't be able to surround you.
The guards aren't going to be your only problem, because a new robot will leave its cage #1. You should know by now how to deal with the robots without risking too much, however you can also quickly make your way to the guard post and interact with a computer terminal #2 to shut down the machine.
If you prefer a peaceful solution, then you will have to focus on avoiding the laser beams at all costs. Start off by collecting a datapad and then take cover behind the closest object (marked on the screen above). It's worth mentioning here that if you've started exploring the room near the exit from the ventilation shaft, then you'll be allowed to skip a few steps. Either way you should take your time to plan each move and to observe how the laser beams are moving. This will help you in figuring correct moments to leave cover. An interesting thing to know about is that if you have camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation) you can try sprinting through the entire laser room, assuming of course you have enough batteries to do that. Thankfully this implant is not required to succeed here and without it you'll only have to be much more careful.
Wait for a good moment and swiftly move towards a similar southern cover #1. Repeat this move after a short while #2 by still moving south.
Now you should consider turning west, because there's a new cover out there #1. It's very important to time this move perfectly, because the game won't leave you a lot of room for error. A quick side note - this would be your starting point after dropping from the vent exit. Continue your journey by moving towards a much larger object located near the western wall of the room #2.
Don't be too happy that you've successfully avoided the first group of laser beams, because you'll soon encounter even more of these traps. Wait for a good moment to quickly move towards a large southern cover (screen above).
You've just reached the first intersection. You can leave the main area by turning west and going through a laser tap as soon as a damaged beam turns itself off #1. Head north after making your way to the other side and locate a datapad #2 with an outback password (it's for the rkumar login). You can also open nearby lockers if you want to.
Return to the damaged laser beam and notice that you will be allowed to move a crate found next to the western wall. Doing this will uncover an entrance to a ventilation shaft #1. Travel through the shaft and you'll end up inside a security room #2.
There are three guards inside this security room and if you don't want to alarm them with your presence then you should eliminate only the closest person sitting on the chair #1. Doing this will grant you access to a level two computer terminal #2. Solving the mini-game is rewarded in this case with a chance to disable local security cameras, as well as to reprogram or disable local robots (Robot Domination augmentation required).
Just as I've said, trying to eliminate two remaining guards isn't a good idea #1 unless you've changed your mind and want to be aggressive. You could try looking around, but you would have to move slowly and use camouflage if needed. There's a weapon cabinet inside this room #2, as well as several lockers and a second computer terminal.
It doesn't matter whether you've explored the entire security room or not, because once you're done there you should use the ventilation shafts again to return to the main room and then continue avoiding laser traps. I would recommend moving east. To be more specific, you should be aiming for the cover which is the farthest one to the north (screen above).
Keep heading east, choosing the middle cover along the way #1. You may now start moving towards the northern door with a bunch of laser traps blocking the entrance #2. These beams aren't damaged and they will stay active for an indefinite amount of time, but you don't have to worry about that.
Take your time to locate a security camera #1, because you'll have to think about avoiding it from now on. Thankfully the field of view of this camera is very limited. Start climbing on the crates located to the east from here #2.
Make a stop once you're close enough to two crates located directly beneath active laser beams #1. DON'T think about picking up these crates, because that would most likely result in crossing one of the beams and triggering an alarm. Instead try squeezing yourself through a small opening located to the left of the crates #2 (this means you'll be moving close to the northern wall).
You may now turn south. If you wish to leave this area right now you can interact with the elevator's control panel #1. If you plan on staying here a little while longer you'll have to think of a way of disabling all laser traps. There's a panel on one of the southern pillars which controls the lasers #2. The panel has a level two protection, but you may as well input a 9762 security code.
Once you've disabled all the lasers you will be allowed to visit a previously unaccessible northern room #1. You can find lockers here, as well as a datapad and a computer terminal #2. The terminal has a level two protection, however you can use a recently obtained outback password to log in without having to solve a mini-game.
Once you're done with this area you must go back to the elevator #1 and use it. Wait for the elevator to transport you to a new level and try stepping outside to trigger a new cut-scene. Jensen will have a chance to watch van Bruggen's recording #2. The content will be quite shocking, because you'll discover that Megan Reed and other scientists are still alive and that they've been abducted. Your next objective will be to reach Zhao Run Yu's penthouse, but this will be covered in the next main quest - Entering the Dragon's Lair.
Reward: 2500 experience points + 750 experience points for staying undetected.
You will activate this quest automatically after finding van Bruggen's recording and therefore completing Searching for Proof main mission. I'm guessing you might be a little surprised to hear that you won't have to take part in any boss battles, however the final part of your stay in Tai Yong tower will require you to deal with a large group of heavily armed guards and with two mechs.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Find Zhao in the penthouse - It's a good to take a good look around the penthouse when you get there, because you'll have to defend there after talking to Zhao. You may even consider placing a few mines in the main halls to be prepared for the upcoming battle.
2. PRIMARY - Escape and get to the hangar - The enemies in the penthouse can be avoided or you can deal with them in direct combat, however it's not going to be easy to succeed.
3. PRIMARY - Open the hangar door - The game will let you decide whether you want to blow up the big mechs or avoid them and get to one of the control rooms to shut them down.
4. PRIMARY - Go to the chopper and extract - Make sure that you've explored the entire hangar before you decide to leave the TYM facility for good.
Start off by exploring the room where you've watched the recording to find an Ebook. Proceed towards the only available exit to find yourself standing in a corridor with a lot of laser traps #1. I wouldn't recommend sprinting, because that surely is not going to work. You could use camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation), but you would probably deplete at least one battery. The best solution which also doesn't require any implants is to make stops before each group of laser beams #2 and quickly moving to the next trap when it's safe.
Leave the corridor with the lasers to find yourself standing close to two archive rooms. Start off by visiting Archive A2 #1. An electronic lock on the door has a level three protection, but if you manage to successfully hack it you'll be allowed to interact with an unprotected computer terminal #2.
The second room is Archive A3 #1. In this case you won't have to hack any locks to enter the room, but on the other hand you'll find a level three computer terminal inside. Once you've explored your surroundings go back to the main corridor and proceed to the northern door #2 to enter a much bigger office.
This office is being patrolled by only two soldiers. You should be more worried however about a security camera located above the northern exit, because it has a very wide field of view. If you want to avoid having any contact with enemy units, then your best bet here is to rely on camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation). Otherwise you'll have to take some time planning the strategy, so that the bodies of both guards won't be noticed by the camera.
If you insist on neutralizing both guards from this room, then you'll have to wait for the camera to turn to the side and then quickly go north. Move close to the eastern office #1 to lower the chances of detection. Next step is to get to the north-eastern corner of the office #2.
The first guard to go should be the one patrolling the eastern section of the office #1. Make sure to drag his body out of the open as soon as he's down, so that he won't be located by the camera or by his colleague. As for the second guard, the best moment to attack him is when he leaves the main path and decides to check the western section of the room #2. Just as before, you must time your move carefully and drag his body away quickly in order to avoid the alarm.
If you've decided to assault both guards instead of just leaving the office, then you will have a chance to look around. Start off by examining bodies of the fallen enemies, because you'll be allowed to collect an EMP grenade and a datapad with a pangutym password (it's for the GengL login). You should also look for an Ebook #1 and open all the drawers, finding two other datapads (with a 2967 code and with a sixirion password needed for the htahn login). There are five computer terminals in this office #2. Two computers have a level three protection, however one of them (TYMMF login) can be unlocked by using a password - ebrain.
The last thing you should do here is to access a locked office you may have noticed before #1. The electronic lock on the door has a level three protection, however you can input a recently obtained 2967 security code. There's a new datapad inside this office #2 and it contains an ebrain password which I've mentioned before.
Aside from the datapad you'll also find a computer terminal in this office (screen above). You can either hack into the system (level two protection) or you can input a pangutym password. A successful login is awarded with a chance to disable the security camera and to reprogram or disable robots (Robot Domination augmentation required).
Proceed to the northern door #1 when you're done here in order to enter management offices. Start off by heading east and avoid making too much noise, so you won't alarm Kahn standing on the other side of the glass wall #2.
The room to the east is a new guard post. You can consider eliminating the guards standing in that room, but of course choosing the main entrance is out of the question. Enter a southern storage area instead and use the Move Heavy Objects augmentation to pick up a large crate #2. Doing this will unlock an entrance to a ventilation shaft. Use the shaft and carefully open the vent cover after you've reached the security room #2.
It's extremely important to wait for the guards to finish their conversation and to get back to what they were doing, because that's the only way how you'll be able to stun each one of them without informing them of your intentions #1. Once they're both incapacitated look around to find a weapon locker, as well as several standard lockers (one of them contains a PEPS weapon). There's also a level three computer terminal here #2 and a successful hack will result in finding a 3090 vice-chairman's office security code.
Exit the security room and head north, but go west at the first intersection #1. There are two offices here and you should consider exploring them. The first office has a level four electronic lock, but you can use the code obtained from the guard post - 3090. There's an unprotected computer terminal inside the room #2.
The second room belongs to Narhari Kahn and sadly this person will be standing inside. If you want to earn experience points for reaching Zhao Run Yu's penthouse undetected, then it's best to leave him alone, because opening the door would automatically alarm him. Otherwise you should remain near the door after opening it. Wait for Kahn to move closer #1 and then eliminate him in melee combat. There's a computer terminal inside this office #2. It has level four protection, but you can use the ironfist password. Exit the office and go back to the main corridor heading north.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 2 (Reaching the elevator).
Start off by exploring the room where you've watched the recording to find an Ebook. Proceed towards the only available exit to find yourself standing in a corridor with a lot of laser traps (screen above). There are two ways how you can act here. If you want to surprise enemy units later on, then you should try moving between laser beams without crossing them. If you don't mind raising an alarm right now, then you can cross one of the beams.
If you intentionally raised an alarm, then you should quickly take cover behind one of the nearby walls. Wait for enemy units to show up (screen above) and start shooting at them. It's important to watch out for a heavily armored soldier during this battle, because he'll be tough to kill and he'll be using a very powerful weapon.
If you've decided to avoid the lasers you will be allowed to enter the northern office undetected. Take some time to find a good cover (screen above) and then attack enemy soldiers, using the element or surprise.
It doesn't matter how the battle started, because aside from the human guards you'll also have to deal with a new robot. The easiest way to get rid of the machine is to use heavy firepower, mines or EMP grenades #1, however you could also try reprogramming the robot. This method requires getting inside the eastern office. There's an electronic lock on the door to this room #2, but you can input a 2967 security code.
Once you're inside the office you'll have to quickly interact with a computer terminal #1 and input a pangutym password. Log in and then choose to shut down or reprogram the robot (Robot Domination augmentation required) #2.
Make sure that it's safe to move and try getting closer to the northern exit from the main office (screen above).
The northern corridor is probably patrolled by several enemies, including an elite soldier named Kahn. You can either remain in the main office and wait for enemies to show up #1, go north and engage them in an open combat #2 or wait for the reprogrammed robot to do all the dirty work for you.
Make sure that Kahn is dead before moving on, because otherwise he would be a very serious threat. Consider examining bodies of all fallen enemies, finding ammunition and a valuable EMP grenade. It's also a good idea to explore the eastern security room #1, because there's a weapon locker inside. Head north once you're done here #2.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 2 (Reaching the elevator).
You should know that there's a security camera past the northern door (screen above) and it can see if you even before you enter reception. If you want to avoid being seen by the camera, then you'll have to observe its movements from the distance and use nearby walls for cover if necessary. If you've played aggressively so far you won't have to hide from the camera and you will be allowed to skip some of the actions described below.
Enter the new room carefully and then head north, stopping directly under the security camera #1. Turn left and jump over the desk to find yourself standing next to a security terminal #2. The good news is that this terminal is not protected by any firewalls and that you won't be seen by the camera if you'll decide to interact with it. The terminal contains several messages, but the first one is the most important, because it allows you to obtain a keycode to a nearby door - 6906.
You must now choose how you want to get past the reception. If you don't mind raising an alarm proceed to a nearby door #1, interact with an electronic lock and input a 6906 security code #2. If you want to avoid an alarm you could also choose this door, but you would have to wait for the camera to turn and then act quickly or rely on camouflage.
A much better way if you prefer a stealthy approach is to choose a door located directly under the camera #1. Look around to find an Ebook and then proceed to the next room. There's a weak wall here #2 and you can destroy it thanks to Punch Through Wall augmentation.
All methods described above will allow you to get to the elevator #1. Enter the elevator and interact with a control panel. If during a previous main quest named Hunting the Hacker you gave van Bruggen a weapon (he asked for it soon after the attack on the Alice Garden Pods hotel), then he'll contact you now #2 and reward you with 2000 credits. Wait for the elevator to take you to Zhao's penthouse.
Start off by heading south #1. You won't encounter any enemies or security systems here for the time being, so you won't have to be moving slowly. Make a stop once you're in the first hall filled with a lot of exhibits. Look around to find a datapad hidden behind furniture #2. This device contains a keycode to a nearby safe - 0117.
You may continue exploring Zhao's penthouse. Make a stop once you've located her office #1. There's a safe here #2 and you should definitely break in. The safe has a level five electronic lock, but you won't have to solve a mini-game, because you may as well use a recently acquired 0117 code. Open the safe to find credits, a datapad and a weapon mod.
You should also examine a large desk in Zhao's office, collecting an Ebook and interacting with a computer terminal #1. The computer has a level three protection and if you manage to solve the mini-game you will be allowed to read some interesting messages. Choose one of the staircases leading to an upper balcony #2 once you're done here.
Make sure that you've saved your game and then open the door leading to Zhao's hideout #1. The game will play a new cut-scene here showing Jensen meeting with Zhao in person #2. The Tai Yong director will outsmart the main character and manage to escape. This isn't the only bad news, because enemy forces will show up in the penthouse.
Reward: 750 experience points + 750 experience points for staying undetected.
Map legend: 1 - Entrance to the shaft; 2 - Exit from the shaft.
The easiest way to deal with enemy units in the penthouse is to avoid them by using camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation). You would have to travel north in order to get to the corridor (screen above) leading to the elevators. If you want to choose this method, then don't forget to make at least one stop along the way to regenerate the batteries. An ideal place for that "pit-stop" would be a ventilation shaft described below.
If you don't have camouflage, then sadly you will have to consider eliminating at least some of the soldiers from the penthouse. Remain on the upper balcony and wait for one of the guards to show up #1. Stun him quietly and then deal with two other soldiers stationed near the stairs leading to Zhao's office #2. Be careful, because your actions can't be seen by other people.
The next guard is patrolling the stairs leading to the largest northern room of the penthouse (the one with a lot of exhibits). Take cover somewhere nearby (screen above), wait for him to show up and quietly get rid of him.
That was the easy part and now for the hard part. Defeating all of the remaining soldiers from the northern hall will be very difficult. If you don't mind taking some risks you can throw a gas grenade at them (screen above) and then make a run for it. This is possible only if you have an Implanted Rebreather augmentation, because otherwise you would also fall victim to deadly gas. Alternatively you could start using a tranquilizer rifle on the soldiers, however remaining hidden and keeping them uncapacitated would be a serious challenge.
If you want to take the soldiers from the main hall by surprise, then it would be a good idea to use a ventilation shaft. The entrance to the shaft is located in the north-eastern corner of Zhao's office #1. Use a ladder along the way and it shouldn't take long to get to the exit from the vents #2. Start eliminating enemy soldiers from here or use camouflage to quickly leave this area. Be careful, because things might get more complicated if enemies with heavy rifles will locate you.
All the methods described above will allow you to leave main areas of the penthouse and to get to northern corridors. Ignore the elevator you've used to get here, because you'll have to go further to the north to find a second elevator (screen above). Listen to a conversation with Malik along the way to learn that you'll have to open a hangar door to ensure your escape.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 5 (Opening the hangar door).
Reward: 2500 experience points + 750 experience points for staying undetected.
I wouldn't recommend waiting for enemies to come to you, because after exposing your position (screen above) you would become an easy target for them. Instead move away from Zhao's hideout as soon as possible.
Get rid of the closest enemy units and then take cover near to the stairs leading to the main hall of the penthouse (screen above). Be careful here, because enemies will be coming from the left and from the right. Focus your attention on soldiers with heavy rifles, because they should always be the first ones to die.
A different method of getting rid of the soldiers is to throw a gas grenade at them #1. Most of them would lose consciousness and the rest would become very easy targets. Keep fighting until all enemy units have been defeated. I would recommend that you take some time to examine bodies of fallen enemies. Aside from credits and ammunition you'll also find a datapad #2 with a qilin password which will become useful later in the quest.
All the methods described above will allow you to leave main areas of the penthouse and to get to northern corridors. Ignore the elevator you've used to get here, because you'll have to go further to the north to find a second elevator (screen above). Listen to a conversation with Malik along the way to learn that you'll have to open a hangar door to ensure your escape.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 5 (Opening the hangar door).
Reward: 2500 experience points.
Map legend: 1 - Stairs leading to upper balconies; 2 - Northern control room; 3 - Southern control room.
Start off by heading west, finding a newspaper and opening lockers along the way. Enter the hangar and take cover behind a balustrade. Notice that two mechs are patrolling the hangar and if you don't want to raise an alarm you'll have to find a way to shut them down.
Your main objective will be to get to the upper balconies and you should start by going west #1. Observe the mechs constantly, so that you won't end up in their line of sight (thankfully nearby balustrades are a good cover). Get to the end of the balcony #2 and jump over a balustrade after making sure that it's completely safe.
You are now in the northern part of the hangar and you'll have to continue moving west. Hide behind cover as much as possible. The same applies to moving between nearby objects #1. Make a stop once you're close enough to the stairs #2.
If you have camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation), then you should turn it on right now #1 and get to the stairs safely. Otherwise you'll have to time your every move perfectly so that you won't be noticed by the mechs or use the Jump Enhancement augmentation to try and reach the staircase from the side. Sadly making your way to the stairs won't solve all of your problems, because there's a security camera above you and it's going to be important to avoid it #2.
Take every precaution you need to and move slowly, avoiding the mechs and the security camera along the way. Eventually you should be able to reach the upper floor and your first order of business here will be to enter a control room #1. Take an EMP grenade from a locker and interact with an unprotected computer terminal. Once you're done open the northern door to find yourself standing close to a new balcony #2.
Use this balcony to get to the southern control room #1 and make sure to stay away from the balustrades along the way to avoid being seen by the mechs. Once you're inside the second room collect an Ebook and then interact with a new computer terminal #2. This computer has a level three protection, but you may use a qilin password (this password is obtained from a datapad found next to one of the defeated soldiers in Zhao's penthouse).
The game will allow you to shut down cameras and robots after successfully hacking the system #1, however a Robot Domination augmentation is needed for the second task. If you don't have this implant, then your only solution will be to destroy both mechs and that has been covered in the Aggressive solution for this step of the walkthrough. If you've managed to disable the mechs you can return to the northern control room and press a previously unactive red button #2. Doing this will open the hangar door.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 6 (Using the chopper).
Reward: 2500 experience points + 750 experience points for staying undetected.
Map legend: 1 - Stairs leading to upper balconies; 2 - Northern control room; 3 - Southern control room.
Start off by heading west, finding a newspaper and opening lockers along the way. Enter the hangar and take cover behind a balustrade. Notice that there are two large mechs inside the hangar and since you probably don't want to keep hiding you should consider destroying them. EMP grenades are your best choice (screen above), however each grenade would have to land very close to the mech to ensure its destruction.
If you don't have any EMP grenades in your inventory you'll have to use a good weapon or find one. Jump over the balustrade or use the stairs to descend to level one and look around to locate a rocket launcher #1 and a heavy rifle #2. Make sure to use cover often when searching for these weapons, because the mechs will probably be attacking you constantly. I
It doesn't matter how you've dealt with the mechs, because it's only important that they're both destroyed. Use the stairs located in the north-western corner of the hangar #1 and it shouldn't take long to reach the closest control room. Take an EMP grenade from a locker, examine an unprotected computer terminal and find a red button #2. Pressing the button will open the hangar door.
Important! The walkthrough is continued in Step 6 (Using the chopper).
Reward: 3000 experience points.
I would strongly suggest that you use this opportunity to explore the entire hangar, because you'll find interactive lockers, as well as ammunition and valuable weapons. Once you're done proceed to the landing pad located in the center of the hangar (screen above).
Approach the chopper #1, interact with it and confirm that you want to leave this location #2. Listen to a new conversation with Malik. Jensen will inform her that before returning to Detroit he wants to go to Canada. The plan is to visit a local TV station in order to talk to a reporter named Eliza Cassan (she was mentioned by Zhao). The game will automatically activate a new main quest - Confronting Eliza Cassan.
Reward: 750 experience points.
You can activate this side quest during your stay in Hengsha. This can be achieved by talking to Mei Suen found in the Hung Hua hotel in the Kuaigan district. Mei Suen will have two assignments for you, however you'll complete both of them as one quest. The first task is less complicated, however you should take some time to meet Chuanli, because otherwise you'll miss out on an opportunity to score bonus experience points. The second assignment will give you more freedom, allowing you to choose how you want to deal with Diamond Chan. The important thing about that job is that Chan has to be neutralized in melee combat, because otherwise Jensen will fail the mission.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. SECONDARY - Talk to Chuanli - It's definitely worth finding Chuanli and questioning him, because you'll gain experience points.
2. SECONDARY - Convince the bodyguard to cooperate - You will unlock this objective at the beginning of the conversation with Chuanli. There are several ways of discovering where Ning is being held, including handing over a bribe.
3. PRIMARY - Find Ning - Finding Ning is mandatory and it doesn't matter whether you've talked to Chuanli or not.
4. PRIMARY - Get rid of the thugs guarding Ning - You will unlock this objective once you're close enough to the storage where Ning is being held. It's worth mentioning that if you didn't question Chuanli so far, then the side objective concerning that conversation will be canceled. As for the guards, you can't resolve the situation peacefully, so you'll have to use force.
5. PRIMARY - Talk to Ning - You will unlock this objective automatically after defeating all three Harvester guards.
6. PRIMARY - Return to Mei - There are no additional complications with this assignment.
7. PRIMARY - Find Diamond Chan's apartment - It's a good idea to ask Mei Suen about an alternative way of dealing with Diamond Chan. It will result in her explaining a different method which doesn't require conspiring to kill Chan. Don't worry, because you won't have to decide right away how you want to proceed.
8. PRIMARY - Stun Chan - Remember to defeat Chan in melee combat, because you're not allowed to use weapons or grenades.
9. SECONDARY - Throw Chan off the roof - If you choose to stage Chan's suicide, then you won't have to plant drugs in his apartment.
10. PRIMARY - Plant drugs - If you choose to plant drugs in Chan's apartment, then you won't have to stage his suicide.
11. PRIMARY - Return to Mei - It doesn't matter how you've resolved the situation with Chan, because you'll unlock this objective either way.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the Hung Hua hotel (level 2); 2 - Entrance to the Hung Hua hotel located on the roof (level 3).
As I've mentioned before, Mei Suen can be found inside the Hung Hua hotel and this building is located in the southern section of the Kuaigan district. There are two entrances to the hotel - you can choose the main entrance located on the second level #1 or the roof entrance located on the third level #2 (this one is easier to find, because it's very close to the landing pad where you've started exploring Hengsha).
Use one of the available entrances and proceed towards the staircase located in the north-eastern part of the hotel. Travel to level four of the hotel (screen above).
Enter the first room to your left #1 and wait for the club owner named Edgar Lee to finish an argument with one of his employees about installing augmentations. Once he's left the apartment initiate a conversation with Mei Suen #2.
During the conversation Mei Suen will confirm that her employer is pushing her towards installing augmentations. Mei will also mention that other girls in the hotel are treated in a similar manner and in some cases even forced to buy implants. That's probably what happened to her friend Ning, because she disappeared in mysterious circumstances. Mei Suen will ask you to find out what happened to Ning and to rescue her if in fact she's in trouble. You can ask several additional questions regarding possible kidnappers and how local Belltower forces are (not) dealing with the situation. The game will allow you to choose whether you want to agree to helping Mei Suen or decline her request. If you've agreed to look into the situation Mei Suen will send you to Daigong district, because that's probably where Ning may be found. The girl will also recommend talking to a local bouncer named Chuanli, because he might know something more about the kidnapping.
Talking to Chuanli is an optional activity, however just as I've said before you shouldn't ignore it, because it's an easy way to earn additional experience points. Return to the staircase and choose the stairs leading to the roof #1, because that's where Chuanli can be found according to Mei Suen. Once you're on the roof turn left twice and it shouldn't take you a lot of time to locate Chuanli #2.
There are several ways of obtaining the information concerning Ning's whereabouts. Don't even think about killing or stunning Chaunli, because he doesn't have any objects on him that would give you some clues. Instead try talking to him. The first method is to bribe him with 2000 credits and you can do that at the end of the conversation. An alternative way to find out about Ning is to use a Social Enhancer augmentation. You would have to activate pheromones (press the Z key) and choose an alpha type of personality. This will result in Jensen convincing Chuanli that he needs proof that Ning is still alive. If you've passed the conversation Chuanli will inform you that Ning is being held in a storage room located in an alley in the Daigong district.
Reward: 1150 experience points (success) or 100 experience points (failure).
Map legend: 1 - Stairs leading to an alley where Ning is being held.
The good news is that you won't have to leave Kuaigan district in order to get to the alley with the kidnappers. All you have to do is to travel east. Assuming you're starting near Chuanli you should remain on level three and keep moving east until you reach the stairs #1. The place you're looking for is located near the Alice Garden Pods hotel #2. It's the second level of the eastern part of the Kuaigan district in case you're still having difficulties finding your way.
Ignore the entrance to Alice Garden Pods and instead head south #1. It shouldn't take long for you to find an alley leading to a lower level #2. This is where you'll find the storage area which is guarded by Harvesters.
Reward: 300 experience points.
Sadly the game won't even allow you to talk to any of the Harvesters hoping to resolve the problem without spilling any blood. As a result you'll be forced to get rid of them. If you don't mind killing the guards you should throw a frag grenade at them and then start shooting while standing behind a good cover. If you want on the other hand to stun them and therefore keep them alive, then you should wait for one of the thugs to go to the left alley. Quickly use a tranquilizer rifle or a similar weapon to eliminate two other Harventers (the ones that aren't moving). Make sure to score both hits in a short period of time, so you won't risk alarming them.
Quickly use the stairs and attack the third guard (the one that went to your left) #1 before he manages to turn around and see his unconscious colleagues. Once it's safe examine all three bodies to find a datapad with a 5377 combination.
Reward: 750 experience points.
You may now find a storage area that was being guarded by the Harvesters and interact with an electronic lock #1. You can either solve a level two mini-game or input a recently obtained 5377 security code. Enter the storage area and talk to Ning Tsai #2. The girl will thank you for rescuing her and she will also confirm that she was taken so that the kidnappers could install implants on her body without her permission.
Reward: 100 experience points.
You may now return to the Hung Hua hotel in order to tell Mei Suen (she was the quest giver) exactly what happened. The girl will thank you for rescuing her friend from the thugs and she'll give you 1000 credits. Mei will also have a second assignment for you and this time she'll ask you to stage a suicide of a vicious thug named Diamond Chan. I wouldn't recommend saying yes to her terms right away, because it's a much better idea to ask Mei if there's another way to deal with Diamond Chan. Doing this will result in unlocking an alternative method of completing the mission and that will be planting drugs inside Chan's apartment. Don't worry, because you'll make your final decision later on and now it's only about unlocking a second choice. The final part of the conversation with Mei Suen is important, because she'll explain the details of the job. You won't be allowed to leave any marks on Chan's body suggesting an attack on him, so the only option will be to take him out in melee combat.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
Diamond Chan's apartment is located in the Youzhao district and of course this means you'll have to go there to find it. If you've already explored Hengsha you shouldn't have any problems getting there on your own. Otherwise read the instructions added below which provide a very detailed description.
Use the exit located on the roof for the second time, so you'll end up on the landing pad where you've started exploring Hengsha. Head west and use the stairs #1. You'll soon reach two staircases and you must choose the stairs leading to a lower level #2.
You should end up on the second level after you've used the stairs. Turn right twice to find yourself entering a small corridor #1. Keep following the only path, turning left or right at the intersection. You will soon reach a door leading to Youzhao district #2.
If you've chosen the passageway I recommended, then you should remain where you are after getting to Youzhao. Otherwise you'll have to proceed to the southern section of this district. Your job will be to reach the top third level of the area. The best choice is to enter the only apartment block located here #1 and to use the building's staircase. Alternatively you could look around to find a scaffolding and some ladders near the eastern wall of the apartment block #2.
Diamond Chan's apartment is located in the south-western corner of this district and you won't be happy to find out that there are no bridges or other passageway leading there. As a result you will have to make a jump towards the roof of the adjacent building (screen above). Find a higher ledge or invest in the Jump Enhancement augmentation if you're having some problems with that jump.
Proceed towards the door leading to Diamond Chan's apartment #1. A Smart Vision augmentation may come in handy here, because it would allow you to track Chan through the wall. Otherwise rely on your guts and on your personal radar. Wait for Chan to finish a phone conversation, because he'll turn around and move away from the entrance to the apartment. Head inside, approach him carefully (crouching is highly recommended) and press the Q key to defeat him melee combat (make sure to have at least one full battery!) #2. Remember not to use any weapons or grenades on Chan, because you'll fail this mission!
Reward: 450 experience points.
You will now have to decide how you want to resolve the situation with Diamond Chan. If you've asked Mei Suen for alternative ways of getting rid of Chan, then you will be allowed to choose between two actions.
If you want to stage Chan's suicide, then you will have to approach his body and hold the E key to grab it #1. Leave the apartment and start dragging Chan towards the ledge #2. Don't worry about a second civilian standing in the area, because he won't alarm anyone about what you're trying to do (knock him out as well if you're still feeling unsure about him, but it shouldn't be necessary).
Carefully approach the ledge and correctly place Chan's body so it'll start hovering (screen above). Let go of the body by pressing the E key. Assuming you've done everything correctly Chan will die when his body will hit the ground.
Reward: 100 experience points.
If you want to plant the drugs in Chan's apartment, then you will have to interact with a small table (screen above) and the main character will automatically leave a package received from Mei Suen. Doing this will be a step to getting Chan arrested, so you won't have to do anything to stage his suicide.
Reward: 100 experience points.
It doesn't matter whether you've staged Chan's suicide or framed him with the drugs, because in both cases you'll have to return to Mei Suen. Carefully leave the roof of the building and go back to the Kuaigan district. Head over to the Hung Hua hotel for the last time and talk to Mei Suen. The reward (in both cases) will be 2000 credits.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
You will be given a chance to complete this side quest after you've met with Tong Si Hung during the Hunting the Hacker main quest. The mission itself isn't too complicated and you won't have to fight anyone, however you will be allowed to choose how you want to end it.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Disable the first communication relay - Gaining access to the antenna is only possible after completing a mini-game. It shouldn't be too difficult, but you may have to improve your skills a little bit and use additional applications.
2. PRIMARY - Disable the second communication relay - Finding the second antenna is very easy.
3. PRIMARY - Disable the third communication relay - If you didn't eliminate Belltower soldiers on the roof near Hengsha Court Gardens, then getting to the last antenna may prove to be quite tricky. Otherwise you won't have to expect any complications.
4. PRIMARY - Get inside Jaya's building - You've already been to the Hengsha Court Gardens building while trying to complete the first main quest. You should choose the path same path you've taken when you were trying to get to van Bruggen's apartment.
5. PRIMARY - Meet Jaya - You will unlock this objective automatically after entering the Hengsha Court Gardens building. The apartment you're looking for is on the top floor.
6. PRIMARY - Reclaim the credits Jaya owns Tong - You will receive this objective only if you've decided to talk to Jaya. If you've killed or stunned her before initiating any conversations, then it will appear later in your journal and it will be already completed.
7. PRIMARY - Deliver Jaya's credits to Bobby Bao - It doesn't matter whether you've collected the credits by talking to Jaya or used brute force. You should also know that this objective will be canceled if you decide to take Jaya's implant instead.
8. PRIMARY - Deliver Jaya's implant to Bobby Bao - It doesn't matter whether you've received the implant by talking to Jaya or used brute force. It's important to know that Bobby Bao doesn't want the implant back and if you deliver it to him you won't receive any reward. Collecting the chip automatically cancels the previous objective, so be careful and make sure not to take it by mistake.
9. SECONDARY - Convince Bobby Bao to leave Jaya alone - You will unlock this objective only if you mention this outcome during your second conversation with Bobby. You can either come up with this initiative yourself or during the conversation with Jaya.
You must meet Tong Si Hung during the Hunting the Hacker main quest. Once you've finished the conversation return to the main floor of the Hive and try leaving the nightclub. Jensen should be automatically stopped by one of the Hive's bodyguard #1. The person that stopped you will suggest to talk to the bartender, because he may have a job. Return to the bar and start a conversation with Bobby Bao #2.
Ask Bobby Bao about the operation as soon as you've initiated the conversation. The bartender will inform you that Tong has a problem collecting a monthly payment from a woman named Jaya. If you agree to take the job you'll find out that Jaya has bought an augmentation which increases social skills. Recently she's got into hiding and that didn't stop her from contacting her usual clients. The only way to locate Jaya's hideout will be to hack into several of the local communication relays.
You will have to travel to the Youzhao district in order to find the first communication relay and it would be a good idea to choose the passageway which is suggested by the game #1. Get to the gate #2 and confirm that you want to go to the new district.
Make sure that you're in the southern part of the Youzhao district and find an apartment block. You won't have to enter this building, because you should find a scaffolding near the eastern wall of the block (screen above). Use the ladders and ledges to get to the roof of this building (level three).
Turn left once you're on the roof and approach the first communication relay which should be directly in front of you (screen above).
Just as I've said, you will have to use your hacking skills after interacting with antenna's control panel #1. The device has a level two protection, so it shouldn't be a big problem. Once you've solved the mini-game deactivate the relay #2.
Reward: 350 experience points.
Remain on the roofs (level three) and head north, using the stairs along the way #1. Keep going in the same direction #2.
It might seem at first glance that reaching the control panel of the second communication relay is going to be difficult, because it's quite high #1. Thankfully you won't have to make any jumps or build any towers, because you may as well stop directly under the panel #2. Just as before, start and solve a level two mini-game.
Reward: 350 experience points.
Start off by using a ladder located to your left #1. You may now choose a path leading north-east #2.
You'll have to remain cautious here, because you're getting close to the Hengsha Court Gardens building again and the Belltower forces didn't leave this area since your last visit (beginning of Hunting the Hacker main quest). Start off by choosing the passageway leading to the left roof (screen above).
If the roof of this building is still being patrolled by two guards, then you'll have to get rid of them or use the lower ledge #1 to avoid them. If the roof has already been cleared and there are no enemy units, then you may proceed directly east #2 without making any stops along the way.
There's a small bridge leading to the roof of the eastern building #1 and obviously you'll have to use it. Look around to find the control panel for the last third communication relay #2. Hack into the system (level two protection) to shut down the antenna. Wait for Bobby Bao to contact you. The bartender will inform Jensen that Jaya is most likely hiding inside the Hengsha Court Gardens building.
Reward: 350 experience points.
Important! All available paths leading to Hengsha Court Gardens buildings have been thoroughly described in Hunting the Hacker main quest (Step 3). Jaya's apartment is located on the top floor of the building, so you'll be visiting the exact same floor you had to get to in order to explore van Bruggen's hideout.
Map legend: 1 - Main passageway guarded by Belltower units; 2 - Stairs leading to the entrance to the building; 3 - Entrance to the first shaft; 4 - Exit from the first shaft; 5 - Entrance to the second shaft; 6 - Scaffolding leading to alternative paths to the building.
Here's a quick reminder - there are two ways of getting to the top level of Hengsha Court Gardens buildings. The first option is to choose the main entrance #1 or the roof entrance. Doing this will allow you to get to the elevator #2.
A second option is to travel through an unused elevator shaft #1 and then to use a small ventilation shaft #2. Either way you must end up on the highest floor.
Experience: 100 experience points.
Map legend: 1 - Exit from the elevator; 2 - Exit from the shaft; 3 - Main entrance to Jaya's apartment; 4 - Jaya.
It doesn't matter which path you'll choose as long as you end up on the correct floor. If you didn't eliminate the guards the last time you were here, then obviously you must continue avoiding them. Proceed towards the apartment located to the right from the elevator (this is the one you've previously ignored) #1. Enter the apartment and approach Jaya #2.
You should of course consider initiating a conversation with Jaya and it's important to listen to what she has to say. Jaya will inform you about the circumstances that forced her to buy the implant. She'll also tell you that Bobby Bao kept some facts to himself, because she paid in full for the social enhancer and now Tong is forcing her to give him extra credits on a monthly basis. The woman finally decided that it's over and that's where you come in. There are several ways how you can resolve this dispute. Don't even think about threatening Jaya to pay up this months' rent, because she would ignore you and refuse to pay up.
Reward: 100 experience points.
If you want to act as a good-hearted hero, then you can offer Jaya your assistance in settling the conflict, so that she won't have to continue paying the rent and Tong and his men will leave her alone for good.
There's one more way to end this conversation and that is to use your Social Enhancer implant. You would have to activate pheromones (press the Z key) and choose an alpha type of personality. Doing this would allow you to convince Jaya to listen to your plan and you could choose between asking the woman to give you credits or the implant she bought from Tong. I would strongly suggest choosing the credits, because that's the only outcome Bobby Bao will find satisfying.
Reward: 750 experience points.
If you don't have anything against aggressive behavior you can skip the conversation with Jaya entirely and attack her. In my opinion it's better to stun her instead of killing her. Once she's down examine her body. It's best to take only the credits, because if you decide to pick up her implant, then this will become Jensen's priority. The bad thing about that choice is that Bobby doesn't want the implant back since it's a source of income for Tong, so he wouldn't reward you for bringing back that particular item.
Reward: 750 experience points.
It doesn't matter which of the actions described in Step 6 (settling the debt issue) you've decided to choose, because you'll have to report back to Bobby Bao either way. This means you must leave the Hengsha Court Gardens building and go back to the Hive nightclub in the Kuaigan district.
Approach the bar and initiate a second conversation with Bobby Bao. If you've somehow managed to collect the credits Jaya owed Tong, then the bartender will be extremely happy and he'll reward you with a Praxis kit. If you've somehow managed to collect Jaya's implant, then Bobby will be mad at you, because that's not the outcome he wanted. This means you won't receive any reward from him (aside from the experience points, of course).
Reward: 1000 experience points.
An alternative way of ending is this quest is to offer Bobby a deal, so that in exchange for your money Jaya will be left alone for good. You can choose this option if you've already talked to Jaya and agreed to do that or if you've decided to grant her help right now (even though you already have her credits or her implant). The bartender will agree to your proposal if you pay him 5000 credits. I would strongly suggest that you agree, because the final outcome will be the same as if you'd succeeded with the mission, so you can count on receiving a Praxis kit from Bobby.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
An interesting thing to know is that you can reclaim the 5000 credits you gave Bobby Bao in exchange for leaving Jaya alone. Starting an open fight in the bar is not a good idea, because you would have been attacked by a large group of bodyguards and Harvesters. A good idea is to hide behind the bar's counter and to stun Bobby with a tranquilizer rifle or a similar weapon #1. This attack will probably alarm several enemies, but you won't have to fight them. Remain in cover and make sure that you're not seen. A camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation) may come in handy here, but it shouldn't be necessary. Wait for the situation to calm down and as soon as the guards have returned to their posts examine Bobby's body #2. He should have the credits on him.
You will be given a chance to complete this side mission during the Hunting the Hacker main quest. One of steps in that quest is to visit Alice Garden Pods hotel in hopes of finding a hacker named van Bruggen. That's when you'll meet Malik and she'll ask you for help. The quest given by Malik doesn't require to participate in any fights. It's more about exploration and choosing how to react in certain situations.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. SECONDARY - Take a look around inside a pod 009 - I wouldn't recommend ignoring this activity, because you won't even have to leave the area where you've started this quest in order to be able to find the pod.
2. PRIMARY - Meet the informant - Remember to say the correct password after starting the conversation in the clinic.
3. PRIMARY - Acquire an autopsy report - You can kill/stun the informant or acquire the report as a result of a conversation with him. The game will leave you with a choice in this case, because you'll be allowed to decide whether you want to pay him for his services or decline giving him any credits.
4. PRIMARY - Read the autopsy report - All you have to do is open the journal and select the latest entry.
5. PRIMARY - Find Lee Hong's apartment - Finding the apartment won't be a problem. Getting inside on the other hand won't be easy.
6. PRIMARY - Find Lee - You'll complete this objective almost immediately, because Jensen will discover that Lee is not home.
7. PRIMARY - Search Lee's apartment - There are four interactive items in the apartment you must interact with.
8. PRIMARY - Go to the Hive - You've visited the nightclub before, so you should still remember where it is and how to get in.
9. PRIMARY - Find Lee Hong in the Hive - Lee is sitting in the VIP section on the upper floor of the nightclub.
10. PRIMARY - Talk to Lee Hong - You should think about each question carefully, because otherwise you won't be able to record Lee's true statement.
11. PRIMARY - Leave - You'll receive this objective even if you fail the conversation with Lee.
12. PRIMARY - Disable Hive's security protocols using a terminal - You will unlock this objective only if you've passed the conversation with Lee and therefore recorded his statement. The terminal has a level three protection and it may be guarded, so it won't be easy.
13. PRIMARY - Exit the club and talk to Malik - You'll have to meet Malik even if you've failed to manipulate Lee to admit that he killed Evelyn.
14. PRIMARY - Look at the Hive club - You will unlock this objective after the final conversation with Malik and only if you've recorded Lee's statement.
Like I've said in the introduction to this quest, you'll have to get to the Alice Garden Pods hotel as a part of the main quest. Proceed towards the stairs leading to the main area of the hotel #1. If you've done everything according to the plan, then you should be stopped by Malik as soon as you've used the stairs #2.
The pilot friend will be very mysterious at first about why she decided to visit the Alice Garden Pods hotel, but if you'll be friendly towards her you'll discover her true intentions. Apparently Malik is looking into the death of her friend Evelyn. The girl was probably murdered by her boyfriend and the authorities haven't done too much. It's worth mentioning that an alternative way of finding out why Malik is here is to use the Social Enhancer on her which by the way would result in a funny reaction. In this case you would have to activate pheromones (press the Z key) and choose a beta type of personality. Continue the conversation, finding out that despite contradictory evidence concerning Evelyn's death the investigation was very short and a lot of potential leads were ignored. Naturally you can ask Malik several questions concerning the case, including a police raport, Evelyn's boyfriend and Evelyn herself. End the conversation by agreeing to help Malik or by refusing her proposal. If you say yes you will receive two assignments - Malik will want you to acquire a copy of Evelyn's autopsy report and to search the pod which belonged to her, because it may help in your investigation.
The pod number 009 can be found on the third floor of the Alice Garden Pods hotel. There are two ways to get to the upper levels of the hotel. You can choose the main stairway located in the south-eastern corner #1 or you can choose the fire escape staircase located in the north-western corner #2.
Once you're on level three start exploring the pods located in the southern section of this floor #1. One of them belonged to Evelyn #2.
Press the crouch key and enter the pod. The most important object found here is a datapad (screen above). Use your journal to read a censored version of a police report. Aside from the datapad you should also examine an Ebook with a press article about Evelyn's death.
Reward: 100 experience points.
You may exit the Alice Garden Pods hotel. Your next objective is to go to the LIMB clinic and this building can be found on level one in the northern part of the Kuaigan district. The easiest way to get there is to head north-west #1. Use the stairs and then choose the main passageway leading west #2.
Keep going west until you've reached a larger square #1. Go north here and you shouldn't have any problems finding the entrance to the LIMB clinic #2.
Once you're inside the clinic proceed to the main room and initiate a conversation with a man wearing a baseball cap. He should be standing inside the booth to your right #1. Choose an upper dialogue option #2 to tell the password received from Malik - Death and life. The man will suggest to meet him at the back of the clinic.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Exit the building and follow the instructions you've received by going left #1. Turn left for the second time and locate Anonymous X #2.
If you don't want to talk to the informant, then you can defeat him in melee combat or use a weapon #1 to kill/stun him. Examine his body #2 to find a datapad with a copy of an autopsy report.
Reward: 100 experience points.
If you want to behave like a civilised person, then you should initiate a conversation with Anonymous X. The conversation isn't going to be too long and it'll end with receiving a datapad containing a copy of Evelyn's autopsy report. The informant will demand 1000 credits for delivering the report and you can either agree to his request or refuse to hand over the money. The second option is a better choice, because even though he'll start threatening you he won't do anything to harm you.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Your next step is to examine the autopsy report you've recently obtained and in order to do that you must open your journal. Select the first entry from the list. Read the entire report carefully and you'll find out that Evelyn wasn't drunk when she died and that the date and the circumstances of her death don't match. Jensen will also uncover that Evelyn was pregnant. Wait for Malik to contact you again. This time she'll ask you to go to the apartment owned by Evelyn's ex-boyfriend to find some evidence that could implicate him in the murder.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Lee Hong's apartment is located in the Youzhao district. The quickest way to get there is to choose the passageway located directly to the west from the landing pad where you've started exploring Hengsha #1. If you'd like to follow the game's suggestions instead you'll have to go to the southern passageway. In this case you would have to use the ladders after making your way to the Youzhao district #2 in order to get to the roofs of level three.
The apartment you're searching for is located in the south-eastern part of the district. If you've used the ladders, then you'll have to cross a small bridge to get there #1. If you've chosen the passageway I suggested, then you'll already begin close to Lee's apartment #2. Use the stairs to get closer to the entrance.
Sadly the apartment is closed, so you'll have to interact with an electronic lock #1. The mechanism has a level three protection, so you may have to improve your hacking skills and acquire applications to lower the difficulty level of the mini-game. Once the door is unlocked enter the apartment #2.
Reward: 375 experience points.
The game will ask you to find Lee, but since he's not here all you have to do is to get to the last room of the apartment which is going to be the toilet (screen above). Malik will ask you to look around.
Reward: 100 experience points.
You must perform several actions and you won't be allowed to proceed with the quest until you've found all clues. Start off by interacting with a computer terminal #1 and solving a mini-game. Read both messages #2 to find out that the Hong family is investing a lot of money in LIMB clinics. You'll also learn that Lee's parents aren't too happy that he's dating "lower class" women and that they're threatening to cut him off from the family fortune.
The next object you should examine is an antique clock #1 and it may have been used to deal a deadly blow. Approach the bed and activate an answering machine #2. This will allow you to find out that Lee Hong is a frequent guest in the Hive nightclub.
The last object you'll need to examine is a baseball bat and it can be found near the main door to the apartment (screen above). Jensen will notice that the bat has been cleaned recently. Wait for Malik to contact you. She will suggest to go to the Hive to look around for Lee.
Reward: 800 experience points.
Map legend: 1 - Lee (VIP room).
In order to get to the Hive nightclub you'll have to leave the Youzhao district and I would recommend choosing the passageway located to the east of Lee's apartment #1. Enter the Hive #2 using the same method as before (you can read the Step 6 of Hunting the Hacker quest if you forgot what they were).
Reward: 100 experience points.
Once you're inside the nightclub use the stairs leading to the upper floor #1 and you'll end up in the VIP section. Make a few steps forward here and you'll find Lee Hong sitting on a couch #2.
Reward: 100 experience points.
As soon as the conversation with Lee Hong has started Jensen will automatically make efforts to convince Lee that he knows the truth and that he wants a bribe from him to keep quiet. Your task will be behave correctly, so that you'll prove to Lee that you know exactly what happened with his ex-girlfriend. Here's a list of correct dialogue options:
If you've chosen the correct responses, then Lee will admit that he murdered his girlfriend and Malik will automatically record this statement. An interesting thing to know is that you can achieve a similar result by using the Social Enhancer augmentation. You would have to activate the pheromones (press the Z key) and choose an alpha type of personality.
If you've successfully convinced Lee Hong to admit to killing Evelyn, then Malik will ask you to hack into one of the terminals in the Hive. Turn around and go to your right #1. The terminal is on the wall #2 and it has level three protection. Consider using camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation) or neutralizing nearby guards (preferably quietly) if an attempt to hack the terminal results in alarming the people inside the VIP section. Once you've solved the mini-game disable the security protocols of the Hive.
Reward: 750 experience points.
If you've failed the conversation with Lee (or chosen a wrong type of personality), then you won't get his confession and you won't be given a second chance to undo your mistakes. This also means you won't have to hack the terminal in the Hive.
It doesn't matter whether you've failed or succeeded during the conversation with Lee, because in both cases you'll have to meet Malik. Exit the club and go left #1. A cut-scene should be displayed shortly #2.
Reward: 1100 experience points.
If the meeting with Lee ended in a failure, then Malik will thank you for trying. If you've succeeded, then she will have an additional surprise for you. Follow her advice by turning around and approaching the Hive. Witness an interesting way to get back at Lee. The good news is that in both cases you'll receive a Praxis kit (even if you didn't get Lee's statement).
Reward: 1100 experience points.
This quest will be activated automatically after you fly to Canada in order to meet with Eliza Cassan, the news reporter staying at the Picus Communications building. IT takes place after finishing the last quest in Hengsha, that is Entering the Dragon's Lair. During your stay in Canada you won't receive any other quests, so reaching the final will take you quite some time. The initial part of the quest doesn't suggest any trouble, but you will have to start eliminating or sneaking behind enemies soon enough. I'd especially suggest making preparations for one of the defensive missions inside the elevator and for the last boss fight.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Go to room 404 - Quite surprisingly, you won't come across any enemies at start. It's worth to have an initial look at the room schedule, to make the further part of the mission easier.
2. PRIMARY - Escape the ambush by reaching a lower floor - You will receive this goal after you first conversation with Eliza. You can get out of the ambush by avoiding confrontation, or eliminating all the enemies. Regardless of the chosen method, you need to find a way to reach the fourth or third level of the building.
3. PRIMARY - Reach the funicular - The description isn't very clear, as you don't need to reach the funicular itself, but the stairs leading to the lowest level of the building. On your way you will of course come across better equipped enemies aided by a turret, so it's worth to plan your moves.
4. PRIMARY - Summon the funicular - Be cautious in the room with the funicular, as there's another turret there. Before calling in the train you should make some additional preparations, as pressing the button will cause a new enemy group to appear in the area.
5. PRIMARY - Wait for the funicular - Depending on the chosen gameplay style, you can quietly wait for the funicular to arrive, letting enemies fall into traps, or engage with them in open combat.
6. PRIMARY - Use the funicular to reach the sub-basement - You can enter the funicular only after it reaches the current level and receiving a confirmation from Pritchard. You have to wait some several dozen seconds for it to arrive.
7. PRIMARY - Get inside room 802-11 - Reaching the appointed room isn't easy. I'd suggest properly preparing before opening the last door, as you will have to fight a boss.
8. PRIMARY - Defeat the mercenary leader - The fight with Yelena is more demanding than the one with Barrett from Detroit, as the mercenary leader actively uses implants. Despite that, you shouldn't worry too much.
9. PRIMARY - Go to the chopper and extract - You shouldn't expect any complication here, though it's of course worth to check everywhere before leaving Canada.
You begin the mission on the building's roof and your first mission will be reaching the room where Eliza Cassan is supposed to be. Hear out the short conversation with Pritchard and leave the helipad.
Before you take care of reaching the office, it would be good to reach the fenced area on the building's roof. You can achieve it in three ways. The hardest is to interact with the electronic lock on the gate #1, having level 4 security. If you don't want to play hacker, you can examine the area on the right and jump onto the boxes #2. Unfortunately jumping over the fence is possible only if you have the Jump Enhancement.
The last variant implies entering the building and afterwards reaching the western storage room. Afterward you could use Punch Through Walls to create yourself a passage through the less tough wall fragment #1. The prize for reaching the fenced area is mainly the precious weapon upgrade #2.
Regardless of whether you have reached the fenced area or ignored the possibility, you have to enter the building and follow the only possible corridor #1, finding an Ebook on your way. Afterwards go west and turn south. Go down the stairs #2 onto the lower, seventh level.
Open the door leading to the large room of the broadcast centre (screen above). For now you won't come across any enemies in the area, so it's worth to take a look around. It's especially important if you're planning on sneaking through later on, as you will be able to quickly leave the area, without having to worry about collecting items on your way.
I'd suggest starting off by exploring the small room in the south, on the seventh floor #1. Inside, inter alia, you will find an unprotected computer terminal #2, drawer and Ebook.
Go out of the room and head into the conference room a bit further to the north #1. Inside you will come across a palmtop (login: pkane, password: staxx). East from here #2 there's a small storage room, through the only interesting thing there is a drawer.
Continue exploring the seventh floor, finding more drawers and reaching an evacuation route, inaccessible for the time being #1. Keep such places in mind, as soon they will act as possible escape routes and/or new spots to examine. There are three such passages in the area in total (one on the seventh and two on the sixth floor). After exploring the seventh floor, choose any staircase leading onto the lower, sixth level #2.
Start the exploration from examining the southern evacuation route, coming across a palmtop #1 with a code - 8825 - into the server room. The next palmtop can be found in the north part of the big room #2, it contains passwords to three employee computers.
It's also worth to thoroughly explore the main part of the sixth floor #1. Especially look for drawers, as one of them #2 contains a free Praxis Kit. Apart from that you can also find an Ebook and interact with five computer terminals in total. Most of them are unprotected, through in two cases you will have to do some hacking or make use the recently obtained passwords.
After exploring the area, head to the north-west corridor leading to room 404 #1. On your way it's of course worth to stop by the rooms you come across. The first one has an entrance from the north side #2. Inside you will find a drawer and computer terminal with level 1 security. Also notice the ventilation shaft in the wall, which you will be able to make use of later on.
Return to the corridor and head south. The next room is 402 #1. Inside there's a drawer and an unprotected computer terminal. Return to the corridor and this time head to room 403 #2. There you can find a drawer and another terminal with no security.
Temporarily ignore your target (room 404) and head to the southmost room #1. Apart from the drawer found there, you should take a look at the computer terminal, the gun lying on the desk #2 and the ventilation shaft entrance. Just like with the northern room, it soon will be one of the possible escape routes.
Eventually head to the room 404, marked by the game #1. A cutscene will start, during which you will speak with Eliza Cassan #2. However eventually it will turn out that you're not really talking with the real Eliza, but her hologram. Troubles only start here, as the mercenaries found inside the building will be informed of your presence.
Reward: 250 EXP.
Map legend: 1 - Northern ventilation shaft entrance; 2 - Southern ventilation shaft entrance.
Stay in the office in which you have spoken with Eliza and examine the unprotected computer terminal found there #1. Note that using it you can disable the nearby two security cameras #2, which you should of course make use of, as it will make the further part of the mission much easier.
Regardless of how you plan on deal with the mercenaries, your primary objective should be reaching one of the newly opened evacuation routes (the same I mentioned before).
The mercenaries are occupying level six and seven. The first step is of course returning to the main room, though I wouldn't recommend using the same corridor that you came here. Instead, head into one of the two nearby office rooms (northern or southern), located east of room 404. Inside each of them you will find a ventilation grate #1. Use the shaft to reach the seventh floor #2.
If you don't mind stunning the mercenaries, wait for the two of them to split. Attack the one closer to the ventilation shaft exit #1 and of course quickly drag his body somewhere safe. Do the same with the second mercenary who has probably gone east #2.
The third mercenary is patrolling the southern part of the balconies #1 and attacking him by surprise shouldn't be too big of a problem. The last one is in the corridor beside the already examined southern rooms (inter alia, the conference room) #2. No complications should arise here as well.
If you don't wish to attack anyone, focus on reaching the lobby passage described below. You would have to skillfully move between covers and make use of camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation).
Now you can use the only evacuation route on the seventh floor, but if you plan on eliminating all the mercenaries, you should return onto the sixth level. Once back there, carefully approach the main hall and wait for the closest mercenaries to split up (screen above).
The sixth floor is being patrolled by as many as five mercenaries, so you have to be very cautious while eliminating them. At first I'd suggest hiding beside the western stairs onto the seventh floor and stun the guard patrolling that area #1. The next one in line should be the one patrolling the southern part of the level 6 room #2.
For a change, return to the northern part of the room and attack the mercenary patrolling this area at the proper moment #1. Now move to the north-east corner of the hall and wait for the fourth mercenary to reach the east stairs #2. Check out his body to find, inter alia, an EMP grenade.
In the end take care of the guard patrolling the central part of the room #1. He keeps going south and back north, so surprising him will be a piece of a cake.
If you don't intend to attack anyone, you should focus solely on reaching one of the evacuation routes on the sixth floor, described below (leading either to the lobby or server room). You'd have to skillfully move between covers (stairs are a good idea, for example #2) and use the Cloaking System to your advantage.
Map legend: 1 - Server room passage (level 6); 2 - Lobby passage (level 6).
Map legend: 1 - Lobby passage (level 7).
The methods described below will let you reach each of the possible evacuation route, at the same time forcing you to choose one of them. The first option implies going through the server room. I wouldn't recommend this path if you want to keep on sneaking, as it's very likely that your actions will alert the guards. It however doesn't mean that the server room itself isn't worth a visit, as you can make a few things in it. The Passage to the server room can be found on the sixth floor, in the southern part of the main hall (screen above).
Head towards the server room and soon enough you will reach a door with a level 4 electronic lock #1. Luckily you don't necessarily have to hack it, as you can pretty much use the code - 8825 - gained from the palmtop. Choose the stairs leading onto level 5. After reaching it, examine the surroundings of the desk to find a software and an unsecured computer terminal #2.
If you insist on using the nearby passage to the further part of the building, take a look around the server room for a destructible wall #1, on which you can use the Punch Through Walls augmentation. Use the ladder to reach level 3. You can find a fragile wall here as well #2, though there are guards in its direct neighbourhood. As a result, there's a fair chance that by knocking the wall down you would stun one of them, starting an alarm as a result. At best you must be ready for alarming one or multiple enemies.
Reward: 2400 EXP + 750 EXP for staying undetected.
The second option implies reaching the lobby. It's a much better solution if you want to stay in cover, avoiding enemy contact. In order to reach the lobby, you can choose one of two passages. The first is in the eastern part of the main room on the sixth level #1 and the second by the balconies located on the seventh level #2.
In both cases you must reckon with encountering two additional guards. If you intend to stun them, you must be very careful, as they often cross their fields of vision. Start by eliminating the mercenary patrolling the area further to the west #1. You won't have much time to remove his body, so consider leaving it by the glass wall with PicusWeb sign. Afterwards carefully approach the second guard #2 and carry out a surprise attack at the proper moment.
If you don't intend to attack anyone, you can consider reaching the room through the ventilation shaft. Its entrance can be found in the men toilet #1 and the exit to the north of the lobby #2. Unfortunately, you would have to use Cloaking System.
Your target is to reach the elevators and it's worth to dedicate some time to find the new weapon upgrade. The more obvious is interacting with the left elevator #1. Go inside and wait to be transported to the lobby on the third floor of the hotel #2.
Reward: 2400 EXP + 750 EXP for staying undetected.
An alternative option is jumping into the right, inoperable elevator shaft #1, but in such situation you would need to have the Icarus Landing System augmentation. After landing enter the ventilation shaft #2 which will eventually lead you to a room on the fourth level of the hotel.
Reward: 2700 EXP + 750 EXP for staying undetected.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 3 (Reaching the staircase at the back of the studio).
Don't waste time on using Eliza Cassan's computer, as getting noticed by the security cameras shouldn't be too much of a problem for you. Get out of room 404 and head back to the main room on level 6. Take place by one of the pillars and start shooting at the three guards standing beside each other (screen above), without allowing them to split up.
After a successful takedown I'd suggest retreating to the previous corridor thanks to which lower the danger of getting flanked. Wait for more enemies to appear and start gradually eliminating them #1. Also look out for the enemies using EMP grenades #2. If you don't have the EMP Shielding, you have to retreat each time it falls near you.
Make sure that you eliminated all the enemies on the current level. Use the chance and check out their bodies #1, finding, inter alia, ammunition and a precious EMP grenade. Now you have to assume that some guards might have stayed on the balconies on the upper level 7 #2. Carefully use the stairs or shoot them from the current floor. In both cases you should consider using heavy weapons and staying behind cover.
Map legend: 1 - Server room passage (level 6); 2 - Lobby passage (level 6).
Map legend: 1 - Lobby passage (level 7).
Now you can focus on choosing one of the available evacuation routes, which will eventually allow you to reach level 3 or 4 and therefore get out of the ambush. The first option implies using the server room passage. The proper corridor can be found on the 6th floor, in the southern part of the main room (screen above).
Head towards the server room and shortly you will come across a door with a level 4 electronic lock #1. Luckily you don't have to play the hacking game here, as you can pretty much use the code gained from the palmtop (8825). Choose the stairs leading onto level 5. After reaching it, examine the area of the desk to find, inter alia, a software and unsecured computer terminal #2.
Take a look around the server room for a destructible wall #1, possible to destroy only with the Punch Through Walls augmentations. Use the ladder to reach level 3. Here you can find a fragile part of wall as well and it's best to blow through it at once, as there should be guards standing beside it. Therefore, there's a high chance they might be stunned #2 as a result.
Reward: 2400 EXP.
The second option implies reaching the lobby. It's the only possible solution if you don't have Punch Through Walls, though you can choose between two passages. The first is in the eastern part of the level 6 main hall #1 and the second by the balconies on level 7 #2.
A few moments later you should reach the lobby, which depending on the battles you might have had before can be either empty or occupied by two guards (screen above). If the enemies are still alive, you should of course hide behind some cover and shoot them out.
Your goal is to reach the elevators, though you should consider devoting some time on finding the new weapon upgrade. The most obvious solution is interacting with the left elevator #1. Go inside and wait until you're transported to the lobby on the third level #2.
Reward: 2400 EXP.
An alternative option is jumping into the right, inoperable elevator shaft #1, but in such situation you would need to have the Icarus Landing System augmentation. After landing enter the ventilation shaft #2 which will eventually lead you to a room on the fourth level of the hotel.
Reward: 2700 EXP.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 3 (Reaching the staircase at the back of the studio).
Regardless of the chosen method of escaping the ambush, you will be contacted by Pritchard and informed that Eliza is probably hiding inside the building basement. In order to reach the basement, you will have to use the funicular. Finding it will be your next goal. To be precise, your current objective is reaching the staircase leading onto the lower level of the building.
Let's start with a short summary of your actions this far. If you've used the elevator, you will begin this segment in the lobby on level 3 #1, to the east of the current mission objective.
If you've jumped down the elevator shaft and went through the ventilation shafts, you will begin this segment inside the directing room on level 4 #2, so east from the objective as well.
If, despite my warnings, you've decided to break through the two walls, you will begin inside a corridor on level 3, so south of the objective (theoretically closer).
If you want to quickly and quietly pass through the location, you'd have to go to the central room on level 3, that is the TV studio #1. You can get there by going west from the lobby, using the stairs in the director's room to go down onto the lower level or going north of the destroyed wall. Stay cautious after reaching the location, as in the main room, apart from enemies, there's also a turret #2.
Keep going west #1, while sticking to the south wall of the studio and avoiding being noticed by the enemies and turrets (move between neighbouring covers, use thee Cloaking System). Your goal is to reach the lower left corner of the room #2, therefore reaching the back of the studio.
Turn north here and try to stay unnoticed. The exit area is patrolled by a well equipped guard #1. The best solution is to wait for him to go right and quickly head to the destination point #2. Camouflage might prove very useful for this as well.
If you want to thoroughly search the TV studio area, you should focus on reaching the balconies on level 4. If you began in the level 3 lobby, head west and stop after reaching the first door #1 to disarm a level 2 electronic lock. After getting inside, head onto the upper floor #2 to reach the directing room on level 4, where you would begin after getting out of the ventilation shaft.
If you begin the game by the destroyed wall or don't want to get onto the balcony from the directing room's side, you can head to the south stairs leading onto level 4. You'd have to go round the biggest room in the area - TV studio - from the south #1. Look out for the single guard, who might be leaning against the wall #2.
The southern stairs on level 4 are being monitored by a security camera #1, though you can switch it off. In order to do that, you'd have to enter the western room #2, look for a computer terminal and hack level 2 security.
Map legend: 1 - balconies passage.
As I have mentioned before, it's worth to focus on reaching the balconies on level 4. You can jump onto them from the south #1 or east #2 side.
The balconies are patrolled by as many as three guards. It would be best to knock them all out, which is much easier to do by beginning from the south side. You can start off by getting rid of the single mercenary #1 and afterwards taking care of the two more #2 standing a bit further. Regardless of the chosen side you have to be careful and drag the bodies away so no one notices them.
Stay on the balconies on level 4 and fins the east stairs leading onto the upper level of the TV studio #1. You must be careful, at the area is not only patrolled by enemies, but also monitored by a turret. Go down to around the middle of the stairs and jump over the left balustrade #2, helping yourself with Cloaking System if needed.
Map legend: 1 - Turret control panel.
Find the level 2 security computer terminal hidden by the stairs #1. If you have Turret Domination, hacking into it will let you turn off the turret #2, which will make securing the main studio room significantly easier.
Now you can move to clearing the TV studio room (screen above). If you managed to turned off the turret it will be relatively easy, otherwise you will have to focus more on staying undetected. In such a situation, you should also consider moving the turret to the wall (Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation required) or eliminating the enemies only from afar. You wouldn't have to worry about moving their bodies, as the turret only search for live targets.
The middle room of the TV studio should be patrolled by four enemies. I'd suggest firstly stunning the mercenary closest to the presenters desk #1. Afterwards head to the north-east corner and - while taking the necessary precautions - eliminate the heavily armoured soldier guarding the passage to the next location #2.
You should only have two enemies in the east part of the studio left to take care of #1. Unfortunately their fields of vision often cross, so it's worth to attack at least one of them from a distance #2. Afterwards make sure there's no enemy left in the area.
If you managed to successfully take care of the guards, you can move to exploring the whole location. I'd suggest starting with level 3. Inside the lobby beside the elevators you can find an Ebook. The directing room on level 3 (east part of the location) #1 holds an unsecured computer terminal and a palmtop #2 (login: Atresman, password: Skylark).
In the eastern part of level 3 you can find a small storage room #1 with a few interactive lockers inside. Another interesting place is the small office south of the main TV studio room #2. Inside you can find a Stun Gun, unsecured computer terminal and level 2 security terminal. Hacking into the second computer will let you switch off the security camera beside the nearby stairs.
On level 4, the only place really worth of attention is the directing room #1. Find the Ebook and get inside the small storage room neighbouring the directing room #2. Here you will find, inter alia, an ammo crate and a revolver.
Eventually you can take a look around the level 3 main TV studio room #1, where you previously avoided enemies and a turret. At the back of the studio you will find a palmtop #2 (login: mwells, password: lavadome).
As for the studio itself, take some time to look into all the drawers #1. That way you will find a weapon upgrade (the drawer covered by cardboard boxes) and a palmtop (login: klighter, password: tiptree). Apart from that, you should also interact with the five computer terminals #2. Some of the computers require a password, so you can either solve the hacking mini-game or use some of the passwords you have found on the palmtops previously.
Irrespectively of the decisions made thus far, you should reach the staircase at the back of the studio (screen above).
Here you can act in two different way. If you have the Punch Through Walls augmentation, it would be worth to destroy the left wall fragment #1. You should choose this option only if you've previously knocked out all the enemies, as otherwise you could alarm them. Use the ladder and afterwards go into the ventilation shaft #2 which will lead you to the staircase.
Reward: 2600 EXP + 750 EXP for staying undetected.
If you don't want or can't destroy the wall, all you have left is going to the door on the right #1. The electronic lock #2 has a mere level 1 protection, so gaining access to the staircase shouldn't be complicated.
Reward: 2525 EXP + 750 EXP for staying undetected.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 4 (Reaching the funicular).
Regardless of the chosen method of escaping the ambush, you will be contacted by Pritchard and informed that Eliza is probably hiding inside the building basement. In order to reach the basement, you will have to use the funicular. Finding it will be your next goal. To be precise, your current objective is reaching the staircase leading onto the lower level of the building.
Let's start with a short summary of your actions this far. If you've used the elevator, you will begin this segment in the lobby on level 3 #1, to the east of the current mission objective.
If you've jumped down the elevator shaft and went through the ventilation shafts, you will begin this segment inside the directing room on level 4 #2, so east from the objective as well.
If, despite my warnings, you've decided to break through the two walls, you will begin inside a corridor on level 3, so south of the objective (theoretically closer).
You can take care of the enemies following one of two basic tactics. The first implies moving towards the TV studio on level 3 and shooting the mercenaries visible in the distance #1. Afterwards get ready to eliminate the enemies that will come in running, taking extreme precautions during the fight with the heavily armoured soldier #2.
Map legend: 1 - Balconies passage.
The second option implies getting onto the upper balconies. You can reach them from the south #1 or east #2 (from the side of the directing room in which you begin after passing through the ventilation shafts).
After reaching the balconies you'd have to deal with the three enemies found in the area #1. In return for your trouble you could find a sniper rifle #2, which of course you could use to get rid of the enemies visible below. They will be probably defenceless against your attacks, but you could keep an eye on the nearby stairs and react if needed.
Throughout the fights you should definitely look out for the active turret inside the main TV studio room on the third level (screen above). You can avoid it by moving between the covers in a proper fashion or just simply destroy it. In the latter case, I'd recommend using an EMP grenade.
Irrespectively of the decisions made thus far, you should eventually reach the staircase at the back of the TV studio (screen above).
Here you can act in one of two ways. If you have the Punch Through Walls augmentation, you could consider destroying the left wall fragment #1. Use the ladder and go into the ventilation shaft #2 which will take you to the staircase.
Reward: 2600 EXP.
If you don't want to or can't destroy the wall, all that's left for you is using the door on the right #1. The electronic lock here #2 has a level 1 security, so bypassing it shouldn't cause you any problems.
Reward: 2525 EXP.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 4 (Reaching the funicular).
Carefully go down to the lowest level, trying to stay silent. After getting there, you should notice two guards facing the other direction. The easier way of passing by them would be using the Cloaking System augmentation. If you don't have it, you will have a bit harder time. You could try to lure the guards by making some noises, or wait and hope that they will eventually split. Personally I'd suggest using the Multiple Take-Down. You activate just like a common melee attack (Q), but if the enemies are standing beside each other, Jensen will automatically (and without setting off an alarm) take them both down (screen above). If you decided to neutralise them, be sure to search their bodies to find a palmtop with a storeroom code (0068).
Regardless of how you took care of the guards, I'd suggest checking out the two big storerooms on your way to the funicular. Start with the one further to the west #1. Inside you will find multiple interactive lockers #2.
You can also examine the south part of the same room storeroom. The first option implies destroying a fragile wall fragment inside the locker room #1, through you'd of course need to have the Punch Through Walls augmentation to do that. The second options is finding the closed door #2 with a level 3 electronic lock, though you could use the recently gained code (0068).
Move on. The eastern storeroom is widely accessible #1 and inside you will find, inter alia, an ammo crate #2.
Map legend: 1 - Passage to the funicular room; 2 - First shaft entrance and exit; 3 - Upper balconies stairs; 4 - Second shaft entrance and exit; 5 - Turret control terminal.
As you have already examined the whole area, you can now focus on thinking of a plan of reaching the funicular summoning button. Two paths lead to the last room, one from the west #1 and one from the north #2. As you have probably noticed, the funicular area is patrolled by two guards, but the real problem is an active security camera and turret.
The fastest way of reaching the funicular button (screen above) is by using a camouflage (Cloaking System augmentation). I however wouldn't recommend such a solution, as you would have to go back to a safe spot after calling the funicular in and deal with even more enemies afterwards.
If you have advanced hacking skills, you could always try to reach the terminal by switching off the security systems. The destination can be reached by following three main paths. The best solution is finding the ventilation shaft entrance , hidden behind a vending machine north of the room with enemies #1. In order to get rid of it you would of course need the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation. The ventilation shaft will lead you to nearby the computer terminal #2.
The second option is carefully entering the enemy room and using the ramp leading onto the upper balcony #1. In the meantime you would of course have to avoid enemy and turret sight. After examining the balcony you'd reach a ladder #2.
The third and last path implies finding the second ventilation shaft entrance, inside the guards room #1. It's in the west part of the room. Approach the turret #2, exiting the shaft beside the computer terminal.
The computer terminal #1 has level 2 security, but unfortunately you can't hack into it without being unnoticed. You could move the local crates onto the north ramp and cover yourself, or turn on camouflage (Cloaking System) and quickly solve the hacking mini-game with it active. Successfully hacking into the system will be rewarded with a possibility to turn off the security camera and turret (if only you have the Turret Domination) #2.
If you don't to or can't safely hack into the terminal, you will have to draw the enemies away from the security room. In such a situation it would be good to stand by one of the entrances (screen above), make some noise and wait for the guards to come. I wouldn't however recommend trying to attack them from a distance with stun guns, as the camera in the funicular monitors pretty much the whole area that both mercenaries patrol. After eliminating both of them it would be however worth to try and hack into the computer terminal, this time without having to worry about getting noticed.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 5 (Summoning the funicular).
Right after reaching the lowest level, take care of the two nearby guards. If you shoot at them you have to be ready that other mercenaries might hear it and come in to check out the situation. I'd recommend neutralising them both using melee combat, using the Multiple Take-Down augmentation (screen above), allowing you to eliminate two enemies at the same time, at the cost of only one battery cell.
Map legend: 1 - Passage to the funicular room; 2 - First shaft entrance and exit; 3 - Upper balconies stairs; 4 - Second shaft entrance and exit; 5 - Turret control terminal.
Head further towards the room with the funicular button. Inside there are two enemies, which you should consider attacking from one of the two room entrances (screen above).
As you could have noticed, there's a hostile turret nearby the elevator. I however wouldn't recommend destroying it, as it might come in handy in just a few moments. For now try to reach the computer terminal located west of the turret #1. Hack into the system by solving a level 2 hacking mini-game If you have the Turret Domination augmentation, you can use it to reprogram it #2.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 5 (Summoning the funicular).
If you don't plan on stunning the enemies, you have to - in accordance with the previous hint - use camouflage (Cloaking System) to reach the funicular summon button and afterwards quickly back out to a safe spot. I wouldn't recommend using the upper balconies #1, as at least one enemy might decide to check them out. A much better solution is hiding inside one of the ventilation shafts #2. Be patient and ignore the new mercenaries that will appear in the area. Get out of the cover only after receiving a confirmation from Pritchard that the funicular has arrived. Turn on the camouflage again and head towards the train cart.
Reward: 250 EXP + 750 EXP for staying undetected.
If you decide to actively engage in combat in this room, start off by dragging the bodies of the neutralised mercenaries into a more secluded place (e.g. ventilation shafts). It will prevent other enemies that will soon appear here from waking them. At the same time pay attention to the big weapon depot located beside the funicular entrance (screen above). I'd recommend taking the concussion mines and mine template (the latter ones work best when combined with a gas grenade, forming a gas trap).
Now you can act in one of two ways. If you don't have anything against using mines, you can place them beside both room entrances #1 #2. However be sure that you're using mines that will only knock out, not kill enemies. If you don't want to use mines, focus solely on summoning the elevator and don't plant them.
Reward: 250 EXP + 750 EXP for staying undetected.
After pressing the button, be ready for more mercenaries to come. If you've planted mines, each enemy - or at least most of them - should get knocked out #1. If you haven't planted any traps, it's best to lurk for the enemies at the upper balcony #2.
Wait for one of the mercenaries to appear on the balcony #1 and neutralise him without alarming his friends downstairs. The nest enemy should soon reach the ventilation shaft entrance north of the funicular entrance. It would be good to attack him from the shaft's side #2.
Only two enemies left to take care of in the main room. As their paths and fields of view often cross, it would be good to attack one of them from a distance #1 and stun the second one in melee combat #2.
Regardless of the decisions made thus far, you have to wait for a confirmation from Pritchard and enter the funicular after receiving it #1. Once inside, turn right and use the control panel #2.
Reward: 2750 EXP.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 6 (Reaching the main area of the basement).
Before you decide to summon the funicular, it would be wise to plant some traps. Examine the area nearby the funicular to find a big weapon depot (screen above). Above all be sure to take each possible type of mines with you.
The recently gained mines should be placed beside the two main funicular room entrances #1 #2. Of course in both cases make sure not to detonate the charges prematurely.
You can additionally help yourself during the battle by hacking into the mentioned computer terminal #1 to take control over the turret (requires the Turret Domination augmentation) #2. Reprogram the turret so that it automatically attack your enemies. Summon the funicular.
Reward: 250 EXP.
I'd suggest you go to the upper balcony #1 and quietly wait for the new enemies to arrive. If you have placed mine and reprogrammed the turret, you probably won't even have to finish off anyone yourself. Otherwise, shoot the unsuspecting enemies #2 and don't let anyone reach the upper balcony.
Regardless of the decisions made thus far, you have to wait for a confirmation from Pritchard and enter the funicular after receiving it #1. Once inside, turn right and use the control panel #2.
Reward: 2750 EXP.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 6 (Reaching the main area of the basement).
From the conversation with Prichard you will learn that in order to question Eliza, you need to find room 802-11. It's very far from the starting point, so for now you should just focus on passing through the first location into the middle part of the basement.
Wait for the funicular to take you to the 2nd level of the basement #1. Get out and take a first look around the area. Notice the local security camera, which you will of course have to avoid. Additionally it's worth to check out the ammo crate (an EMP grenade, among others) and the palmtop lying on the bed #2 (login: demarbre, password: index).
Now I'd recommend heading back to the funicular, as in just a few moments two guards should appear #1. Wait for them to finish talking and split. One of them will go towards the nearby guard lodge, while his friend will start patrolling the area #2.
You can reach the middle section of the basement in a few ways. If you don't intend to kill anyone, the best solution would be to push the nearby laser barriers and follow the guard (screen above), using the fact that he doesn't need to manually turn off the barriers, but only get near them. A camouflage (Cloaking System) might also come in handy here, as you should keep in mind that going through a barrier with it active will not set off the alarm.
If you don't mind using force, you can decide to stun the mentioned enemy, both from a distance #1 or using melee combat #2. Make sure his body doesn't end up in the field of view of the security camera. In the end approach the body and start pushing his body towards the west. While it might seem odd, there's a very good reason for it - even though he's stunned, the barriers will still keep turning off when his body is nearby.
Another option implies turning off the laser barriers, but for this to be possible you would have to use the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation and place the big crates in front of the security camera #1, cleverly blocking its field of view. Only after doing so should you interact with the barriers control panel #2 and solve a level 1 hacking mini-game.
The last possible option implies breaking through the fragile wall fragment on the left #1. You would of course need to have the Punch Through Walls augmentation and additionally make sure that no guard notices you do that. After destroying the wall, go through the ventilation shaft (choose the tunnel on the right) #2.
Regardless of the chosen method, your goal is to reach the main area of the bunker (screen above), from where you will plan further actions.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 7 (Reaching the staircase).
From the conversation with Prichard you will learn that in order to question Eliza, you need to find room 802-11. It's very far from the starting point, so for now you should just focus on passing through the first location into the middle part of the basement.
Wait for the funicular to take you to the level 2 of the basement #1. Stay inside the car and wait for the two first enemies to arrive #2. It would be good to attack them by surprise, thanks to which eliminating them won't cause you any problems. On a side note, it's worth noticing that you don't really need to use any weapons here, as you can pretty much use the Multiple Take-Down trick described above and take them both out at the same time.
Approach the end of the tunnel with two laser barriers. Depending on how loud was your last fight and when the alarm started, you might need to be ready for a few new soldiers to arrive #1. What's more, the mercenaries might be accompanied by an enemy robot #2, in which case you should use an EMP grenade or some heavy weapon. After taking care of them, take a look around the funicular to find, inter alia, an ammo crate holding an EMP grenade.
Move forward, passing through more laser barriers. After closing in on the middle part of the bunker (screen above), make sure that there aren't any enemies heading in your direction. If it happens otherwise, quickly hide behind any cover and get rid of them. With that taken care of, you can start planning your further actions without being bothered.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 7 (Reaching the staircase).
Your next task is reaching the only staircase leading onto level 1. There you can find the room pointed by Pritach. Your next task is reaching the only staircase leading onto level 1. There you can find the room pointed by Pritach as Eliza Cassan's whereabouts.
Map legend: 1 - South room entrance; 2 - Stairs leading onto the upper level.
If you check out the map, you will probably come to a conclusion that the most obvious solution is to go through the biggest south room on level 2. I definitely don't recommend this tactic, as you would have really big problems with avoiding enemies on your way. This path is worth choosing only if you plan on following the shortest path and additionally you have the Cloaking System augmentation. Look for a ventilation shaft entrance on the south wall which you might have already used after blowing through the wall. Choose the path leading south #1 and you will reach the shaft exit on the south room wall #2.
Now you'd have to turn on the camouflage and start manoeuvring between enemies and security cameras #1, successfully moving towards the north-west. Accurately choosing battery recharge places would also be a necessity, as you could be noticed by enemies patrolling the upper balconies. Your goal is reaching the double door #2. You must be very careful, as there's an active security camera above it.
A much better solution is choosing the indirect route, as you will have an easier time dealing with enemies and you will come across many rooms with valuable items inside. For starters I'd suggest taking care of the single guard found in the north lodge (screen above). Afterwards it would be good to check his body, finding a palmtop with orders. A palmtop with identical content can be also find on the desk.
Use the chance and take examine the lodge, checking out the drawers and interacting with two unsecured computer terminals #1. One of them will allow you to turn off the two nearby security cameras #2 which is of course well worth it.
Stay cautious, as the corridor north of the guards lodge is patrolled by a single mercenary #1. Fortunately you don't need to worry about setting off an alarm, as the local camera has been shut down. Stun the guard and use the north stairs leading onto level 3 #2.
Map legend: 1 - Camera control terminals; 2 - Armory; 3 - Stairs leading onto the lower level.
Upon reaching level 3 you will have to stay very cautious, as at the end of the corridor there's a security camera #1. Move very slowly, hiding behind the walls and waiting for the camera to face the other direction. On your way you can check out the west office room #2 to examine a drawer and an unsecured computer terminal. Reading the second message left on the computer will grant you with a login and password combination (login: ltodd, password: titom).
Go out of the room and carefully go BELOW the security camera #1. Right beside there's an armory #2 which you should of course visit.
After reaching the new room, start with interacting with the computer terminal #1. It has a level 4 security, though you can use the recently gained password (titom). Gaining access to the system will let you turn off the camera you passed by just before #2.
Additionally it would be good to hack into the side armory room. The electronic lock #1 has level 4 security, though you can use the combination 1980 which you would "legally" obtain a bit later. Apart from weapons and ammunition, you should also take the precious weapon upgrade from the armory #2.
Go out and head north #1. If you've hacked into the armory computer, you won't need to avoid the camera in this corridor anymore. Carefully approach the door leading onto the balcony on level 3 (Operating Area 3) #2.
Now you can act in two different ways. If you want to reach the current mission objective, carefully head towards the south stairs leading onto level 2 #1 while avoiding both the enemies patrolling the balconies, as well as those on the lower level. After reaching the second level, you should head west #2.
I would definitely recommend to continue exploring the area. Firstly it would be good to take care of two guards on the nearby balconies #1 #2. Keep in mind that their patrol paths cross. Additionally I wouldn't recommend running across the balconies or make any loud noises, as they might be heard by the guard in the room below you.
Only now should you start checking out the rooms, starting with the easternmost one #1. Inside you will find a computer terminal with level 3 security #2. Successfully completing the hacking mini-game will give you a chance to switch off two more security cameras.
The level 3 middle room is a conference hall #1. Check out the drawers there and also search for a palmtop #2 containing the 1980 code for the previously visited armory.
The last room on level 3 is the northernmost one #1. Check out the lockers in which weapons have been hidden #2 and also interact with the unsecured computer terminal.
Now you can focus on reaching level 2. I wouldn't recommend using the northern stairs #1, as it would be harder to deal with the enemies that way. It's much better to choose the southern ones #2.
After reaching downstairs, start by eliminating the guard patrolling the southern part of the big room #1. It will be easier to approach him unnoticed with the cameras off. Otherwise you will have to keep very cautious and choose the attack spot better. Two more enemies are patrolling the north part of the room #2.
If the nearby security camera has been switched off, you will be able to easily surprise both enemies #1 #2. Otherwise you will have to decide on a ranged weapon and make sure their bodies fall out of the camera's sight (or quickly drag them away before the camera turns).
Make sure you've stunned all the enemies and start exploring the room. Just like before, it's worth to dedicate some time on opening the drawer #1 and checking the computer terminals #2. In total, there are five computer in the main room, out of which four require either hacking or giving a password.
In the end take a look around the two small rooms in the area (also on level 2). In the north room #1 search for drawers, watch the Ebook and interact with the unprotected computer terminal. You could also learn the armory code (1980) in this case as well. Inside the southern room (the one beside the stairs) #2 it's worth the open the drawer.
Regardless of the previously chosen methods, your goal is to reach the door located in the south-west corner of level 2, leading to the new staircase (screen above). Depending on your actions thus far, it either might be necessary to avoid the security camera, or you will be able to pass by the switched off camera easily.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 8 (Reaching the sub-basement).
Your next task is reaching the only staircase leading onto level 1. There you can find the room pointed by Pritach as Eliza Cassan's whereabouts.
Map legend: 1 - South room entrance; 2 - Stairs leading onto the upper level.
If you want to quickly reach the objective, you should choose the corridor leading south #1. Carefully open the door (Operating Area 3) and shoot the enemies visible inside. After the primary attack I'd suggest to back out a bit #2, placing yourself behind the wall and ready to attack the incoming enemies. Throughout the fights, especially look out for the so called Spirits, as they can use camouflage as well. Make use of the radar indications and the Smart Vision augmentation.
Now you could go through the cleared room and reach the mission objective, but I'd recommend going back to the starting point and choosing the north stairs leading onto level 3 #1. Stay careful, as the area might be patrolled by a second enemy robot #2 which you of course have to destroy.
Map legend: 1 - Camera control terminals; 2 - Armory; 3 - Stairs leading onto the lower level.
After reaching the new corridor on level 3 head forward, but after reaching the corner choose the first door on the right, the one leading to the armory #1. Here approach the door of the depot on the left and interact with the electronic lock #2. He has a level 4 security, but you can use the combination 1980.
After disarming the lock enter the armory, in which you will find lots of weapons, ammunition and a weapon upgrade #1. Now you can return downstairs or continue exploring level 3. The latter option is better, as it will let you clean the upper balconies from enemy forces #2. You will have to look out for enemies with camouflage here as well. After finishing them off, head to the stairs leading onto level 2, dealing with any survivors.
Regardless of the previously chosen methods, your goal is to reach the door located in the south-west corner of level 2, leading to the new staircase (screen above).
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 8 (Reaching the sub-basement).
CAREFULLY approach the stairs leading onto level 1. The area is mined, so if you don't want to set them off and lead to a massive explosion, you will have to crouch and move with CTRL pressed down. Go a bit lower and take care of disarming both mines. On the left wall there's an EMP #1 and on the right a concussion mine #2. You should of course take the mines with you.
Make sure that the mines are at least deactivated and only then go down the stairs onto level 1 (screen above). The game will now demand you explore this room in search of room 802-11, in which Eliza Cassan in supposed to be.
Map legend: 1 - Main corridor; 2 - Office room passage; 3 - Shafts exits; 4 - Southern door to the last corridor; 5 - Data processing room passage; 6 - Side room entrance; 7 - Fragile wall fragment; 8 - Northern door to the last corridor; 9 - Shaft passage leading to the last corridor.
Your current objective is directly north of your current position and you can reach it in a few ways. I wouldn't recommend the main corridor, as apart from an armoured enemy you would also come across a security camera (screen above). The only exception is when you could use the Cloaking System augmentation, though that way you will miss a few attraction connected with exploring the area.
If you have the Punch Through Walls augmentation, you can look for a fragile wall fragment #1. Destroying it would let you use the ventilation shafts #2. The shafts lead to two different western office rooms. It's worth to notice that you should take the wall down only after the armoured guard walks away, to avoid drawing his attention.
By far the best solution is - in my opinion - going through the eastern offices. You would have to perform a jump across the wall on the right #1. Head east and find a door leading into a big room #2.
After getting inside you should above all head to the separated area in the south-west part of the offices #1. There you will find a palmtop with password combination (login: bnorthco; password: sterling). However far more important than taking the palmtop is hacking into the computer terminal #2. You can bypass a level 3 security or use the ready password diode (you obtain it "legally" much later). As a result you would be able to turn off the two local security cameras, including the one hanging inside the recently passed corridor.
As for the rest of the big office room, it's of course worth to check the drawer (you will find, inter alia, an EMP grenade) #1 and interact with all five computer terminals #2. One of them contains a code (0101).
Now you can act in one of two ways, either continue going north or take a look around the area. If you prefer the second option, return to the main corridor and use the fact that the security camera has been destroyed to easily take care of the armoured enemy.
After stunning the enemy, start exploring the two western offices. The door to the lower office #1 has a level 3 electronic lock. You can either hack it, input the ready code 0101 or return to the ventilation shafts behind the destroyed wall and reach the office through an alternative entrance #2.
After reaching the lower office, you should above all check out the lockers to find, inter alia, a weapon upgrade #1. Apart from that it would be good to interact with the unsecured computer terminal #2.
Exit the lower office and head to the upper one #1. You can reach it in two ways, i.e. by opening the level 3 electronic lock or using the ventilation shafts. Curiously, in the second case you don't need to destroy the wall, as you can enter the shaft through the southern office. It's hidden behind the photocopier #2.
After reaching the upper office I would of course suggest checking out the lockers and searching the drawer to find a hidden palmtop #1 (login: bshupper; password: widget). You can use the combination at once, as it unlocks the local level 3 security computer terminal #2. Logging into it will grant you with yet another pair (login: pcorbo; password: spitfire).
Regardless of the decisions made thus far, you have to reach the northern part of the level (screen above). There you will have to make a choice on the further road again.
The most obvious solution is using the northern door, though it's unfortunately protected by a level 3 electronic lock #1. Opening it would however let you reach the last corridor #2 and avoid all other threats.
All other options imply using the eastern corridor #1. It leads to the Data Processing Area protected by two guards #2. That's also not the only problem, as on the other end of the room there's another security camera.
If you have the advanced camouflage (Cloaking System), you can of course safely pass through the whole room. Otherwise, I'd suggest heading to the left door #1. Inside the small room you will find a palmtop (login: jchapman; password: diode) and a computer terminal #2. It has level 3 security, though you can always enter the ready password spitfire. After logging in you could turn off the two local security cameras.
Another decision stands before you. If you have the Punch Through Walls augmentation, you should choose the unvisited west passage #1. By doing so you will reach the destructible wall fragment #2 and after a successful action find yourself in the last corridor. If you can't destroy walls or want to explore the area thoroughly, return to the main room with two guards.
Note that by turning off the local camera you can easily knock out both guards. It's best to start with the one patrolling the upper balcony #1 and afterwards deal with his buddy downstairs #2. Once the area is secured, take a look around the room. Apart from new drawers you will also find two unsecured computer terminals.
Use the north Data Processing Area exit #1. The corridor turns right at this spot #2. If you have turned off the cameras, you don't have anything to worry about. Otherwise you would have to carefully approach the new security camera and pass under it.
Go west and afterwards turn south. Also in this case you have to reach the closed door #1. It has a single level 3 electronic lock. You can humbly solve the hacking mini-game or take a look around the area for a ventilation shaft entrance #2. The mentioned shaft will take you to the last corridor.
All the paths described above lead to the same place, i.e. the corridor going west (screen above), towards the Data Storage 802-11.
Head west, but be sure to check out the south storeroom #1. Take the heavy rifle, even if your gameplay style doesn't involve direct combat. The reason is quite simple, as in just a while you will have to fight with a new boss. Regenerate health and batteries, save your game, choose a good weapon and eventually try to open the marked door #2.
Reward: 1750 EXP + 750 EXP for staying undetected.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 10 (Defeating Yelena Fedorova).
Map legend: 1 - Main corridor; 2 - Office room passage; 3 - Shafts exits; 4 - Southern door to the last corridor; 5 - Data processing room passage; 6 - Side room entrance; 7 - Fragile wall fragment; 8 - Northern door to the last corridor; 9 - Shaft passage leading to the last corridor.
Right after reaching the first level of the basement you should prepare EMP grenades, as the nearby corridors are likely to be patrolled by an enemy robot (screen above). The only exception is a situation when for some reasons the alarm isn't active here, though the robot would eventually appear after you attack the normal enemies.
Apart from the robot, you must also be ready for the need to eliminate a heavily armoured enemy #1. Don't let his get too close and shoot him from behind a safe cover. Afterwards head north, stopping only after reaching a new door #2.
The most obvious solution is using the northern door, though they unfortunately have a level 3 electronic lock #1. Opening it would however let you reach the last corridor #2 and avoid all other threats.
All other options imply choosing the eastern corridor #1. It leads to a Data Processing Area, occupied by two guards #2. Eliminating them might prove rather difficult, as the have the ability to use camouflage. Be very careful and use your augmentations as well.
Now you can choose which path you want to follow. The first option implies using the western door #1. After passing through one small room you would reach a fragile wall fragment #2. Successfully destroying it (requires the Punch Through Walls augmentation) would let you reach the last corridor.
If you can't punch through walls, choose the northern exit #1 and afterwards turn left. Ignore the locked door and take a look around for a ventilation shaft entrance #2 which will lead you to the last corridor.
All the paths described above eventually end up at the same spot, i.e. the corridor leading west (screen above), towards the Data Storage 802-11.
Head west, but be sure to check out the south storeroom #1. Take the heavy rifle, even if your gameplay style doesn't involve direct combat. The reason is quite simple, as in just a while you will have to fight with a new boss. Regenerate health and batteries, save your game, choose a good weapon and eventually try to open the marked door #2.
Reward: 1750 EXP.
Notice! The description of further actions can be found in Step 10 (Defeating Yelena Fedorova).
After you enter the new room the game will play a cutscene with a conversation with Eliza Cassan #1, during which the main hero will make quite a shocking discovery. It will turn out that the presenter isn't really a human being, but a highly advanced AI. The conversation will be interrupted by the appearance of the mercenary leader Yelena #2, who you will have to defeat in a direct battle.
Throughout the fight, I'd suggest constantly staying in motion and being very careful, as Yelena will be using a variety of augmentations in order to deal damage #1. Additionally she will also use camouflage to disguise herself #2. You can't allow the mercenary leader to hit you too often, as that would pretty quickly lead to your death. The heavy rifle - or any other equally effective weapon, like the rocket launcher - is a good choice for this fight.
Apart from ordinary weapons, I'd also suggest using stun weapons (e.g. the Stun Gun) and EMP grenades, though you would have to throw them at the appropriate places. The Typhoon Explosive System (screen above) also works well, especially that she cannot defend from such an attack. Don't however try any melee attacks, at they are doomed to fail. In case you run out of ammo, you can always switch weapons or check out the local lockers.
If you have the EMP Shielding, you can use it for a very easy win. You would have to shoot the giant electricity generators on the sides of the room #1, causing discharges to appear throughout the area. Afterwards quickly run to the defenceless Yelena #2 and attack her any way you want.
Regardless of the chosen tactic, keep fighting until a cutscene starts, informing you of your win #1. Another conversation with Eliza awaits you #2, though she won't be able to give you an exact location of the abducted scientists. You will however learn that the one responsible for removing the transmitters from their bodies is Isaias Sandoval, Bill Taggart's accomplice. She will also suggest talking with Sarif, who might know more about the case.
Reward: 2500 EXP.
Check out Yelena's body before leaving this location #1 to find credits and Typhoon ammo. You can also pick up the machine pistols she has been using and open the local lockers. Inside the lockers you will find weapons, ammunition, medicine and an proenergy pack. In the end, use the newly unlocked south passage #2.
After reaching the helipad, wait for Malik to land the helicopter #1. Approach the machine, interact with it and confirm the will to leave the location #2.
Reward: 750 EXP.
Now you have to return to Detroit, the first location of the game. Curiously, much has changed since your last visit, as riots have broken out throughout the city. It's the main reason for which you will begin this level on the Chiron building roof and not beside Sarif Industries headquarters.
This quest will be automatically activated after returning to Detroit. It takes place after meeting the famous presenter during Confronting Eliza Cassan. This new mission is very short and requires you only to reach the main hero's apartment.
MISSION OBJECTIVES LIST:
1. PRIMARY - Meet Sarif in my apartment - A very straightforward an easy mission. you just need to get off the roof and reach the elevator.
You will begin this level on the top of Chiron building. You can focus on the mission objective at once, or dedicate some time on exploring the area. If you prefer the second option, I'd recommend finding a destructible wall #1. You will of course need the Punch Through Walls augmentation in order to destroy it. After reaching the small room #2, take a look around the area.
As you have probably noticed, there is also a ventilation shaft entrance in this room #1. In order to reach it, you have to move a box underneath it. Get inside the tunnel and after a few moments you will reach a bit bigger vertical shaft #2. Go to the very bottom and take the credits. Afterwards you can head back to the starting point.
Head towards the only possible exit from the roof #1. You will now pass a series of linear corridors, eventually reaching an elevator #2. Call it in and ride it down onto Jensen's floor.
Get out and head towards the eastern apartment #1 which belongs to the main hero. The game will play a cutscene with a conversation with David Sarif #2. You will learn of the Illuminati and the reasons behind the abduction of Megan and the other scientists. Additionally Sarif will tell you that Bill Taggart - Isaias Sandoval's superior - is giving a speech in the local Convention Center. With the end of the conversation, a new quest will be unlocked - Finding Isaias Sandoval.
Reward: 750 EXP.
This mission will activate itself automatically after talking with the main hero's superior after returning to Detroit, which is a part of Confronting Sarif. You can hope for the most freedom after reaching the Convention Center, as the game will let you choose one of many ways of gaining information on Sandoval. Extensive conversations and a bit of fighting or sneaking comes in the package as well. Generally however, you shouldn't expect any exceptionally difficult moments.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Head to the Convention Center and get Sandoval's location from Taggart - The game will give you much freedom in choosing how to act. You can try to convince Taggart into to tell you where Sandoval is hiding or ignore the meeting completely and gain the desired information from the computer.
2. SECONDARY - Frame Taggart by planting evidence in his computer - You will receive this only if instead of convincing Taggart you will focus on finding his computer. It's also worth adding that you don't need to agree to Sarif's request.
3. PRIMARY - Get inside Sandoval's apartment - Reaching the apartment isn't hard, however after getting inside you should look out not to fall into a trap.
4. PRIMARY - Find and confront Sandoval - This objective will be unlocked after going through Sandoval's apartment and finding one of two passages leading into the sewers.
5. PRIMARY - Meet Malik on the roof of my apartment building - This objective will be activated regardless of whether you persuaded Sandoval to put down the weapon or contributed to his suicide.
Get out of Jensen's apartment and head towards the left elevator #1, the one which will take you to the ground floor. If during the first visit in Detroit you reached the police station by persuading Wayne Haas (the Investigating The Suicide Terroris main mission), you will meet him here #2. Haas will be furious, as because of the investigation he has lost his job.
You can end the conversation with Haas in two way. If you intend to help him, choose Absolve #1. The main hero will offer Haas a job at Sarif Industries. If you don't intend to help Sarif, choose the Crush option. However be careful, as you will make him angry enough to attack you #2. It's best to quickly stun him or kill in melee combat.
Regardless of whether you have met with Haas or not, get out of the Chiron building. The Convention Center is in the south-west part of the map, nearby the recently visited LIMB clinic to be precise. As a reminder, you can get there in two ways, namely by choosing the passage by the Chiron building #1, or the indirect path running beside the police station #2 and through the rail station.
Inside the Convention Center, it's worth to listen to the conversation with Pritchard #1. He will tell you that Sandoval has checked out of the building and will offer you a side quest - Acquaintances Forgotten. Apart from that I would also recommend paying the LIMB clinic a visit #2, as there are two new Praxis Kits available.
Head south, getting off the main path after reaching the tunnel #1. A bit later you should reach the Convention Center entrance. Head inside, going forward and then turning right. Find the double door #2 leading to the proper objective.
You will begin the Convention Center exploration on level 1, while having to reach the 3rd. your destination is the VIP section neighbouring the Meeting Hall. You can use the broken escalator beside which some engineers are standing, or decide to take a closer look around the location #1. By doing so you can find an Ebook and reach some bigger stairs in the west part of the Convention Center #2.
Regardless of the chosen path, you have to now reach the double door leading to the southern part of level 3 (screen above). Here you will have to choose how you want to gain information on Sandoval's whereabouts:
Notice! If you don't even want to tray talking with Taggart, you can move to Step 4 at once (Find information on Sandoval's whereabouts).
Map legend: 1 - Meeting Hall entrance; 2 - The place where you talk with Taggart or find the terminal; 3 - Guarded zone entrance; 4 - Backroom passage; 5 - Ventilation shaft entrance; 6 - Staircase door.
After going through the door turn right and head towards the end of the corridor #1. You don't need to worry about the guards patrolling this area, they won't stop you unless you try to enter the restricted area. At the end of the corridor turn left and open the door #2 leading to the conference hall.
After opening the door to the meeting hall, Jansen will accuse Bill Taggart of working with Sandoval and will demand information on the current whereabouts of Isaias. As you have probably guessed, he will try to get rid of you and publically discredit you, which you of course need to prevent. The Social Enhancer augmentation could come in handy here, allowing you to learn Taggart's psychological profile and monitor the persuasion level. Choosing the proper dialogue options will cause the bar to gradually change colour to green, while making mistakes will make it more orange. Don't worry if you don't have the mentioned augmentation, as the conversation can end with success even without it. Unfortunately I can't give you a completely certain walkthrough, as Taggart might act a bit differently each time, even despite choosing the same dialogue options. As a result, it's very important to read each dialogue line very carefully. You also need to keep in mind what your goal is and therefore aim at it throughout the whole conversation.
Above all, you can achieve the desired effect by countering Taggart's attempts to convince the public to his rights and aiming at putting him in an uncomfortable situation, constantly repeating that Sandoval is connected with the attack on Sarif Industries and abduction of the innocent scientists. I would also recommend using the option to change topic and confront facts. An alternative way of leading the conversation is using the Social Enhancer to activate pheromones (Z) and choosing the Alpha personality answers. By doing so you will try to talk Taggart into checking the authenticity of the recording with the presence of a specialized technician,
If the conversation end with your success, you will be asked by Taggart to come to the backstage. If you weren't able to convince him, you will be asked out of the meeting hall and will have to choose one of the alternative routes described in Step 4 (Find information on Sandoval's whereabouts).
Reward: 1000 EXP (success) or 100 EXP (failure).
If you managed to convince Taggart to share information on Sandoval, go through the door leading backstage right after the meeting ends #1. After reaching the main corridor choose the door on the right, going through a room occupied by a few guards (there's also an Ebook here) #2.
After reaching the last room, look around for an Ebook and a computer terminal with level 4 security. Afterwards talk with Taggart. This time you won't have to choose between dialogue option, as your interlocutor will immediately inform you that Sandoval should be at his apartment in Detroit. Taggart will also tell you that Zeke Sanders, who you have already met, is in fact Sandoval's brother.
Reward: 750 EXP + 250 EXP for staying undetected.
Notice! As you already know Sandoval's whereabouts, you can skip Step 4 and move to the description of Step 5 (Get out of the Convention Center).
Notice! The actions described in this section refer to the situation in which you don't want to meet with Taggart or the meeting ended with failure. If you however were able to get information on Sandoval's hideout from Taggart, you can skip to Step 5 (Get out of the Convention Center).
Map legend: 1 - Meeting Hall entrance; 2 - The place where you talk with Taggart or find the terminal; 3 - Guarded zone entrance; 4 - Backroom passage; 5 - Ventilation shaft entrance; 6 - Staircase door.
The mission objective is reaching the computer in the south room, which of course can be achieved in a few different ways. If you prefer using force, you should attack the nearby guards. You can eliminate them using in melee combat #1 or ordinary weapons #2.
It's a good idea to take place by the main passage leading to the backstage #1, as that way you could easily eliminate the incoming guards. You should however decide on it only after securing the other corridors, so that no one can attack you by surprise. After the fight I'd suggest checking the guards' bodies to find a palmtop with a code (3754). Now you can head to the place marked by the game #2.
If you plan on using camouflage, you of course need to have the Cloaking System augmentation and thinks about choosing a good starting point. If you haven't spoken with Taggart, it would be better to choose the door east of the conference hall, guarded by one of the guards #1. If on the other hand you have spoken with Taggart and it ended with a failure, you can use the passage at the back of the hall #2.
Regardless of the chosen path, it would be good to stock on batteries as you probably won't be able to stop anywhere. Your objective is finding the southern room with a few guards #1. Carefully pass through the room, reaching the marked spot #2 (remember that you can use the 3754 code if needed).
The best solution is going through the ventilation shafts. It will let you avoid any confrontations and reaching the goal won't take much time. The shaft entrance can be found in the men toilet #1. Once inside, push aside the cardboard boxes covering the lid #2.
The ventilation shaft has many ramifications and it's best to just keep going south. You will know the proper tunnel by the presence of a few holes, allowing to see what's going on in the rooms below #1. Your goal is to reach the shaft exit found above the room #2. I'd suggest carefully jumping out of the shaft so that you don't alarm the nearby people.
Regardless of the chosen method, you need to reach the southern room. There, search for an Ebook and a level 4 computer terminal. The more important one is however the terminal on the left (screen above), with level 1 security. Hack into the system, thanks to which you will learn Sandoval's whereabouts.
Reward: 750 EXP + 250 EXP for staying undetected.
Before you leave this place, you should be contacted by Sarif. He will suggest planting incriminating evidence on Taggart's computer. You can either agree #1 or refuse to do so. If you agree, you just need to interact with the left computer terminal again #2 and Jensen will automatically do the rest.
Reward: 750 EXP.
The last part of your trip through the Convention Center will look a bit different depending on how you gained the information on Sandoval's hideout and it you have already fought against Taggart's bodyguards.
If you have talked with Taggart at the backstage, you will be able to leave the Convention Center building without being bothered by anyone. Return to the main corridor and turn right. After reaching the crossroad, choose the path leading right #1 and you will reach a staircase #2. Go down to the lowest level.
After using the stairs open the closest door and afterwards turn left #1. Afterwards keep following the linear corridor and soon you will reach the Convention Center exit #2.
If you have unnoticeably reached the backstage, things will get much difficult as you will need to avoid enemies and defence systems. You can act in two ways. If you don't mind taking risks, you can try to destroy the nearby wall (screen above), however you would need to have the Punch Through Walls augmentation and afterwards quickly run away, as your actions could alert the guards.
A much better idea is trying to reach the exit without destroying the wall. In order to do that, you would have to begin with hacking into the second computer terminal #1. It has level 4 security, but after gaining access into the system you could switch off the local security cameras #2.
Hacking into the computer luckily isn't absolutely necessary for success. Carefully return to the room with the guards #1. Pass behind their backs, closing in on the corridor with at least two guards. If you haven't switched off the security cameras, you will additionally need to avoid one of them. Wait for the right moment or use the Cloaking System augmentation and turn right twice #2.
If you have done everything according to plan, you should end up beside the staircase #1. Head down, but stop beside the place where two guards will be talking #2. Wait for them to finish their conversation.
Note that one of the guards is going up. You can avoid him by using camouflage, or get rid in melee combat #1. After a successful action keep moving on, but don't go to the very bottom. Instead, look around for a ventilation shaft entrance #2.
After going through the ventilation shaft, you should find yourself above the corridor #1 patrolled by at least one guard. Head south. Jump down only after finding yourself somewhere around the plate informing of an exit #2 and after the guard faces the other direction. Now you can easily reach the building exit.
During the attempt to leave the building you also need to take into consideration that the area might be still patrolled by some guards. As a result It's worth to return to the main corridor, take a look around and eliminate them if needed #1. An alternative way is destroying the nearby wall #2 which would let you reach the staircase leading to level 1. In order to perform such an action, you would of course need the Punch Through Walls augmentation.
Regardless of the chosen method, you have to reach the staircase #1. Head down and be ready to get rid of the last group of guards #2. They will appear here only if previously, for some reason, they haven't joined the battle and in such situation you will have to eliminate probably three people.
Go down to the last level and turn left. The area should be safe, so you won't need to stop. Quite soon, you should reach the Convention Center exit.
Soon after getting out of the building you might be stopped by Nick #1, who will give you the Smash the State side quest. Regardless of whether you decide to help the man or not, you have to leave the Convention Center and head north-east #2.
Sandoval's apartment can be found nearby the Chiron building in which you began the second visit in Detroit, so you should remember your way back there (passage behind the gas station or the underground tunnel). After reaching the north part of the location, look west of the road leading to the Derelict Row and find the building with an outer staircase (screen above). You might have already visited this building previously in the game (if you wanted to attack the gang members by surprise).
Use the ladder and start climbing up #1. You need to reach the highest level and enter the building. inside, head towards the previously inaccessible passage #2 leading onto the lower floors (you begin at the highest, fourth floor).
Be cautious, as after reaching level 3 you will note two thugs chatting #1. You can shoot at them, or wait until they leave the spot (they'd go down onto level 1, where there's nothing interesting). Regardless of the decisions made previously, take a look around the third floor to find the door leading to Sandoval's apartment #2.
Don't be fooled and don't try to pick up the Praxis kit lying by the body, as it's a trap and you would be blinded without the chance to defend. Instead, carefully approach the left door #1. If by the end of the game prologue (Neutralize The Terrorist Leader main mission) you have let Zeke Sanders free, you will meet him here again and won't even have the chance to talk with him. Shoot at him or wait until he approaches the door and neutralise him using melee combat #2.
It would be good to check Sander's body #1, as you will find, inter alia, a palmtop with a safe code (5463). Now you can also return to the previously ignored Praxis kit #2, as picking it up this time won't trigger a trap.
Move to the neighbouring room and start by analysing the painting on the wall #1. Behind it there's a safe with level 4 security. You can either solve a hacking mini-game or use the combination (5463) obtained a moment ago. Inside the safe you will find credits, ammunition and mines #2.
You will be informed of the next step in a while, but you can choose to go to the sewers at once. The most obvious solution is moving the crates #1 to find a switch #2. Interacting with it will lead to opening the secret passage on the right.
Reward: 750 EXP.
Head down the stairs #1. You need to be cautious, as there are two enemies waiting below #2. If you don't mind killing them both, you can shoot now and use the element of surprise.
If you prefer to only knock them out, go down to the very bottom and wait for one of the guards to get near the stairs #1. Try to surprise him. The second guards should be sitting on the bench #2 - you need to carefully approach him. It would be good use the chance and look into the local lockers.
If you want to avoid the enemies, stop by the two green barrels while going down the stairs #1. Note that here you will be able to jump to the yellow metal supports, using them to pass above the enemies #2 who of course won't consider looking up.
An alternative route implies finding a fragile wall fragment inside Sandoval's apartment #1. In order to destroy it, you would of course need the Punch Through Walls augmentation. Carefully jump down the pipes below you #2.
After reaching the very bottom, crouch and go through the small hole #1. You need to be careful, as there are two enemies in the area. Use the moment and take a look inside the lockers.
Reward: 950 EXP.
Regardless of the previously made choices, you need to reach the big red container (screen above). Get inside and you will find a ladder leading into the sewers.
Map legend: 1 - Laser barriers; 2 - Small tunnel entrance and exit; 3 - Sandoval's hideout entrance and exit; 4 - Sewers exit.
Inside the sewers there's a total of five enemies and you can deal with them in a few different ways. If you don't mind using brute force, approach the nearest corner and shoot the first guard from there. Wait for the others to come and treat them with a grenade of your choice (screen above), which should prove very effective considering the narrow corridors.
If you rather only knock out the enemies, after going into the sewers you should carefully approach the first corridor and try to attack the guard there by surprise #1. Afterwards find an entrance to a small tunnel #2 leading north.
You goal is reaching the northern part of the sewers. This corridor is patrolled by one guard as well #1. However before you decide to stun him, make sure that he's as far to the left as possible as it will prevent the other enemies from heading any sounds #2.
Take the tunnel back to the south part of the sewers and this time head east. Firstly it would be good to take care of the two closer guards #1, for which I'd recommend the Multiple Take-Down augmentation #2. If you don't have it, you should probably consider using a tranquilizer dart against one of them and knocking out his companion at the right moment.
Leave the single guard who should be leaning against a barrier for the end #1. After securing the area, check out the enemies' bodies. One of them has a palmtop with a code which disables the laser barrier (8218). You can use it on the terminal now to switch it off #2 or just walk right through it, ignoring the fact of starting an alarm.
If you plan on completely avoiding the enemies, you can act in two basic ways. The easier solution is using the Cloaking System augmentation to pass through the western laser barrier #1. Alternatively, you can also try to disable it, for which you would have to pass round the first guard and find the entrance to the tunnel #2 leading north.
After reaching the north part of the sewers #1, wait for the guard to go right. Quickly head into the opposite direction, find the terminal which controls the laser barriers #2 and input the ready code 8218 (you obtain it from a palmtop found beside one of the guards).
Regardless of the chosen method, you have to reach the western part of the sewers, that is behind the laser barriers (screen above).
You need to be very cautious here, as there are fragmentation mines attached to the metal platforms #1. You can of course switch them off by jumping into the water and carefully approaching them with CTRL pressed down #2. If you want to finish it quickly, you can also blown them up from a safe distance. In total, there are four such traps here.
Before leaving this area, it would be good to destroy one of the walls (requires the Punch Through Walls augmentation) #1 to find a small hiding place. Once you're done exploring the sewers, head towards the marked door #2. Opening them will launch a cutscene with Isaias Sandoval.
During the first part of the conversation with Sandoval you will learn that he's not the one responsible for the abduction of the scientists and his only role was removing the transmitters from their bodies. The plan hasn't succeeded and the transmitters are still sending a signal, but on a different frequency. Isaias will then take out a revolver, wanting to commit suicide as an act of penance. Quite obviously, the goal of these negotiations will be to draw him away from this idea. The Social Enhancer augmentation would come in very handy here, allowing you to learn his personality and monitor the persuasion level. Properly conducting the conversation will cause the bar to turn green and making bad decisions will make it more orange. Don't worry if you don't have this augmentation, as the conversation can end with success even without it. Unfortunately I can't give you a certain solution, as Sandoval might act a bit differently each time you talk with him. As a result, it's very important to read each dialogue line very carefully. You also need to keep in mind what your goal is and therefore aim at it throughout the whole conversation.
You will convince Sandoval by trying to search for his good side and brining him out of his depressive mood. The ultimate goal can be reached by empathizing with him.
If you succeed, Sandoval will put the gun down #1. Otherwise, he will end up killing himself #2. In such case it's worth to check out his body and take the palmtop with a code (0110) to the main gate. An alternative way of leading the conversation is using the Social Enhancer augmentation to activate pheromones (Z). you would have to choose the Omega personality options, thanks to which you will remind Sandoval of his children, who wouldn't want to remember him like that.
Reward: 2000 EXP + 750 EXP for staying undetected (success) or 1100 EXP + 750 EXP for staying undetected (failure).
Regardless of whether Sandoval is alive or not, it would be good to take a look around his hideout for three Ebooks. Once you're done, choose the previously unexamined eastern door #1. Further explore the sewers, looking for a destructible wall (Punch Through Walls augmentation required) #2. There are a few items hidden behind the wall, the weapon upgrade being the most important of them.
Continue going through the sewers, eventually reaching a gate with a level 1 security electronic lock #1. Depending what you like more, you can either solve a hacking mini-game or input the code 0110. Note that you have reached the sewers below the Derelict Row. Head south, towards the sewers exit #2.
You don't need to worry about ending up inside the gang territory, as much has changed from your last visit and there aren't any enemies here now #1. Head towards the southern alley, going through a small tunnel #2 to leave the Derelict Row.
In accordance with the received instructions, you need to return to the helipad on top of the Chiron building, so head west #1. On a side note, I'd suggest paying a visit to the local merchants to get rid of unnecessary items and stocking up. also make sure that you've completed both side missions, as it won't be possible later on. Go inside the Chiron building and use the elevator in the lobby #2.
After reaching the upper floor, ignore the main hero's apartment and head to the eastern elevator #1, which you have been using in the previous phase of the game. Keep following the linear corridor, reaching the building's roof eventually. Wait for the helicopter to land #2, approach it and confirm the will to fly away. Malik will transport you to Sarif Industries head quarters, where you will start a new main mission - Cashing In Old Favors.
Reward: 750 EXP.
This mission will be activated after meeting with Sandoval and returning onto the helipad on top of the Chiron building, after completing Finding Isaias Sandoval. The mission itself is very simple and consists of having two short conversations.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Meet Sarif in the penthouse - Inside the office you will meet not only Sarif, but also Hugh Darrow.
2. PRIMARY - Meet Malik at the helipad - Using the helicopter is equivalent with leaving Detroit for good.
As you probably remember, in order to reach Sarif's office you need to use any of the elevators inside Sarif Industries headquarters #1. After getting there a cutscene will start, during which you will meet with Hugh Darrow - Sarif's superior - for the first time #2. During the conversation Darrow will tell you his opinion on the riots and mention the meeting with the UN members which will take place in Panchai.
The meeting with Darrow will end with the appearance of Sarif. He will inform the main hero about tracking the signal of one of the scientists in Hengsha and that's where you will now have to go.
Reward: 250 EXP.
Return onto the helipad #1 and initiate a conversation with Malik. Confirm the will to head to Hengsha #2 in order to find Sevchenko, the scientist whose signal has been tracked.
Reward: 750 EXP.
After reaching Hengsha, you will see a cutscene presenting the attempt to destroy the machine on board which the main hero is. The attack will end with a partial success, as the damaged helicopter will have to perform a crash landing.
You will have the chance to approach this mission during Finding Isaias Sandoval. On your way to the Convention Center, to the LIMB clinic to be precise, you will be contacted by Pritchard. He will offer you the possibility of finding detective Brent Radford, who has been working with David Sarif on investigating the past of new employees of the corporation (you have learned it during Whispers of conspiracy). The mission itself isn't especially difficult, though you will have to talk a bit and eliminate a group of enemies.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Check Pritchard's clue - Reaching Pritchard's apartment is easy, but inside you must look out for an armed enemy.
2. PRIMARY - Find Radford's trauma kit - The item can be found very easily.
3. PRIMARY - Inject Radford with morphine - You perform the injection during the conversation with Radford. Additionally you will have to repeat this if you want to learn more details on the situation.
4. PRIMARY - Search Radford's safe - The name can be misleading, as you only need to get near the safe.
5. PRIMARY - Eliminate the men in black - It's best to eliminate them silently, thanks to which you won't alarm the nearby enemies.
6. PRIMARY - Search Radford's safe - The mission consists of two parts, as you must get into both the computer and the safe.
7. PRIMARY - Find Michelle Walthers - Reaching the woman's apartment isn't hard.
8. PRIMARY - Talk with Michelle Walthers - You will complete this objective after talking with Michelle.
9. PRIMARY - Give miss Walthers the photographs - You will hand them over soon after beginning the conversation.
10. PRIMARY - Leave miss Walthers alone - You just need to get out of Michelle's apartment.
The first objective of this mission is finding Brendt Radford, the detective who has been working with David Sarif. Turn around and head back north, choosing the passage by the gas station. Stop only after reaching the building west of the basketball court (screen above).
Use the ladder and climb up. as you probably remember, in order to enter the building you need to go through the window. Approach the marked one #1 and make sure that you're on the second floor. Turn left at the fork in the road and enter the left apartment #2.
Here I'd suggest crouching or using an augmentation that silences your steps. Carefully approach the neighbouring room and note the armed man beside the toilet #1. You can shoot him, but it would be better to get close and eliminate him in melee combat #2.
Now you can approach the heavily wounded Brent Radford and initiate a conversation. The man won't want to talk with you until you find a morphine trauma kit which will temporarily ease his pain. End the conversation, as you won't be able to get anything more from him.
Reward: 100 EXP.
Interesting fact - if you don't want to waste time on searching for the trauma kit and talking with the detective again, you can knock him out or just simply kill him #1 and afterwards take the palmtop from his body #2. On the palmtop you would find information regarding a storage locker which Radford would mention only after receiving the morphine shot. As a result, you could head their at once and continue the mission.
Get out of the toilet and look around the previous room. Radford's trauma kit is lying behind the cardboard box in the eastern part of the room #1. Afterwards you can return to Radford and initiate the conversation once again. Choose to inject him with morphine #2 which will let you have a longer conversation with the detective.
Reward: 200 EXP.
Radford will tell you that certain people want to find a plunder a storage locker with information on the main hero. The man will also ask you to protect Michelle, who supposedly knows more about this. After the first part of the conversation you will be asked to apply a second dose of morphine. It would be good to agree (screen above).
It would now suggest choosing the details option (screen above) and ask Radford about the mission itself. By doing so you will gain a password to the safe from the locker - 4062. You can also ask the man a few additional questions about Sarif, Michelle and the aggressors. After checking out each dialogue option, try to end the conversation.
Radford won't want to let you go, stating that his wounds are too serious and he probably won't be able to get out of this alive. As the detective despises any life-prolonging augmentations, he will ask you to inject his with a lethal dose of morphine. The easiest solution is refusing the euthanize him #1. You will anger him, but Radford won't take his own life. On the other hand, you can agree to his request and as a result Radford will die #2.
If you want to search for a peaceful solution, ask him additional questions about his aversion towards augmentations. Afterwards you would have to show empathy, use the Social Enhancer to activate pheromones (Z) and choose the alpha personality behaviour. It will let you convince him to accept Jensen's help and wait for the ambulance. In return, the detective will tell Adam some spicy details on the experiments he has been put through during the installation of his augmentations.
Map legend: 1 - Western path to the locker (a hole in the fence blocked by a container); 2 - Eastern part to the locker (alley with a burning car).
Radford's locker can be found in the alley west of the police station, to be precise beside the sewer descent which you have used during your previous visit in Detroit. There are two ways of getting there. If you have the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation, head north from the building where the detective lives and move the barrels #1. Go down and enter the small tunnel #2.
Take the first turn right and you should soon reach the exit #1. Jump up and use the augmentation to unblock a passage #2 by moving the big container.
Reward: 100 EXP.
You can also reach the locker from the police station's side. You would have to choose the passage behind the burning car (screen above).
Reward: 100 EXP.
The area is guarded by four enemies in total. Three of them are outside the locker and the fourth inside. If you want to deal with them in an aggressive way, it would be good to hide behind any cover and shoot them (screen above).
Throughout the battle you must not only look out for the fourth enemy who will run out of the locker but also for the local officers who will most likely react (screen above). In order to reduce the risk of getting badly damaged, I'd suggest attacking the men in black from the west or jumping into the sewers right after eliminating them, hoping for the situation to calm down eventually.
If you want to only knock down the enemies, you will have a bit harder time. I wouldn't recommend using stun guns, as the enemies are standing nearby each other and gunfire could alert them. It's much better to defeat them all in melee combat and I would suggest beginning with the lonely enemy patrolling the western alley (screen above).
The two enemies standing beside each other are best knocked out using the Multiple Take-Down #1. If you don't have it, try to hit one of them with a stun gun and knock his buddy out at the right moment (you shouldn't hope for any bonus for staying unnoticed). In the end eliminate the single men in black standing inside the locker #2. Regardless of the chosen method, check out the enemy bodies to find a palmtop.
Reward: 300 EXP.
Start off by approaching the computer terminal located on the left side (screen above), which has a level 3 security. Hack into the system by solving a mini-game and read the five messages. They all are connected with materials regarding Jensen, obtained by Radford. The fifth and last message is the most important one. It will point you towards Michelle Walthers, ex-employee at the White Helix laboratory, who knew the main hero's parents.
Reward: 100 EXP.
Now approach the safe (screen above) beside which one of the men in black was standing. It's protected by a level 5 electronic lock, but luckily you don't have to invest in developing augmentations, as you can pretty much use the code received from Radford (4062). From inside the safe you can take an Ebook (contains an article on a fire at White Helix) and photos. Apart from that there's also ammunition and credits. Your next destination is Michelle Walther's apartment.
Reward: 100 EXP.
Michelle has an apartment in the central part of the location. I'd suggest returning to the easily found south gas station and afterwards choosing the passage between the buildings leading north. Stop after reaching the eastern building with an outer staircase (screen above).
Use the ladder and climb up #1. After reaching the top part of the staircase, use the second ladder and you will reach the roof. Search for a door leading inside #2.
You will begin the exploration on level 3 and you have to use the stairs to get down onto level 2. Turn left and choose the first door on the left side #1. Enter the apartment and approach Michelle Walthers to initiate a conversation #2.
Reward: 200 EXP.
The main difficulty here is the fact that the woman is senile and has problems with recognizing faces and remembering past events. If you want to obtain as much information as you can, you need to be very patient and carefully lad the conversation. Start with handing Michelle the photos found inside the safe.
Reward: 100 EXP.
Move on to the further part of the conversation. It will be regularly interrupted and it's always worth to choose the option to further question the woman (screen above). Michelle will limit to a few general statements, adding that Jensen's parents have dies in a fire of the White Helix lab.
If you want to learn all the facts, you need to have the Social Enhancer augmentation and activate the pheromones (Z) right after handing her over the photos. Choose the beta personality option. It will let you learn more on the causes of the fire, the origin of the main hero's name, his uniqueness and real parents
Continue asking question until the woman won't be able to remember anything more. After reaching that spot, choose to end the conversation #1. Michelle will want to give you 200 credits #2 which you can agree or refuse to accept. If you are exceptionally evil, you can always take it by force, after knocking her out or killing her.
Afterwards exit the apartment. The main hero will automatically contact Pritchard, asking for security for Michelle. That brings the end of this relatively short quest.
Reward: 1000 EXP.
You will get the chance to approach this mission during Finding Isaias Sandoval. After finishing your business at the Convention Center you should be stopped by the main hero's friend, Nicholas, who will ask for a favour. The quest isn't very long, though you will have to look out for numerous traps inside the apartment of the man planning a terrorist attack.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Search the subway tunnel - You will receive this objective only if you choose the standard dialogue options during the initial conversation and won't use pheromones. You don't need to do anything special apart from reaching the destination. It's worth adding that you can skip this step and head to the sewers at once, though you'd lose a chance to earn some EXP.
2. PRIMARY - Search the back alley - Just like with the subway, you just need to reach the destination. It's worth adding that you can skip this step and head to the sewers at once, though you'd lose a chance to earn some EXP.
3. PRIMARY - Search the sewers - Look out for the mines and turrets found throughout the sewers, don't hurry and search the area thoroughly.
4. PRIMARY - Neutralize Jacob White - It's much better to catch Jacob alive, as it's connected with an additional prize. In order to make things easier, it would be good to switch off all the turrets in the area.
5. SECONDARY - Disarm Jacob's bomb - Unfortunately disarming the bomb requires solving a hacking mini-game.
6. PRIMARY - Return to Officer Nicholas - If you have only knocked White over, you can count for an additional prize from Nicholas.
Map legend: 1 - Nicholas rendezvous point.
You will meet Nicholas - Jensen's old friend from SWAT - after getting out of the Convention Center #1, he should stop you as you attempt to leave the location #2. The man will ask the hero to track down a bandit named Jacob White, who has obtained some explosive materials and in planning on using them.
Before making the final decision, it's worth to ask Nicholas a few questions regarding the bomb, Jacob White and the reasons why his threats aren't taken serious by anyone from the police. I'd also suggest thoroughly asking him about the mission details and the reward for catching. You can either agree or refuse to help Nicholas (screen above).
If you agree to help him, you will be able to continue the conversation. Whether you decide to reprimand or encourage him #1 doesn't really matter, as in both cases he will give you three possible locations where you should search for White and the bomb. Alternatively you could use the Social Enhancer augmentation to activate pheromones (Z). Afterwards you would have to choose the omega personality option #2. In effect, you would limit the list to only two locations (the subway tunnel will disappear). Regardless of the chosen dialogue version, in the end it would be good to ask Nicholas about some final details, thanks to which you will learn that lately White came into possession of some advanced augmentation.
Notice! You will sent to the tunnel only if during the conversation with Nicholas you choose the standard dialogue options. Using pheromones removes this place from the list of locations to examine. If you don't want to waste time on exploring this location, you can skip to Step 4 (Examining the sewers).
Head east. It would be best to enter the tunnel from the south, where the barricades have been placed #1. Follow the only possible corridor. The objective of this mission is just reaching the marked spot #2.
Reward: 100 EXP.
Notice! If you don't want to waste time on exploring this location, you can skip to Step 4 (Examining the sewers).
The street pointed by Nicholas can be found at the back of the police station. You might remember this place from your previous visits in Detroit, as visiting it was necessary for completing some of the side quests. The path leading there are still the same. If you have the EMP Shielding augmentation, it'd worth to choose the tunnel with discharges, north of the mission objective #1. If on the other hand you have the Jump Enhancement augmentation, you can approach the fence located nearby the police station #2, though you would still need to place something beneath your legs.
If you don't have any of the listed augmentations, you will unfortunately have to use the nearby sewer entrance. It can be found west of the police station #1. The walkthrough of that part can be found in Step 4 (Examining the sewers), though you would have to avoid getting near White's hideout, as it would cancel the objective. Upon reaching the alley, the main hero won't find anything or anyone #2.
Reward: 100 EXP.
Notice! I wouldn't recommend heading out to find White if you haven't visited the two previous locations (Step 2 and Step 3), as otherwise the objectives connected with them will be cancelled and therefore you won't receive any previous EXP.
Map legend: 1 - Western sewers entrance; 2 - South-east sewers entrance; 3 - Fence; 4 - Corridor with discharges.
Map legend: 1 - Sewers entrances; 2 - Turrets; 3 - Jacob White and the third turret; 4 - Turret control terminal; 5 - Bomb.
The sewers were connected with numerous quests during your first visit in Detroit, so you should remember how to reach them. As a reminder, you can use one of two entrances. The western entrance is the easier accessible one. It can be found in an alley nearby the police station #1. After going down, head forward and stop after reaching the new ladder #2, as there are a few fragmentation mines in the area.
You could of course detonate the mines from a distance, though you would still need some time to find them and additionally you couldn't attack White from a surprise. As a result it's better to just disarm them. Reaching the first mine might be quite troublesome, as you can't use the ladder. Instead, try to jump down to the corridor left of the ladder #1. Crouch and with CTRL pressed down, approach the fragmentation mine placed on the metal bridge #2.
Two more mines have been left at the spot where the tunnel turns left. The first of them is lying on the ground #1 and the second is sticking from the left wall #2. Continue going towards the middle part of the location.
I'd suggest sticking to the left side of the sewers and reach the new metal bridge from there. The next mine has been placed on the left wall #1. Carefully go across the bridge and disarm the mine hidden behind the big crates #2.
Now you will need to stay particularly careful, as you're closing in on an area with two active turrets. You should approach the closer turret while sticking to the left wall #1. I wouldn't recommend using an EMP grenade to destroy it, as it would alarm White. It's much better to walk past it (best using camouflage) or carefully approach it and move it someplace else (requires the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation) #2.
Reward: 100 EXP.
The south-east sewer entrance is, for a change, quite hard to reach. It can be found in an alley at the back of the police station, so at a spot connected with Step 3. There are two main paths leading to the entrance. If you have the EMP Shielding augmentation, choose the corridor with discharges, north of the mission objective #1. If on the other hand you're in possession of the Jump Enhancement, approach the fence located nearby the police station entrance #2. In such case you would additionally need to place something below your feet. If you don't have any of those augmentations, you won't be able to reach this entrance at all, as the police station is currently inaccessible.
If you have managed to reach the manhole #1, it would be definitely worth using it as it is much easier to reach the mission objective than in the second case. After finding yourself inside the sewers, you should crouch and keep CTRL pressed down before moving, as the area is swarming with fragmentation mines. You could of course detonate the mines from a distance, though you would still need some time to find them and additionally you couldn't attack White from a surprise. As a result it's better to just disarm them. You can find the first mine right around the corner #2.
Another mine is placed on the right wall #1, but don't stand up to reach it as it could lead to a detonation. Remember to move slowly and find the third mine behind the barrels on the left #2.
I still wouldn't recommend haste, as the fourth mine has been quite cleverly hidden behind the nearby cardboard boxes #1. Disarm it and head a bit further, finding another mine behind the big box on the right #2.
The last mine is sticking from the opposite wall #1. Only after disarming it should you stand up and approach the middle part of the location #2. You have to stay very careful, as there are two turrets in the area.
Reward: 100 EXP.
The objective of neutralizing Jacob White once you get close enough to the spot marked by the game #1. The bandit can be found nearby the passage which, in the previous part of the game, lead towards a ladder and the police station. The easiest solution is shooting him from a distance #2, but you would have to use a heavy weapon and make sure not to enter the field of view of the two nearby turrets (or you could always destroy them using EMP grenades).
If you have highly developed hacking skills, it would be good to examine the area east of the mission objective. It would let you find a computer terminal with level 4 security #1. Don't begin the hacking mini-game too fast, as Jacob appears in the distance from time to time and takes a peek there. As a result, you must wait for him to go left. Hacking into the system will let you take control over the turrets #2, though it's possible only if you have the Turret Domination augmentation.
After taking over the turrets, you can either reprogram them or turn them off. The first option #1 is better if you want to kill White without getting your hands dirty. The latter one should be used if you plan on knocking him out, as you will be able to safely approach him after eliminating all the traps #2.
You can also get near him without hacking into the computer terminal, but you would have to avoid the turrets mentioned before (camouflage would prove very useful in such case). Problems don't end there, as in the area he's patrolling there's a third turret #1. As a result it would be best to knock him out only after he's gone from its field of view #2. Afterwards I'd suggest taking the heavy rifle and checking his body to find a palmtop.
Reward: 750 EXP.
Notice! If you don't to disarm the bomb, you can skip to Step 7 (Giving a report to Nicholas).
I'd definitely suggest trying to disarm the bomb, as you can earn additional EXP that way. You however have to remember that the bomb is in the field of view of the third turret #1, so you have to destroy, turn off or move it before taking care of the bomb #2 (Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation required).
The bomb can be found nearby the area patrolled by White, to be precise inside the tunnel leading to the western ladder #1. In order to disarm the bomb, you unfortunately need to solve a level 4 hacking mini-game #2.
Reward: 850 EXP.
You need to return to Nicholas - from whom you received this quest - regardless of how you treated Jacob White and whether you disarmed the bomb or not. The man can be found at the same place as before, so beside the Convention Center entrance (screen above). If you have killed Jacob you will receive "only" 1000 credits and in return for bringing him alive the officer will additionally throw in a silencer.
Reward: 1000 EXP.
It's worth to add that if you don't mind killing or knocking out Nicholas, you can obtain the mentioned silencer also after the end of this mission. In such situation I'd suggest heading to the nearby toilets and entering the ventilation shaft. Find the upper vent exit from which you will see Nicholas and attack him with any weapon. Wait for the situation to settle down, approach Nicholas' body (screen above) and take the silencer.
This quest is activated automatically after your revisit in Hengsha, when you've crash landed on one of local construction sites. This happens after completing the main quest Cashing in Old Favors, what happens during your second exploration of Detroit. In the initial phase of this mission you should focus on saving Malik, even though it is not required. Later on, you'll have to visit a Harvesters' hideout. Both, getting inside and finding a source of a signal, won't be easy.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Escape the construction site - You can save Malik only if you try hard. Fortunately her death doesn't result in game's end and you might as well leave the battlefield without any attempts to save her life.
2. PRIMARY - Find Vasili Sevchenko's GPL Device - This is by far the most comprehensive goal of this quest. You need to get into a Harvesters' hideout in the Youzhao district and find a room, from which signal is transmitted. There are two main passages leading inside the hideout, and additionally the game will let you choose, whether you want to aggressively eliminate enemies or avoid them.
3. SECONDARY - Get a new biochip at the LIMB clinic - I do not recommend visiting the L.I.M.B. clinic, since getting the new chip is connected to some complications during the later part of the game.
Warning! Events at the construction site may have two different endings. If you try hard, you'll manage to save Malik, who is trapped in a shot down VTOL. Be warned though, because this may be very difficult, especially if you do not want to kill anyone. Additionally, it would be good to equip any paralyzing weapon (preferably a tranquilizer rifle) and EMP grenades. If you don't try hard or ignore the possibility to save Malik's life, she won't survive a massive attack of enemy forces. In this situation, the best solution is silently getting to the rear of the construction site, in order to reach out the elevator there.
This quests starts not far from the crash site and if you want to save Malik, you have to hurry, because her damaged VTOL will not stand the attack of surrounding enemies for too long. Head southwest, running towards the right building #1. Once you're inside, head south, jumping over damaged wall and attacking first enemy standing near #2. It is best to neutralize your opponents in melee combat, although a paralyzing weapon can also be helpful (take one with fast reload time and effective foe a short distance).
Again head south and then turn east. Try now to eliminate heavily armored enemy, who is walking towards the downed helicopter #1. Another soldier should stand near the west building, which you've passed through a moment before #2.
Be sure to hide now using one of walls in the west building, and that's because in few moments an enemy combat machine will be dropped onto the battlefield. It would be best to use EMP grenades to destroy it (screen above), but it will probably need to toss two or three of them.
Right after the destruction of the robot, run north (towards Malik's helicopter) and quickly deal with another heavily armored enemy #1. Now equip a tranquilizer rifle or another weapon of that type, which is effective from a long distance. Start shooting at snipers on upper floors of the west building #2 - the one you've passed through before.
After the initial elimination of enemies, head towards the so far ignored south-east building. Stun one guard who patrols lower level #1, and then go back and in the same way deal with another sniper #2. Their attacks will not damage the helicopter significantly, so you can track down next targets with no rush.
Dealing with all enemies leads to the end of the battle #1. Malik will thank you for your help and fly away from this place in damaged helicopter #2.
If you have heard during the battle a farewell message from Malik, it means that you didn't save your friend. In this situation you can repeat the whole battle or continue your actions on the construction site. In the latter case the best idea would be to get to the elevators unnoticed and this is also a best solution if you do not plan to help Malik. It would be good to start going towards the west building #1. Locate a small hole in the western wall, through which you can go #2.
Now you must carefully walk past the local guard #1, who is busy shooting at the flying vehicle. Head south, but right after you pass by the stairs, turn east reaching the elevator #2.
If you have such opportunity it would be good to look around the construction site before leaving it. First of all examine all enemies' bodies and upper balconies, which can be reached using the stairs and ladders. Additionally I would advise to take a closer look at the east part of this location #1. With an EMP Shielding augmentation you can go through the area with electrical discharges, finding a small tunnel #2. There are grenades hidden in a small room.
Whichever method of you actions you choose, you have to reach the cargo lift #1. If your opponents are still alive, you have to be hurry not to be noticed by them. Otherwise you do not have to hurry. Call the elevator and wait until it takes you to the upper level. Once you're there head towards the only visible door #2. It will take you to the well known Kuaigan district.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 2 (Passing through the Kuaigan district).
Warning! Events at the construction site may have two different endings. If you try hard, you'll manage to save Malik, who is trapped in a shot down VTOL. Be warned though, because this may be very difficult, since you'll be forced to fight a combat machine and well-armed enemies. Additionally, it would be good to equip a heavy rifle or another weapon of this type and EMP grenades or Typhoon explosives. If you don't try hard or ignore the possibility to save Malik's life, she won't survive a massive attack of enemy forces. In this situation, the best solution is to let enemies continue attacking the helicopter and leave the construction site.
This quests starts not far from the crash site and the battle can be fought in several ways. A first option is to fight direct fights, and in this situation right after the battle starts, run south #1 towards the building located in the southeast corner of the battlefield. Once you're there, shoot or neutralize in melee combat one or two enemies standing close.
Turn west and note that there are two enemies with heavy guns. Also it would be best to eliminate them in melee combat #1, but you can also use a heavy weapon #2 and aim their heads, taking the advantage of the fact, that they are busy with shooting at the Malik's vehicle.
Hide now behind one of columns and regenerate your health. An enemy combat robot will be dropped onto the battlefield and your absolute priority is to destroy it as fast as possible. If you decide to use EMP grenades, then toss at least 2-3 of them at the bot. Another ways of destroying the robot are to use a rocket launcher or Typhoon ammo (the Typhoon Explosive System augmentation needed) #2. In the latter case it is good to have this augmentation maxed so the single attack can destroy the bot. An advantage of Typhoon ammo is also a fact, that it would probably destroy other enemies around the bot.
Right after destroying the robot, keep shooting at other enemies, first dealing with survivors at the lowest level, and then taking care of snipers. Opponents can be found on balconies of the both - east #1 and west#2 buildings.
Another way to fight the battle is to stay close to the start point (screen above) and using a good sniper rifle in order to liquidate enemies. This method though requires a large amount of sniper ammo. You'd have also to equip a rocket launcher in order to destroy the robot mentioned above from a distance.
Dealing with all enemies leads to the end of the battle. Malik will thank you for your help and fly away from this place in damaged helicopter #1. If you have heard during the battle a farewell message from Malik #2, it means that you didn't save your friend. In this situation you can repeat the whole battle or continue it.
If you have such opportunity it would be good to look around the construction site before leaving it. First of all examine all enemies' corpses and upper balconies, which can be reached using the stairs and ladders. Additionally I would advise to take a closer look at the east part of this location #1. With an EMP Shielding augmentation you can go through the area with electrical discharges, finding a small tunnel #2. There are grenades hidden in a small room.
Whichever method of you actions you choose, you have to reach the cargo lift #1. Call the elevator and wait until it takes you to the upper level. Once you're there head towards the only visible door #2. It will take you to the well known Kuaigan district.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 2 (Passing through the Kuaigan district).
The current goal of your walk is located in the Youzhao district. Paradoxically however passing through the Kuaigan district is not an easy task, because according to Pritchard's warnings, there are enemy Belltower soldiers hunting for a main hero. Members of this organization won't open fire at you as soon as they notice you, but you can be sure that they will attack you if you come to close or if they can see you for longer than few seconds #1. So it is far better to avoid them, and this is also because they are very well armed and eliminating them could be difficult. Single soldiers who can be stun without any problems are another matter #2.
The best way to get to the Youzhao district is to use local subway, because it will allow you to avoid most enemy patrols. After leaving the construction site I suggest to head west #1, staying on the first level. On your way you would probably meet only one enemy soldier, which is easy to be stunned or bypassed. An entrance to the subway is located a little farther to the west #2.
If you choose to go through the southern part of the Kuaigan district, you have to reckon that Belltower soldiers stand mainly near the entrances to previously explored locations (i.e. the Hive and the Hung Hua Hotel). What's more, near the Hung Hua Hotel you could be stopped by a civilian #1, who recognizes you as a wanted person. The game will you allow you then to act in several ways #2.
I do not recommend refusing to give him a bribe, because the civilian would alarm surrounding guards #1. You can pay him 1500 credits for leaving you alone. But the best solution is to intimidate the civilian #2, because then he neither alarms Belltower soldiers nor takes the bribe from you.
Warning! During your walk through the Kuaigan district, the game will offer you a side quest connected to getting a new biochip. I do not recommend completing this quest, because it results in problems in further part of the game. If you still plan surgery, scroll down to the description of Step 3 (Getting a new biochip in the L.I.M.B. clinic). But if you want to hear my advice or you've already visited the clinic, then scroll down to the description of Step 4 (Getting into the Harvesters' hideout).
Warning! Exchange of the biochip is optional and personally I would advise no to do it, because you would have some problems in further part of the game. So if you do not want to make your gameplay harder, scroll down to the description of Step 4 (Getting into the Harvesters' hideout) or visit the L.I.M.B. clinic only in order to buy Praxis kits (you'd have to give a negative answer when asked for an identity) and activate the side quest, Talion A.D.
You've probably noticed you first problems with implants during your second exploration of Detroit, short after leaving the main hero's apartment. This time Jensen will face much more serious malfunction, which temporarily stun nearby civilians #1. After a moment, the game will show you a conversation with Pritchard #2, who according to the WHO recommendations will suggest you going to the nearest L.I.M.B. clinic to replace your biochip.
In order to get to the L.I.M.B. clinic, you have to go west #1, remaining on the level 1. Once you've reached a new location, pay attention to the Belltower soldier patrolling this area. It would be best not to approach him at all, but you can also stun him. Head towards the main entrance to the L.I.M.B. clinic #2, ignoring a long line of patients - they won't stop you.
Po Once inside, go to the main room and walk towards left counter #1 to start the conversation with Huang Ling. Confirm your identity #2 and buy two new Praxis kits. You'll see a cut-scene showing the installation of the new biochip.
Before you leave the clinic it would be good to talk to Dr. Wing #1 in order to activate the side quest, Talion A.D. Once you're back to the Kuaigan district focus only on getting the neighbor district. As already mentioned in the descriptions of Step 2, the best way to get there is to use the subway #2.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 4 (Getting into the Harvesters' hideout).
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the Harvesters' hideout; 2 - Descent to the sewers.
In order to get to the place, where a signal is transmitted from, you have to get to the Harvesters' hideout and this can be done in two main ways. A far better option is to go there through the sewers. A descent to the sewers can be located in the western part of the Youzhao district, near the apartment building #1 #2.
Map legend: 1 - Start point after getting down to the sewers; 2 - Ladders leading to the northern part of the sewers; 3 - Entrance to the Harvesters' hideout.
After getting to the sewers, you'll be forced to choose a path. You can stay in the western part of the sewers #1, or you can go to the eastern part of this location #2. In both cases you'll find ladders leading to the lower level.
If you chose the western sewers' tunnel, you'll meet four opponents and two of them will stand closer to you that others #1. Wait until one of Harvesters goes to the right and eliminate his colleague. Pull away his body and take care of another soldier #2.
Next two enemies stand close to each other #1, so the best idea is to bypass them. The only exception is situation when you can use the Multiple Take-Down augmentation and neutralize them both with single attack #2.
If you chose the eastern sewers' tunnel, you'll meet two opponents and you have to watch out for the one, who comes from the west. It would be good to eliminate them one by one #1 #2, afterwards pulling away their bodies to some secluded place.
An alternative way to go through the sewers is to activate your camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) #1, but of course only if you have enough batteries and rest often. Whichever method you choose, you need to get to the exit from the sewers located in the northern part of this location #2. It leads to the lowest level -2 of the Harvesters' hideout.
It is much more difficult to reach the main entrance to the Harvesters' hideout. If you try to enter their territory from the east #1 or from the south #2, you will be stopped and turned back. Any attempt to walk past the guards will result in attack on you.
I do not recommend stunning enemies, because their fields of sight intersect so often, that it would be almost impossible to do it. The only way is to use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) in order to get to the door #1. But this is not over, because you would have to hack a first level security lock very fast #2. If, despite everything, you've overcome all adversity, the exploration of Harvesters' hideout will start on the level 1.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the Harvesters' hideout; 2 - Descent to the sewers.
In order to get to the place, where a signal is transmitted from, you have to get to the Harvesters' hideout and this can be done in two main ways. A far better option is to go there through the sewers. A descent to the sewers can be located in the western part of the Youzhao district, near the apartment building #1 #2.
Map legend: 1 - Start point after getting down to the sewers; 2 - Ladders leading to the northern part of the sewers; 3 - Entrance to the Harvesters' hideout.
After getting to the sewers, you'll be forced to choose a path. You can stay in the western part of the sewers #1, or you can go to the eastern part of this location #2. In both cases you'll find ladders leading to the lower level.
There are total of six enemies down in the sewers and you can eliminate them in any way. The best of course is to shoot them while using covers (screen above). Additionally, after you start the fight, you can go back to the upper balconies, so enemies won't be able to surround you.
Continue fighting until all enemies are dead. Now head north #1. You need to get to the door located in the northern part of this location #2. It leads to the lowest level -2 of the Harvesters' hideout.
A second option is to use the main entrance to the Harvesters' hideout. If your plan is to attack them in a standard way, then begin elimination from one of the two guards guarding an entrance to the area controlled by Harvesters #1, and then start shooting at other enemies #2.
During fights here it is necessary to hide behind the walls or another covers #1 and control enemies actions - you can't get surprised by then and you should avoid grenades thrown by them #2.
A much safer than fighting on the lowest level is getting to the roof on one of the surrounding buildings - a one where Mengyao resides for example. It will allow you to attack your opponents from above #1. If you prefer such solution, then equip any of sniper weapons #2, because in order to use standard weapons you would have to use much ammo to win this battle.
Regardless of the way you fought the battle, you need to approach the main entrance to the Harvesters' hideout #1. The mage will force you to hack a first security level lock #2, but this shouldn't be a big problem, especially that no one disturbs you. Entering the door will start exploration of Harvesters' hideout on the level 1.
Note! After reaching the missions goal and settling all issues with Sevchenko's GPL device, you'll be allowed to explore the entire hideout, without the need to avoid enemies or fight them. So do not worry if you miss some of the areas initially, because you can return to them later (it is described in Step 1 of the next main quest, Stowing Away).
Map legend: 1 - Start place of exploration of the Harvesters' hideout on level -2.
Map legend: 1 - Start place of exploration of the Harvesters' hideout on level 1.
If you start exploration of the hideout on level -2 (the sewers' entrance), then reaching your target will take you less time and you won't have to get through upper levels. Carefully approach the west area, where two enemies are located. It would be good to wait until one of them goes away, so eliminating both Harvesters will be very easy #1 #2. Optionally you can also bypass both opponents, using your camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation).
Head towards another large area, west from here #1. Use one of the covers and hide there #2, observing your opponents. Two of them sit on the coach and one is patrolling the area. Additionally there is one more enemy to be avoided, located in the room south from here (close to the mission's goal).
I suggest heading west, using covers #1. A camouflage might be helpful here, but it is not needed. After a while, start heading south and, hiding behind vehicles' wrecks #2.
Eventually you have to get close to the southern area - the one with mission's goal marked on it. Watch out for previously mentioned guard and depending on your preferences, use the main entrance #1 or a small hole hidden behind boxes #2.
If you want, you can get rid of Harvester mentioned above #1, as well as other enemies in the area. However, as mentioned, it is not required, because the game will guarantee you the opportunity to explore the entire hideout after completing this quest. Head to the marked door #2, and watch the cut-scene.
If you start exploration of the hideout on level 1 (the main entrance), then reaching your target will take much longer, because you'll have to get to level -2. A next choice awaits you after getting inside the Harvesters' hideout. A first option is to use the left staircase #1, but in order to do this you have to hack a fourth security level lock. If you manage to do this, this staircase will lead you to the door on lowest level -1, forcing you to open a third security level lock #2.
A second possibility is to use the right door on level 1 #1 leading to the main are of the underground parking. Carefully go down there and stop, because there is an active defensive turret #2 to the east.
You can bypass the turret using your camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) or use another tactics. If you are not hurry with reaching lower level, I suggest exploring the northern room #1. To get there you must of course avoid the turret, moving smoothly between covers. Once you're in small room, you can stun a sleeping guard #2 or leave him alone, while in a latter case you must be quiet of course.
You have to think about how to get to level -1. First option is to use air vents. In order to do this, you would need to use a nearby switch #1 and then go back to the area with the turret. Wait until the turret turns off and destroy western part of the wall #2, using the Punch Through Wall augmentation.
After breaking the wall quickly enter the air vent #1. After few moments you should reach a hole #2 and if you decide to jump down, you'll land in the room on level -1.
Another possibility is to use the main ramp leading to lower level -1 and to make this easier it would be good to disable the turret mentioned previously. To do it just stay in the room with sleeping enemy and hack into a computer terminal #1 with third security lock. Note, that the game will allow you to disable one of the security cameras #2 additionally.
If you start exploration of level -1 after you've jumped out of the vent, then you'll find yourself in the room with many computers. I would suggest exploring the area later. Now prepare for meeting two enemies #1 #2. It is easy to stun them but more difficult to bypass them. Do not be surprised though, if they don't approach immediately - it may take some time for them to show up.
If you start exploration of level -1 after bypassing the defensive turret, you'll approach two Harvesters #1. Use wisely available covers to avoid them. This is particularly important, if you didn't disable security camera. Note, that level -1 is patrolled by another two opponents. You can bypass them #2 or try to eliminate them. In the latter case you should be very careful and take care about hiding their bodies.
If you start exploration of level -1 near the staircase #1, then after entering the main area of the underground parking it is enough to turn left twice, avoiding all enemies. Whichever path you chose, you need to get to the ramp leading to level -2 #2. You can now scroll up to the description of this location, where you'll find a detailed guide to go through level -2.
Whichever path you have chosen, you need to get to the door marked by the game, in the southwestern part of level -2 (screen above). After opening this door the game will start a cut-scene, showing your meeting with Tong Si Hung, a man you met in the Hive before. During the conversation it turns out, that Tong uses an arm of Vasili Sevchenko, killed few weeks ago and that's why the transmitter was pointing to this place. Tong will tell you that in port of Hengsha there are currently two ships of Belltower - the organization which provided Vasili Sevchenko's body. As you may easily guess, it will be the next target of your adventure, but this will be done in the next main quest, Stowing Away.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
Note! After reaching the missions goal and settling all issues with Sevchenko's GPL device, you'll be allowed to explore the entire hideout, without the need to avoid enemies or fight them. So do not worry if you miss some of the areas initially, because you can return to them later (it is described in Step 1 of the next main quest, Stowing Away).
Map legend: 1 - Start place of exploration of the Harvesters' hideout on level -2.
Map legend: 1 - Start place of exploration of the Harvesters' hideout on level 1.
If you start exploration of the hideout on level -2 (the sewers' entrance), then reaching your target will take you less time and you won't have to get through upper levels. Approach the west area, where two enemies are located (screen above). Shoot both Harvesters not letting them to split up.
It would be good to stay on level -2 and wait for remaining enemies. They will probably come up running from the direction of the ramp leading to level -1 and you can get rid of them in many ways, like shooting at them being good covered (it can't be a place where you can be surprised from flank) or using grenades or Typhoon ammo (above screen). In the latter case you might wait until opponents gather around your character, so you can hurt or liquidate more targets at once.
Stay on level -2 an plan your further actions. If you have the Punch Through Wall augmentation, it would be good to consider the idea of entering the northern storage room. Break down the wall #1 and pass through the side corridor. After reaching its end break down another wall #2, getting into the small lab. Stand against the wall and eliminate all approaching enemies, using the fact that in order to reach you they have to use a narrow passage in the wall.
Do not worry though if you are unable to break down walls, because you can simply go to the west and after reaching another large area start shooting at new enemies (screen above). But you have to be more careful in such situation and do not let the enemies to attack you from flank. After winning the battle go to the area marked by the game and deal with remaining enemies.
If you start exploration of the hideout on level 1 (the main entrance), then reaching your target will take much longer, because you'll have to get to level -2. Start with using the right door #1 and then go straight ahead #2.
Be careful because there is a defensive turret around the corner - the best way to destroy it is to use EMP grenade (screen above). Be prepared that such an attack will provoke local enemies to go to this place. Watch out also for a single Harvester, who will run out from the northern room.
Make sure that you've eliminated enemies close to you and head towards the ramp leading to lower level -1 of the hideout #1. My advice is to move slowly here because on your way you will regularly come up with new enemies #2. In particular watch out for heavily armored opponents with heavy rifles.
Continue your walk, reaching the ramp leading to level -2 #1. You could scroll up now to the previous part of description on how to pass through level -2. If you want to try something different, stay on level -1 and explore its western part, getting to the room with many computers #2.
Look around searching for the wall which can be destroyed (you need the Punch Through Wall augmentation) #1. After breaking it down, go to the other side and look for a ladder leading to level -2. Eventually you should get to another weakened part of the wall #2. Breaking it down will significantly shorten your way to the target, and that's because you would find yourself already in the large area on level -2.
Whichever path you have chosen, you need to get to the door marked by the game, in the southwestern part of level -2 (screen above). After opening this door the game will start a cut-scene, showing your meeting with Tong Si Hung, a man you met in the Hive before. During the conversation it turns out, that Tong uses an arm of Vasili Sevchenko, killed few weeks ago and that's why the transmitter was pointing to this place. Tong will tell you that in port of Hengsha there are currently two ships of Belltower - the organization which provided Vasili Sevchenko's body. As you may easily guess, it will be the next target of your adventure, but this will be done in the next main quest, Stowing Away.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
This quest is activated automatically after talking to Tong Si Hung in the Harvester's hideout, so after completing the main quest, Find Vasili Sevchenko's GPL Device. This mission consists entirely of rather long way through the port, during which it will be necessary to avoid well trained Belltower soldiers or fight them in demanding fights. Fortunately, in almost every location the game will allow you to choose one of few paths.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Get inside Belltower's port - Make sure to explore the Harvesters' hideout before going to the port and settle all issues in main part of Hengsha. You do not need though to visit traders, because you will be able to get rid of unnecessary equipment and make supplies on the way.
2. PRIMARY - Retrieve Tong's package from the shed - You can reach the tool shed on many ways and you should do so before going to the northern warehouse.
3. PRIMARY - Place the C4 on administrator Wang's desk - Wang's office is located in the large warehouse and as always there are many ways to get into. You should explore the entire port before placing the bomb, because this action will end this quest.
Note! As promised in the previous quest's description, below you'll find a summary of all important areas and items, which can be found in the Harvesters' hideout. You should start exploring this location right now, because none of Harvesters will be hostile to you, even if in the previous quest you were stunning or murdering them. Taking this opportunity I would like also to remind you about side quests in Hengsha. It is worth to complete them before going to the port, because later it will be impossible.
I suggest start exploring the hideout on level -1. Head to the western part of this location - the place where many computers are located. You'll find there a safe first of all #1. It has fifth security lock, but you can use a combination 1975 (obtained from one of the local guards). You'll find inside a weapon upgrade among other things. Additionally it would be good to interact with local computer terminals #2 in order to read messages left on them.
Return now to level -2. Head to one of the northern rooms and search for a wall fragment which can be destroyed (you need the Punch Through Wall augmentation) #1. Being inside the side corridor head straight but stop at the next wall which can be destroyed #2.
Breaking down this wall is rewarded with getting to the small cell with a weapon upgrade and an e-book #2. What's interesting, this is not the only entrance there. If you do not have proper augmentation, you can get inside the cell from the south, after hacking a fourth security level lock #2.
A room in the north-western part of level -2 is a lab and if you didn't manage to save Malik at the construction site, now you'll find her body here #1 (otherwise there will be nothing on the table). It is worth to look for Typhoon ammo here and read an e-book. In the large western room look for sofas - there will be a PDA on one of them #2, with password mirrshds connected to login ttong.
Start exploring the southern part of level -2 now - the barracks. In addition to numerous lockers here and other objects, you'll find a computer terminal #1 with third security lock, but you can enter a password mirrshds. There is also a safe #2 with fifth security lock in this area. Also in this case you can use combination 7920 (it can be obtained from a guard in the lab). You'll find inside Typhoon ammo, credits and a weapon upgrade.
Finally return to the room where you were talking to Tong Si Hung. Note that the game will allow you to get a laser rifle #1. I suggest doing this even if your character does not prefer force solution. You will be able to sell this rifle or use it during future battles with bosses. There is also an e-book #2 among other things in this room.
Make sure that you explored entire area before you decide to leave the Harvesters' hideout. Exit the Tong Si Hung's office and head east. An entrance to the sewers is located near the previously explored barracks (screen above).
Head north and then turn west #1. I definitely recommend staying in this area and making some supplies - a trader named Lu Pin Rong #2 is the best choice. First of all get rid of unneeded items from your inventory, because you won't be able to do this for a long time. You should also buy items which fit best to your game tactics.
Restart exploring the sewers, crouching and entering a nearby tunnel #1. Go through it and after a few moments you'll reach a ladder leading to the surface #2. Using the ladder will let you get near the port.
Map legend: 1 - Main port gate; 2 - Transformator with electric discharges; 3 - Hole blocked by crates; 4 - Guardroom with a terminal and a switch; 5 - Guardrooms with terminals; 6 - Descents to lower paths; 7 - Warehouse with tools and a first sniper; 8 - Main warehouse and a second sniper.
Probably you won't be surprised at the news, that the game lets you choose your way into the port area. But before this happens, I suggest looking around the location. Take PDA #1 lying on one of the tables - you'll find a password sentree connected to login acheung. It would be good now to explore the eastern guardroom #2.
In the guardroom you'll find a computer terminal #1. It has second security lock, but you can use recently obtained password sentree. After logging into the system read two messages. Additionally look for an ammo box and a crossbow #2.
Now you can focus on how to get into the port area. A first option is to jump onto transformer located in the western part of this location (screen above). You can take advantage of the Jump Enhancement augmentation or use the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation and move one of the containers towards the transformer.
There are electric discharges on the top of the transformer and if your character can use the EMP Shielding augmentation do not worry about them. Otherwise return to the eastern guardroom and locate a power switch #2.
Another way to get to the port area is to move large crates blocking a hole in the fence. These are located in the eastern part of this location, north from the previously explored guardroom #1. In order to move them you need to have the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation. After moving the crate you can use a small hole and go inside #2.
One more option is to jump over the main port gate #1. In this case it would be good to wait until guards go away, especially if you want to stay unnoticed. Then you would have to move a container here #2 and jump, using Move/Throw Heavy Objects and Jump Enhancement augmentations.
A last possible option is to open the main gate and this is the only way to get into if you do not have additional augmentations. Enter again previously mentioned guardroom and get close to the left computer terminal #1. Hack the first security level lock in order to log into the system #2. If you want to sneak out later it would be good to disable security camera and hostile robots (you need the Robot Domination augmentation).
By opening the gate you'll probably alarm one of the local guards #1. If you want to play aggressively here, you can liquidate him now. Otherwise try to get him from behind and stun him #2, using vehicles and other obstacles as covers. The guard should have a PDA with him with a password connected t login prmrtr01.
Reward: 750 experience points.
Map legend: 1 - Main port gate; 2 -- Transformator with electric discharges; 3 - Hole blocked by crates; 4 - Guardroom with a terminal and a switch; 5 - Guardrooms with terminals; 6 - Descents to lower paths; 7 - Warehouse with tools and a first sniper; 8 - Main warehouse and a second sniper.
Before you start exploring the port, you should know a little about it. The area is of course patrolled by Belltower soldier, but more dangerous are security cameras, robots, defensive turret and snipers. First of the snipers is located on the tool shed roof and the second one patrols a balcony of the large warehouse, north from here. Except main port area, there are also two lower paths on sides, but there are also heavily guarded. You can also use a not too complex sewers' net.
Once you get into the port area, I suggest exploring a small building located near the main gate #1. There is a single guard inside, but you can eliminate him easily - just come close to one of the southern windows and use a paralyzing weapon.
Carefully enter the building, examine guard's body and find a PDA. interact now with a computer terminal, where the guard was sitting before #1. What's interesting, there are no security locks at all. You can use this computer in order to switch off security cameras and a defensive turret (you need the Turret Domination augmentation) #2. Additionally you can also hack into the right terminal. It has a second level security lock but you can use password collosus and read several messages.
There is same looking building north from here #1, but it is more difficult to get there, since you would have to bypass at least one guard on your way, and move skillfully from one cover to another in order to avoid enemy sniper. If, despite everything, you did it, enter the building. There are two well-secured computer terminals, but more important is the one to the left #2. It allows switching off two more security cameras and robots (if you haven't done so and you have the Robot Domination augmentation).
Whether you decided to visit both these buildings in order to disable local security systems or not, you must now focus on getting to the tool shed. It is located in the central part of this location and the easiest way to get there would be to use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation), which would allow you to easily get close to the building (screen above).
After using the camouflage, you can enter the building in two ways. The easiest way is to open the window shutter #1 and jump inside quickly. A more difficult option implies entering the building and bypassing the sleeping guard. In this case it would be necessary to hack a first security level electronic lock #2 in order to open the door leading to the southern room.
If your camouflage is not advanced enough, I suggest choosing an alternate route leading to the actual mission goal. Start at the port entrance gate and head west #1. Carefully approach previously mentioned lower path #1. You can get down by the stairs but jumping down is quicker. During this action, watch out for the security camera and a heavily armed guard patrolling this area.
Right after jumping down go under the stairs and look for an entrance to the air vent #1. Passing through this vent will allow you to get to the small room in the sewers. Use the switch there #2 - a poisonous gas will be removed from adjacent corridors (skip this step if you have the Implanted Rebreather augmentation).
Exit the room and carefully approach the central part of the sewers. You have to really watch out here, because the corridor is patrolled by a hostile robot #1. I do not recommend destroying it (with EMP grenade for example), because it may unnecessarily alarm enemies. Instead of that, hide and then follow robot's footsteps as soon as he starts moving north. Turn left at the first occasion, leading to the ladder #2.
Use that ladder and go up - note that you're inside the tool shed. Interact with a locker #1 marked by the game. You need to take out of it a Tong's explosive package #2. Tong himself will contact you after few moments, explaining that after settling all matters in the port, you should plant a bomb in administrator Wang's office.
Reward: 1000 experience points + 750 experience points for remaining unnoticed.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 5 (Getting inside the port warehouse).
Map legend: 1 - Main port gate; 2 -- Transformator with electric discharges; 3 - Hole blocked by crates; 4 - Guardroom with a terminal and a switch; 5 - Guardrooms with terminals; 6 - Descents to lower paths; 7 - Warehouse with tools and a first sniper; 8 - Main warehouse and a second sniper.
It would be good to attack Belltower soldiers before you enter the port area, right after you leave the sewers and get close to the main gate (screen above). The main advantage of this method is that opponents won't be able to open an entrance from their side so you do not have to worry about their surprise attacks.
In addition to soldiers there may also robots appear near the gate #1, but you already should know how to deal with them (I personally prefer EMP grenades). After clearing out the area, get to the other side and start eliminating opponents present in this location #2.
During your fight here you have to watch out for two snipers, which should be killed fast. A first one is located on the tool shed roof, which is your current mission goal #1. You can try to attack him from a lower level or use a ladder to reach him directly #2.
Second sniper patrols one of the balconies of the large warehouse, north from here and he is a greater threat, because he can attack you for a very long distance. So I suggest not staying long in the open area. A mentioned sniper is best to be killed with a sniper rifle #1. If you do not have such weapon, then return to the tool shed and take a weapon of the sniper you've just killed #2.
A current target of your mission now is the tool shed. You can choose a main entrance #1, but this is advisable only if you secured the area. Otherwise you could opt for breaking down the western wall of the building #2, using the Punch Through Wall augmentation.
Go to the southern room of the warehouse and interact with a locker #1 marked by the game. You need to take out of it a Tong's explosive package #2. Tong himself will contact you after few moments, explaining that after settling all matters in the port, you should plant a bomb in administrator Wang's office.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 5 (Getting inside the port warehouse).
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the warehouse; 2 - Ladder; 3 - Stairs leading to the backside balconies; 4 - Main entrance to warehouse offices; 5 - Ladder.
If you're going to continue using the camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation), exit the tool shed and head north. I suggest moving quickly, because there are not too many covers on your way. If you try to stop and catch a breath, it might end badly because the other sniper may see you. Eventually you should reach the wall of the large, northern warehouse (screen above).
If you do not want to use a camouflage or you can't use it, then choose an alternative path to your target. First, locate a descent to sewers #1, which you've probably used before. After going down the ladder and entering the sewers, hide behind the cover, because you must still avoid the hostile robot patrolling an adjacent corridor #2.
Wait until robot goes away and head in the opposite direction and then turn east #1. Eventually you should reach the unguarded door marked Exit #2. Go through and you'll find yourself in the small room. Carefully open another door.
As you've probably noticed, you're now near the eastern, lower path, which is patrolled by a single enemy #1. Wait until he goes south and head north, stopping under the active security camera #2.
Make sure that you can continue and keep going north, reaching a stairs #1 after few moments. Use them and go up - you'll find yourself in a weakly guarded area close to the wall of the northern warehouse #2.
Now you have to decide about your further actions. You can accurately explore the port or focus only on entering the large port warehouse. If you choose the first option, it would be good to start with elimination of two previously mentioned snipers. An enemy who patrols a balcony of the northern warehouse can be eliminated with a paralyzing weapon #1 - just move back south a little. A second sniper, located on the tool shed roof can be surprised from the south - just use a ladder #2 there and stun him in a melee fight. Examine his body and you'll find a PDA with a valuable code.
A next step is to disable local security systems. In this case I suggest to visit two buildings #1 described in Step 4, in order to disable some of the cameras, robots and turrets. Finally, deal with enemies who occupy main port area #2. You could stun guards with a paralyzing weapon, but much better option is to liquidate them in a melee fight, since their paths cross seldom and are easy to predict. Examine opponents' bodies, because that way you'll get two PDA's with codes.
After securing the area you will be able to focus on the exploration of the port. It is good to start on the main, second level. You should first of all visit a tool shed, which was the previous mission goal #1. There are many lockers worth examining in the main building room. I recommend also exploring a southern part of the port, jumping on one of the containers and finding another, open container #2. Inside you'll find a weapon upgrade.
After exploring the main area, go to its western part, deciding to explore a lower path on level 1 #1. If you've earlier hacked terminals, then both, local security camera and a defensive turret north from here should be inactive. So the only thing to do is to eliminate a guard patrolling this area #2.
Make sure that the area is secured and start exploring three storage rooms here (A-C). Each of them is secured by a high security level lock but you can use codes also. In a storage room A (code 7785) you'll find first of all a weapon upgrade. In a storage room B (code 5895) a PEPS weapon is located, as well as another weapon upgrade. In last storage room C (code 3343) you can find a rocket launcher.
Now you can focus on getting inside the large port warehouse. The most obvious solution is to enter via the reception room on level 2 #1. The electronic lock you'll find there has first security level, but you also can use a combination 4589 (obtained from one of the guards).
If you do not want to choose this way, then take a closer look at the west wall of the large warehouse, finding a ladder there #1. Watch out for the security camera, and once you get to the small roof fragment, approach another ladder. If you didn't eliminate snipers earlier, you'll find yourself on the balcony with one of them #2. You can bypass him (using a camouflage or a lot of patience and good timing) or just stun him.
More obvious solution in situation, when you're on the balcony, is to head towards the door visible in the distance #1. It has a third level security lock #2, but you can use a combination 6555.
If you do not want to use the door, just jump over the southern railing in order to land on the lower part of the roof #1. Head east and you'll reach an air vent entrance after few moments #2. This vent will lead you inside the warehouse.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 6 (Getting to the administrator Wang's office).
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the warehouse; 2 - Ladder; 3 - Stairs leading to the backside balconies; 4 - Main entrance to warehouse offices; 5 - Ladder.
Exit the tool shed and focus on securing the northern part of the port (screen above). There should be only few enemies left but it doesn't mean that you do not have to be hurry.
Now you can focus on getting inside the large port warehouse. The most obvious solution is to enter via the reception room on level 2 #1. The electronic lock you'll find there has first security level, but you also can use a combination 4589 (obtained from one of the guards).
If you do not want to choose this way, then take a closer look at the west wall of the large warehouse, finding a ladder there #1. Watch out for the security camera, and once you get to the small roof fragment, approach another ladder. You could go to the eastern door now #2. It has a third security level lock, but you can use a combination 6555.
But the most interesting option is to use the last, northern ladder #1, which leads to the top part of the port warehouse roof. Once you get there you would have to find a breakable part of the glass roof #2.
After breaking the window on the roof you can act in two ways. A first variant is to shoot at enemies below #1, which would be probably vulnerable to your attacks. Another option is to jump into the warehouse using a hole you just made #2, but you would need the Icarus Landing System augmentation to do that. But first you should clear the warehouse a little bit of enemies, and during your flight hold left mouse button, making the landing a powerful strike which stuns nearby guards.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 6 (Getting to the administrator Wang's office).
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the warehouse; 2 - Ladder; 3 - Stairs leading to the backside balconies; 4 - Main entrance to warehouse offices; 5 - Ladder.
If you've started the exploration of the port warehouse in the reception room (level 2), it would be good to hack into two local computer terminals #1. There are some messages on one of them, but more important is the other one, which is responsible for security cameras. After logging into the system you would be able to disable two of them #2 - one is located in another, not yet explored location. Now you can open the door leading to the main part of the warehouse.
If you have chosen a route through air vents #1, then after getting to the exit #2 you'll find yourself in the southern part of the warehouse. You'll have to carefully jump down for start.
If you've crossed the door on the balcony patrolled by a sniper (level 4), it is worth to explore adjacent rooms - you'll find a weapon upgrade on one of the shelves #1. Go then to another balcony on the inner part of the warehouse and stun the guard patrolling it #2. Examine his body and you'll find many credits among other things.
Whether path you've chosen, now you have to start exploring the port warehouse (screen above).
A main port warehouse area is patrolled by three enemies and you should eliminate them only if you have managed to disable the security camera here. Do not move too far to the north, because you might be noticed by two persons on one of the balconies there. As a first enemy to neutralize choose a soldier who stops at the western part of the warehouse #1. Then eliminate his buddy patrolling the north part of this location #2.
At the end eliminate the guard which patrols the eastern part of the warehouse #1. Theoretically you could go now to the upper floor, but if you want to explore the warehouse carefully (it won't be possible later), then head to its northern part #2. The best way is to stay close to the eastern wall of the warehouse, so two enemies on the upper balcony won't see you.
Now move north, heading to the small room visible in the distance #1, where two Belltower soldiers rest. Wait until they finish their conversation and stun the enemy who leaves the room #2.
Carefully go inside and stun the second enemy sitting at the computer #1. Now you can interact with a computer terminal which has only first security level lock. After logging into the system, you'll be allowed to disable a security camera on the upper floor, as well as a defensive turret (you need the Turret Domination augmentation) #2.
Sooner or later you'll need to get to the Wang's office and the easiest way to do so is to choose stairs in the western part of the warehouse (screen above). It would be good to use this stairs even if you do not intend to attack enemies in the warehouse, although you would have to avoid them during your march through the main part of this location.
After reaching an upper balcony, be very careful. If a defensive turret visible in the distance is still active, you would have to move quickly to the left and find a ladder #1. Once you're upstairs, crouch and go east, trying to find an entrance to the small air vent #2.
If previously mentioned turret is inactive, you can stay on this level. Head east, avoiding or stunning two persons standing on your way (in the latter case the Multiple Take-Down augmentation is very helpful) #1. What's interesting, one of the enemies has a PDA with a password and a code. Now find the door #2 with a first security level electronic lock, solving a mini hacker game or entering the code 3295.
Both described ways lead to offices located in the northern part of the warehouse. It would be good to spend some time exploring the eastern room #1. You'll find there two computer terminals #2 beside other things, which can be hacked.
Go now to the western room #1. Start with hacking in to the last terminal (a password is mainman) and then walk to Wang's desk #2 marked by the game. Interacting with the desk and confirming planting the bomb will lead to a cut-scene showing detonation of the bomb.
This is the end of your adventure in Hengsha. After the explosion Jensen will get inside one of the container which is supposed to be loaded onto the ship and inside a special capsule he will reach the facility in Singapore. The exploration of this facility, as well as search for kidnapped scientists is described in the description of the next main quest - Rescuing Megan and Her Team.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the warehouse; 2 - Ladder; 3 - Stairs leading to the backside balconies; 4 - Main entrance to warehouse offices; 5 - Ladder.
Regardless of how you get into the warehouse, you need to start eliminating all guards here (screen above). Monitor your radar regularly and do not let anyone surprise you.
Guards are not your only problem, because soon after triggering the alarm, a huge combat machine will be dropped inside the warehouse (screen above). Quickly find some good cover. To destroy the mech, you can use EMP grenades, Typhoon ammo, a rocket launcher or a laser rifle.
Make sure that the warehouse is secured and use western stairs #1 leading to upper balconies. Once you get there, you should see an active defensive turret visible in a distance #2, so hide behind some cover.
You can get inside offices in two basic ways. If you have enough EMP grenades, you could use one of these here #1. It will allow you to approach the door leading to offices #2. The door has first security level electronic lock, but you can also use a combination 3295.
If you do not want to use EMP grenade in order to destroy the turret, then look around for a ladder (to the left) #1. Once you're upstairs, head east, trying to find an entrance to a small air vent #2.
Both described ways lead to offices. Go now to the western room #1 and walk to Wang's desk #2 marked by the game. Interacting with the desk and confirming planting the bomb will lead to a cut-scene showing detonation of the bomb.
This is the end of your adventure in Hengsha. After the explosion Jensen will get inside one of the container which is supposed to be loaded onto the ship and inside a special capsule he will reach the facility in Singapore. The exploration of this facility, as well as search for kidnapped scientists is described in the description of the next main quest - Rescuing Megan and Her Team.
A chance to fulfill this task will appear during your second exploration of Hengsha. It is best to complete this quest before you go to Harvesters' hideout, during the main quest Find Vasili Sevchenko's GPL Device. Otherwise you could forget about this mission and move to docks, thus blocking a possibility of completing side quests. In order to activate this mission, you have to go to an L.I.M.B. clinic located in the northern part of Kuaigan district and the best moment to do this is during your shopping in the clinic or during installation of new biochip. The quest itself is not very long, but in its end you might be forced to fight a group of well equipped and using augmentations mercenaries.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Locate the butcher shop where Zelazny is hiding - You should have no problems with reaching the shop, but the game doesn't help you with it. So I suggest reading below description carefully.
2. PRIMARY - Enter the back room of the butcher shop - This is very easy task, which can be completed in few seconds.
3. PRIMARY - Find information on Zelazny's current whereabouts - The only key item in this hideout is a PDA left at agent's corpse.
4. PRIMARY - Read the dead agent's pocket secretary - In order to read the contents of PDA you have to open your journal.
5. PRIMARY - Locate Mike Zelazny and his Team - The main difficulty is fact, that you have return to Kuaigan district, because the mercenaries' hideout can't be found in sewers below Youzhao district. What's more, you must use an entrance to sewers located near the capsule hotel, because this is a separate part of sewers.
6. PRIMARY - Deal with Zelazny and his team - Depending on your preferences, the entire situation can be solved without bloodshed or with defeating mercenaries in direct fight.
7. PRIMARY - Return to Dr. Wing - This goal is activated regardless of whether you attacked mercenaries or you talked to Zelazny.
As a reminder, the L.I.M.B. clinic is located in the north part of Kuaigan district, on first level #1. Once you get inside the clinic building, go to the main room and look for Dr. Wing #2 in order to talk to him.
Your reaction to the doctor's statement on fact, that Jensen is wanted by Belltower forces, do not matter at all, because he doesn't want to betray you. Instead of this, Wing has a mission for you. Your task would be to stop a group of dangerous soldiers lead by Michael Zelazny, which is equipped with highly advanced, experimental implants. You can refuse to take this mission or agree to complete it, getting additional information on wanted special group members, who are now apparently working on their own and are responsible for death of at least one official. Wing will indicate a back room of the butcher shop in Youzhao district as a probable location of mercenaries.
Map legend: 1 - Closed gate; 2 - Passage from the Kuaigan district; 3 - Descent from the roof; 4 - Entrance to the back room of the butcher shop.
In order to find the butcher shop, you have to go to the adjacent district (Youzhao) first, and the best option is to use subway #1. Once you're in the destination place, explore an area south of the Hengsha Court Gardens building (the northern part of the district), finding a small alley leading south #2.
A local gate should be open, but even if not, just hack a simple, first security level electronic lock #1. Optionally you might choose a passage from Kuaigan district leading directly to the "fenced" area or reach this place from level 3, punching through 2 walls along your way (the Punch Through Wall augmentation needed) #2.
After getting to small square, head the shop marked by the game #1. Ignore a person standing there, because you won't be able to start a rightful conversation. Instead of that, choose a side passage #2 and then use a stairs leading to the basement.
Reward: 200 experience points.
Once you get downstairs, I suggest first of all breaking into a safe #1, which has only first security level lock. You should find credits inside. Now examine man's corpse #2, getting a PDA.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Open your journal and read contents of PDA obtained few moments ago (screen above). It will let you determine, that probable mercenaries' hideout is located in sewers system.
Reward: 100 experience points.
Map legend: 1 - Descent to sewers (level -1 of Kuaigan district).
Return upstairs and leave the Youzhao district. Go to the adjacent district - Kuaigan. Once you get there, head to the place, where you started second exploration of Hengsha, which is an area near the capsule hotel in Alice Garden #1. Use the stairs leading to lower level #2.
Explore the area and you should find a descent to sewers #1 - use it of course. Once you get inside the sewers, head south and then turn east. After few moments you should reach the mercenaries' hideout #2.
Reward: 300 experience points.
The game will of course allow you to choose the way you want to act now. If you plan to attack Zelazny and his team members, you might get back a bit and look for a ladder #1 leading to the upper balcony. Now head east again, standing next to the railing #2.
Now you have to decide whether you want to kill mercenaries or just stun them. In the first case I suggest beginning with an EMP grenade #1. Then use a heavy gun #2 or another equally effective weapon, taking the advantage on the fact that your opponents can't get close to you.
Reward: 750 experience points.
If you want only to stun mercenaries, you can stay downstairs. It would be good to use camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) #1 and stun them one by one, using a tranquilizer rifle #2 or another stunning weapon.
Reward: 750 experience points.
If you plan to resolve this situation peacefully, then walk towards Zelazny in order to talk to him #1. What's interesting, confirming that you're here to stop mercenaries #2, won't lead to the fight. Do not try thought to start a fight by yourself being in the conversation screen, because after the battle begins, you would be surrounded by mercenaries and it would be very hard to deal with them, even with a melee combat option.
Instead of starting the fight, choose a dialog option to persuade Zelazny to stop further actions. During a long conversation with Zelazny, you'll learn about experimental methods tested on him and his men, which made them over time mindless killing machines. Zelazny managed to free himself and now with his team they are hunting down organizers of this crime. Whether in the course of conversation you try to reason with Zelazny or only to get more info about this crime doesn't really matter.
At the end of conversation you'll get another choice to be made. If you approve mercenaries' actions #1, then you'll split up friendly. But if you try for a last time to convince Zelazny, that their actions are wrong or attack him, then you'll be forced to fight a battle with mercenaries #2.
Reward: 750 experience points.
You have to return to Dr. Wing regardless whether you attacked mercenaries or let them go. It is worth noting, that if you've let Zelazny and his men go, that after leaving sewers he will inform you about reduced number of Belltower patrols in Kuaigan district. Go to the L.I.M.B. clinic, start conversation with Dr. Wing and choose a reporting option (screen above).
If mercenaries are dead or stunned, you have to listen to a short conversation with Wing. But if you let the go, you have to choose whether to tell Wing the whole truth or lie (screen above), saying that there was no one in the hideout. A decision you made earlier has no influence on the quest's ending, because in every case you'll be rewarded with Praxis kit.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
A chance to start this mission appears during your second exploration of Hengsha, and more specifically during completing the main quest, Find Vasili Sevchenko's GPL Device. Right after getting to the Youzhao district (before exploration of Harvesters'' hideout) you should be contacted by Hugh Darrow, asking you to meet his employee, Mengyao. She would have a task for you. What's interesting, Mengyao task will appear in your journal as a separate secondary quest, so in this mission you have only to talk to her.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Meet Hugh Darrow's contact - It is enough to meet Mengyao in order to complete the entire quest.
Listen to Hugh Darrow and then head to the southern part of Youzhao district. Mengyao can be found on the top, third level of this area, so first you have to get there. I recommend starting near the southern block #1 and using stairs in order to get to the roof. You might also start climbing by using ladders located at the eastern building wall #2.
Mengyao stays on the roof of one of central building in this district (screen above) and, of course, you have to start a conversation with her. She'll have a mission for you, connected with stopping a group of terrorist, and after first part of conversation you can agree to do this or refuse the mission. If you decide to help her, you'll learn some more details. Namely you have to get to the meeting place with terrorists, neutralize them without bloodshed and retrieve a chip with information about the Panchea facility. After conversation the game will automatically activate a secondary quest connected with this meeting (Corporate Warfare). Before you start the task, it is worth to talk to Mengyao again in order to ask her about Darrow, stolen information and merchants.
Reward: 100 experience points.
You'll obtain this quest automatically after conversation with Mengyao, if you decided to neutralize terrorists - this happens within a side quest A Matter of Discretion. This mission is quite short and not too complicated, but you have to watch out because you are not allowed to kill opponents. As a result you have to get stunning weapon or base on a melee combat.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Go to the meeting location - During your march to the meeting location watch out for Belltower soldiers and not go into in unnecessary fights.
2. PRIMARY - Incapacitate the terrorists - Remember that you can't kill your opponents there. You could eliminate all of them in a melee combat but you could also use any stunning weapon.
3. PRIMARY - Retrieve the datachip - A leader of terrorists has this datachip and you should examine his body of course.
4. PRIMARY - Return to Mengyao - There is an interesting fact. Namely you can blackmail Mengyao a little and try to get from her more information about the data stored on the chip.
The meeting place is located in the Kuaigan district, so you have to leave the currently explored Youzhao district. Once you get to adjacent district, go to the hotel Alice Garden #1 are (so east). I definitely suggest choosing upper balconies, and that's because it will be easier to sneak by enemies this way. You might also equip some stunning weapon, because killing any if terrorists will lead to mission's failure. You can start shooting at your enemies right now #2, but it would be very risky, especially that there are Belltower forces near the hotel entrance.
Reward: 100 experience points.
It is better to attack terrorists by a surprise and to do so, I suggest heading to the eastern stairs leading to lower level #1. You might remember this place from your first visit in Hengsha, because Ning was imprisoned here. Carefully move down the stairs to a very bottom #2.
A one of terrorists should patrol this corridor #1, so wait until he gets closer and the neutralize him. You might pull away his body towards the stairs. Now approach the main area. A next terrorist to be taken down is the one, who patrols this area on the left #2. But you have to do it in the moment, when his buddy visible in the distance goes to the right. Same as previously quickly try to pull away his body in some secluded place.
Now I suggest attacking third, previously mentioned terrorist #1, who moves constantly. After dealing with him, there should be only two more enemies left #2.
You could attack them with a stun weapon, but you would have to do it very smoothly and even if the battle starts, you couldn't use a firearm. Much easier option is to use then Multiple Take-Down augmentation, because it is enough to complete only one action #1. After stunning all terrorists, examine a body of their leader named Li, finding the datachip #2.
Reward: 850 experience points.
Now you can return to giver of this quest. Mengyao didn't change her location, so you should look for her on the roof of one of buildings in the Youzhao district. Confirm that you've retrieved the chip (screen above).
Reward: 1000 experience points.
Now you can act in two ways (screen above). A simple option is to give her the chip and get 1000 credits. You can also decide to ask her about information on the datachip. Mengyao won't want to tell you anything but the game will allow you to use the Social Enhancer augmentations in order to activate pheromones (Z key). You should then choose a personality type Beta option. She'll tell you that this information concerns the Hyron Project connected with Panchea. You'll get then 1000 credits.
Now you can leave the place. After few moments Hugh Darrow will contact you and congratulate because of good job. What's interesting, the course of conversation with Darrow will differ depending on your knowledge about the Hyron Project.
This quest is activated automatically after blowing up the Wang's office in the Belltower port and upon arriving in the Singapore facility, so after completing the main quest Stowing Away. A very long crossing through a facility composed of two large building and a smaller one awaits you. What's interesting, the main part of the facility is available to you from the beginning, so previously mentioned buildings can be visited in any order. At the end of the quest you'll be forced to fight another boss, so I suggest to prepare well in advance.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Search for signs of Megan's team - This goal will stay active until you disable the signal jammer or meet first of three kidnapped scientists.
2. SECONDARY - Disable the signal jammer - This device can be disabled in two different ways. If you ignore this mission goal, it will stay active in your journal for a long time. So you would be able to change your mind later, even after saving all scientists and exploring both main buildings.
3. PRIMARY - Find and speak with Declan Faherty - Declan stays in the basement of the Bio-Mech building and you can reach him in two different ways.
4. PRIMARY - Find and speak with Eric Koss - Eric can be found on the last, third floor of the Micro-Gen building. If possible, visit him at the end.
5. PRIMARY - Find and speak with Nia Colvin - Nia is located in the second floor of the Micro-Gen building and you can get to her through an air vent for example.
6. PRIMARY - Upload a virus to the security computer and enter the restricted area - You'll obtain this goal after finding all three scientists. The last of them will give you this task.
7. PRIMARY - Find Megan Reed - This goal will appear in your journal after uploading a virus, but in order to get to the place where you can find Megan, you'll need to fight boss first.
8. PRIMARY - Defeat Jaron Namir - This duel is quite challenging and will vary depending on you use and original biochip or replaced one during the fight.
9. PRIMARY - Open the hangar roof - This is very short and easy task - you just have to use and elevator.
10. PRIMARY - Use the LEO shuttle to reach Panchaea - Leave the facility only after exploring it entirely, because after interacting with the shuttle control panel, it won't be possible.
Your exploration of the facility starts in the southern part of the map, specifically in the capsules warehouse. Before leaving this place, it would be good to explore a small storage room in the north-western part of this warehouse. You can get inside in two ways and more difficult one is to hack an electronic, fifth security level lock #1. Instead of this, you might explore the south-western part of the warehouse and jump onto upper shelves #2. It will let you reach a small air vent in the roof of the storage room.
Inside the storage room you'll find first of all a valuable weapon upgrade #1 - take it of course. Now you can return to a start place. An exit from the warehouse is located in its south-eastern part #2.
Once you're outside, take a look at guards here. If you use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) you can bypass them. Otherwise it would be good to wait until they finish their conversation and split up. Stun the enemy who appears on the southern ramp #1 and then take care of his buddy, who patrols an area north from here #2. Examine both bodies, finding a PDA with a code.
Map legend: 1 - Stairs leading to the main square; 2 - Defensive turret; 3 - Security building; 4 - Jam device; 5 - Bio-Mech Lab; 6 - Micro-Gen Lab.
Head now north and the turn west using the stairs #1. Eventually you should reach the large square #2 and now you have to plan your further actions:
If you keep reading, I assume that you would like to secure the entire square, before you continue you action. Wait until guards split up and neutralize the one, who stops at the western fence #1. After that, pull away his body to some secluded place. Carefully head north, avoiding the line of sight of the defensive turret #2. Watch also out for the security camera.
Now you have to head north, because this is the only way to get to previously mentioned security turret's rear. Do not walk through the main square, but instead use pillars of the western building as covers (screen above).
Move between covers until you'll get behind the defensive turret and a guard standing there #1. Place yourself behind crates, take a PDA with a code #2 and wait until second, heavily armored guard moves south. Additionally, you have to watch out for another guard, patrolling an area near to the entrances to two eastern buildings. Be sure that he won't see you.
Wait until mentioned guards go away and stun a guard standing here #1 - quickly pull his body behind crater or somewhere to the north. Stand again against crates #2 and wait until guards will head south.
Move quickly to the south east, staying close to the eastern building wall #1, so you should be noticed by a defensive turret. Stun enemy there, who should stop at the entrance to the eastern building #2. After stunning him, pull away his body to some secluded place fast.
There is only on remaining enemy to be stunned - he patrols the main square and it would be good to use a paralyzing weapon now (remember that the turret will not react "seeing" guard's body) #1. If you want to disable the turret, you have to go back carefully there and locate a computer terminal #2 with fourth security level lock. Fortunately after hacking into system you'll be able not only to disable the turret (you need the Turret Domination augmentation), but also a local robot (you need the Robot Domination augmentation). If a mini hacker game is too difficult for you, you can solve this problem in another way, for example by moving the turret (you need the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation) to the other place and placing it frontally to the building wall.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 2 (Disabling the signal jammer).
Leave the warehouse where you've started the game and start eliminating two guards here #1. It would be best to do that before they split up. Move quickly to the north #2, because your fight probably alarmed the remaining guards.
Map legend: 1 - Stairs leading to the main square; 2 - Defensive turret; 3 - Security building; 4 - Jam device; 5 - Bio-Mech Lab; 6 - Micro-Gen Lab.
Make sure you're behind a cover, preferably in such place from which you can see the stairs and opponents emerging there (screen above). Do not let enemies to get close to you and eliminate any attempts of their attack from a flank. Also watch out for guards called Sneakers, because they can use a camouflage, so their elimination is more difficult (a perfect way to see them is to use the Wall-Penetrating Imager augmentation).
Now move towards main, north-western square. Do not lean out too much or move to the north. Additionally pick up a good weapon, because the square is patrolled by two, heavily armed enemies with heavy guns (screen above).
Make sure that you eliminated all enemies in this area. After that, move north. There is a defensive turret north of here and in order to destroy it you could use EMP grenade (screen above).
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 2 (Disabling the signal jammer).
Note! Disabling the signal jammer is optional and you should treat this objective as a possibility to gain additional experience points. You do not have to search around for kidnapped scientists, because this step is described in further part of this guide. But if you want to focus only on getting to scientists, just scroll down to the description of Step 3 (Finding Declan Faherty).
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the security building; 2 - Rear entrance to the security building (through the window); 3 - Terminal controlling the jammer; 4 - Armory.
The jammer can be disabled in two main ways. A first option is to get into the security building. This object is located east from the main square (you can follow signs Security and Armory). If you want to choose a main entrance to the building, then after reaching the main square head north-east #1. If you didn't stun guards there, you have to watch out for them now, skillfully hiding behind covers. The same applies to a defensive turret north from here. Go to the small, eastern balcony, and you'll reach the main entrance to the security building #2.
An alternative way to get inside the security building is to use one of the windows. To do so, return to the start area, specifically to an alley where you've met first two guards. Now head north until you reach a fence with a big hole in it #1. You have to move a container blocking your way, using the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation. Go further north, reaching a place where you can safely open the shutter #2.
There are two guards inside the security building and it would be good to stun then. If you prefer peaceful solutions, wait until they split up. I suggest starting with a guard, who patrols a main corridor #1, and then eliminate his buddy sitting on chair in the main room #2. If you prefer force solutions, then shoot your opponents before they split up and watch the main door in case anyone else approaches here.
I suggest starting exploration of the security building with a central storage room, where one of the guards kept returning to. In addition to lockers, you'll find there a PDA #1 with a code 0111. Now you can go to the southern room, where second guard was staying and head towards not yet explored, western door #2.
You'll find yourself in the main security room, where two computer terminals are located. First of all use this one, which has no security lock #2 - thanks to his you'll be able to disable one of the security cameras here #2.
The most important thing is to interact with a terminal controlling the jammer #1. It has second security level lock, but you can also use a code 0111. After logging into the system, confirm that you want to switch it off #2. After few moments Pritchard will contact you and give you exact coordinates of three scientists (unfortunately Megan Reed is not among them).
Reward: 250 experience points + 750 experience points for remaining unnoticed.
It would be good to take this opportunity and explore the entire security building. To the north you'll find an armory #1, which has a fifth security level lock. In addition to ammo and weapons you'll find also a weapon upgrade there #2.
There are also two barracks in the northern part of the security building. The left door has fourth security level electronic lock but you can also use a code 1385. Inside this room you'll find Typhoon ammo and a weapon upgrade among other things. The right door has the same security level lock as the left door - you would start in this room, if you would have chosen a way through the shutter #2.
Another way to complete this objective is to get to the terminal near the jammer. A jammer itself is located in the southwestern part of the main square #1 and you can get into this fenced area in several different ways. The easiest one is to jump over the fence #2, but you would need the Jump Enhancement augmentation.
If you can jump or you don't want to, then head west #1, watching out for a security camera which is located on the northern building wall. You might use a camouflage here (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) and walk through the laser barrier #2. I do not recommend using a terminal to "play" with the barrier, because it has third security level lock.
Regardless of how you get inside the fenced area, you have to watch out for a single guard patrolling this area. It would be best to stun him, but if you prefer force solutions, he is probably dead by now. In such situation you do not have to worry about getting near the jammer, because it is enough to cross the laser barrier and ignore the alarm sound.
Now look for a ladder #1 which leads to the upper control panel. Interact with the terminal controlling the jammer #2. It has second security level lock, but you can use a code 0111. Confirm that you want to switch it off #2. After few moments Pritchard will contact you and give you exact coordinates of three scientists (unfortunately Megan Reed is not among them).
Reward: 250 experience points + 750 experience points for remaining unnoticed.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 3 (Finding Declan Faherty).
Note! Three scientists located by Pritchard can be reached in any order and this has no influence on further course of the quest. Here's my suggested order:
1) Declan Faherty - Declan stays in the basement of the western Bio-Mech building.
2) Nia Colvin - Nia is located in the second floor of the northeastern Micro-Gen building.
3) Eric Koss - Eric can be found on the last, third floor of the northeastern Micro-Gen building.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the Bio-Mech Lab building; 2 - Entrance to the air vent.
Declan Faherty stays in the basement of the western Bio-Mech Lab building and you can get there in two main ways (I'm skipping variant when you use a bridge connecting buildings, because I assume that you'll visit Bio-Mech Lab building as first). More obvious option is to use the main entrance to the Bio-Mech Lab building (screen above). It is located west from the main square and if you want to get there you have to watch out both for enemies described in Step 1, as well as for a security camera which can be still active. In this case you might walk under it or use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation).
Once you're in the reception room, move towards a computer terminal #1. It has second level security lock, but you can take a look into the desk's drawer, take a PDA and read a password - morpheus. Choose the only corridor available to you and stop after reaching the place, where lab employees are decontaminated #2. Activate this process and do not worry - you won't alarm any enemies.
Go to the audience room, which is patrolled by two guards. You can bypass them using a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) or attack them. In the latter case wait until heavily armed enemy turns his back to you and eliminate his buddy then #1. Pull away his corpse, wait for a good moment and deal with the first soldier #2. Take this opportunity to examine guards' corpses - you'll find an EMP grenade and Typhoon ammo among other things.
If you want to explore the entire Bio-Mech building carefully, it would be good to choose the stairs leading to level 2 #1. A room B-21 is open for general use, but there are two guards inside. The easiest solution would be to eliminate them using the Multiple Take-Down augmentation #2. After successful action examine guards' corpses, finding a PDA with a password. A second PDA lies on the table.
In the room B-21 there are also two computer terminals (you can use a password keppler on one of them) #1 and you can obtain a new password there. Before leaving the room, look inside the weapon locker. An adjacent laboratory is the room B-22 #2 and you can also get inside in three ways: by opening a fourth security level electronic lock or by entering a code 2021 (obtained much later) or using an air vent (its entrance is located in the B-21 room). Once you're inside, you'll find an e-book and unlocked computer terminal there.
Return now to level 1 of Bio-Mech Lab building and start exploring it. There are four labs on this level. A room B-14 #1 is open for general use and has a computer terminal inside. There is also an air vent leading to the adjacent room B-13 and you might use it, because you'll be able to easily surprise a guard there #2. In the room B-13 you should look for a stun gun.
A next one to explore is the room B-12 #1 and its door has third security level lock. Inside the room you'll find two computer terminals and a PDA with a password on it. The last room is B-11 #2. There are two secured computer terminals. A password to the left one is monastic and a password to the right terminal is techsmex (these can be obtained from a PDA found in the drawer).
You can now return to the main corridor and head west, where you'll be stopped by laser barriers #1. Depending on your preferences you can hack a terminal with fourth security level lock or use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) and go through a barrier or use a code 2535 #2. Regardless of your previous actions, call the elevator and use it in order to get to the basement.
A less obvious way to get to the Bio-Mech Lab building basement is to walk through narrow tunnels leading to the morgue. In this case you would have to start outside the Bio-Mech Lab building, and more specifically - north from it (behind guards and the defensive turret). Look for a large air conditioner, which you can jump onto (you need the Jump Enhancement augmentation or some bigger object to be moved towards the conditioner) #1. Once you're on top, locate the air vent cover #2.
Enter the air vent and start walking through narrow corridors #1. After few moments you'll reach a place with poisonous gas #2 and you can pass it by only if you have the Implanted Rebreather augmentation.
Continue your walk, eventually reaching a wall which can be destroyed #1. Break this fragment down, which is of course possible only if you have the Punch Through Wall augmentation. This action will make getting to the morgue possible. It is located in the building basement #2.
Whether you chose a lift "ride" or you got through to the morgue, you have to start exploring a Bio-Mech Lab building basement. Unfortunately, there are not too many interesting objects in the morgue, except a computer terminal (third security level lock). Eventually you need to get to the central part of the basement and locate a door leading to the lab, where Declan Faherty works (screen above).
Enter the lab, walk to Declan and start the conversation. Its course may slightly differ, depending on the fact if he is first scientist you're talking to or you have previously talked to Nia or Eric. If he is the first scientist you meet, he'll tell you that Megan Reed is kept in highly guarded lab and in order to get an access to that place, you need to arrange some kind of diversion with help of all three scientists.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 4 (Finding Nia Colvin).
Note! Three scientists located by Pritchard can be reached in any order and this has no influence on further course of the quest. Here's my suggested order:
1) Declan Faherty - Declan stays in the basement of the western Bio-Mech building.
2) Nia Colvin - Nia is located in the second floor of the northeastern Micro-Gen building.
3) Eric Koss - Eric can be found on the last, third floor of the northeastern Micro-Gen building.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the Bio-Mech Lab building; 2 - Entrance to the air vent.
Declan Faherty stays in the basement of the western Bio-Mech Lab building and the easiest way leads through the main entrance (screen above). It is located west from the main square and you do not have any problems getting there, because all enemies here are dead by now.
Go through the reception room, choosing the only available corridor #1. Stop after reaching the place, where lab employees are decontaminated #2. Activate this process and do not worry - you won't alarm any enemies.
Now approach the audience room and shoot at two enemies there (screen above). I suggest finding a good cover (a wall preferable) and being very careful, because one of your opponents is a Sneaker, so he can freely use a camouflage.
After killing both enemies stay here, because there are three more guards in the Bio-Mech Lab building. It would be best to wait until they emerge in the audience room (screen above) and then shoot at them before they can take positions suitable to attack you. After the fight examine soldiers' corpses, finding an EMP grenade and Typhoon ammo.
Head now the northwestern part of the first building floor. You should find a laser barrier here #1, however do not worry about it, because you've probably triggered an alarm already. So go through the barrier and call an elevator #2. It will take you to the basement.
Start exploring the basement - fortunately there are no more opponents there. Eventually you need to get to the central part of the basement and locate the door leading to the lab, where Declan Faherty works (screen above).
Enter the lab, walk to Declan and start the conversation. Its course may slightly differ, depending on the fact if he is first scientist you're talking to or you have previously talked to Nia or Eric. If he is the first scientist you meet, he'll tell you that Megan Reed is kept in highly guarded lab and in order to get an access to that place, you need to arrange some kind of diversion with help of all three scientists.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 4 (Finding Nia Colvin).
Note! Three scientists located by Pritchard can be reached in any order and this has no influence on further course of the quest. In a description below I assume that you've already met Declan Faherty, which was described in details in the description of Step 3.
Map legend: 1 - Stairs leading to the bridge connecting both buildings.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the Micro-Gen Lab building; 2 - Breakable wall.
Nia Colvin stays on the second floor of the northeastern Micro-Gen Lab building and the easiest way to get there is to use a bridge which connects both labs. In order to do so, return to the audience room in the Bio-Mech Lab building (level 1). Explore its eastern part, finding a proper passage (Skywalk) #1. After reaching the bridge, head east #2, and upon getting to the destination place you would find yourself on second level of the Micro-Gen Lab building.
If you do not want to use a bridge, or you just can't do it, you might want to consider breaking the wall leading to the Micro-Gen Lab building. To do so, head north from the main square, where opponents are stationed and one defensive turret is deployed (more details can be found in the description of Step 1). Locate a breakable part of the wall #1 and destroy it using the Punch Through Wall augmentation. It would allow you to get inside the warehouse G-13, located on first floor of the Micro-Gen Lab building #2.
The last option assumes using the main door to the Micro-Gen Lab building (screen above). It is located north-east from the main square, where opponents are stationed (they are described in Step 1) and one defensive turret is deployed. On order to increase your chances of getting there safely, it would be good to use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) and walk cross the balcony adjacent to the eastern security building.
Once you're in the reception room, you can hack into a computer terminal or choose the only passage here #1 right away. Stop after reaching the place, where lab employees are decontaminated #2. Activate this process and do not worry - you won't alarm any enemies. After this process is over, open the new door and carefully move towards the building lobby.
You have to be very careful now, because this area is patrolled by several opponents and additionally there is an active security camera in front of you #1. Enter the lobby and move quickly towards the left cover #2. Now head the stairs visible in the distance. You can help yourself with a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation), but it is not required.
Eventually you should find yourself west of the previously mentioned security camera #1. Take few moments to look around. A ground floor should be guarded by two guards, but there is also third soldier, who walks on the stairs #2 between ground floor and upper floor of the building.
You could bypass guards on the ground floor, but it is better to stun them. Start with the soldier who stops closer to you #1, and then neutralize his buddy, who is near the security camera #2. In both cases make sure to pull guards' bodies in some secluded place. Also examine their bodies - you'll find a PDA with a password.
You might interact now with a computer terminal #1, which was used by one of the guards. It has fourth security level lock, but you can use password topfrag. After hacking into the system, you'll be allowed to disable two security cameras #2.
Stay at the desk and look for a PDA with a code #1 and an ammo box. You might also explore the rest of first level of Micro-Gen Lab building, but watch out for previously mentioned enemy who patrols this level and upper floor. It would be best to wait until he stops somewhere and stun him #2.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the room G-11; 2 - Breakable wall; 3 - Air vent entrance.
Now you could get inside the Nia Colvin's lab through air vents. In order to do so, find the room G-11 on level 1 of this building. You can enter this room in two ways. A first option is to use an electronic lock #1 and win the mini hacker game or enter the combination 9992. A second option is to enter the adjacent room G-12 and break through the weaker part of the wall (the Punch Through Wall augmentation needed) #2.
Once you're inside a small storage room, move few boxes to reveal an air vent entrance #1. Jump inside and go through it, using a ladder on your way. Eventually you should find yourself at the vent exit located near the Nia Colvin's lab #2.
An alternative way is to get to the main entrance to Nia Colvin's lab. If you're currently on level 1, you have to return to the lobby and carefully use the stairs leading to level 2 #1. But if you've used a bridge connecting both building, then exploration of Micro-Gen Lab building should be started on the right floor #2 by default.
Be very careful, because balconies on second level are patrolled by at least one enemy #1. Try to surprise attack him and after that examine his body, finding another PDA. I suggest spending few moments now on exploring two little rooms in the southern part of this floor. The room G-24 is open for general use.
Once you're inside the room G-24, it would be good to sneak to the sleeping guard and stun him #1. Examine his body, taking another PDA with a code to the Nia Colvin's lab. Inside the room there is also unlocked computer terminal. Move now to adjacent office, G-25 #2.
Inside the room G-25 you might interact with another computer terminal #1. It has fourth security level lock, but you can also use a password ruckus. Note, that after logging into the system, you'll be able to disable two security cameras #2.
Go now to the northern part of this floor. This area is patrolled by one more enemy #1 and stunning him may be difficult if you haven't disable local security camera (a terminal in the office G-25). If a camera is inactive, you can surprise him from behind. The room, where Nia Colvin works, can be entered in two ways. A first option is to interact with electronic lock in the room G-22 door #2. It has third security level lock, but you can use a code 1504.
There is a computer terminal in the room G-22, but more important is to use the door leading to the adjacent lab #1. Another way to reach Nia Colvin is to interact with electronic lock in the room G-21 door #2. Here also you can choose between mini hacker game and entering a code 1504.
Whichever option you chose, you need to get inside Nia Colvin's lab. Interact with a computer terminal, and then start a conversation with Nia (screen above). Its course may slightly differ, depending on the fact if you've already talk with one of the other scientists, or you've reached Nia first. If you've followed this guide, then you had visited Declan already, so Nia is the second scientist you're talking to. She will tell you that she likes work conditions and Jensen will inform her about his plan of simultaneous sabotage in three different places.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 5 (Finding Eric Koss).
Note! Three scientists located by Pritchard can be reached in any order and this has no influence on further course of the quest. In a description below I assume that you've already met Declan Faherty, which was described in details in the description of Step 3.
Map legend: 1 - Stairs leading to the bridge connecting both buildings.
Map legend: 1 - Main entrance to the Micro-Gen Lab building; 2 - Breakable wall.
Nia Colvin stays on the second floor of the northeastern Micro-Gen Lab building and the easiest way to get there is to use a bridge which connects both labs. In order to do so, return to the audience room in the Bio-Mech Lab building (level 1). Explore its eastern part, finding a proper passage (Skywalk) #1. After reaching the bridge, head east #2, and upon getting to the destination place you would find yourself on second level of the Micro-Gen Lab building.
Head north and stop when you reach the nearest corner (screen above). Shoot at the guard patrolling this corridor and be prepared to eliminate more soldiers who will probably come running from central balconies side. If you find defending yourself too problematic, then retreat to the bridge or to one of the offices, where you could barricade yourself.
You can get to the Nia Colvin's lab using the main entrance to the Micro-Gen Lab (screen above). It is located north-east from the main square and you have no problems with getting there, because all enemies here should be dead by now.
Go through the reception room, choosing the only possible corridor #1. Stop after reaching the place, where lab employees are decontaminated #2. Activate this process and do not worry - you won't alarm any enemies.
Carefully move towards the building lobby, shooting at enemies there (screen above). It would be good to use a long distance weapon here, so you will not waste too much ammo.
During fights watch out for guards on upper floors of the Micro-Gen Lab building #1. A sniper rifle would be the best choice to eliminate them, but you can also ignore them or wait until they go down towards you. After winning the fight choose the stairs leading to level 2 #2.
Regardless of how you get there, eventually you need to reach level 2, which will allow you to get inside the Nia Colvin's lab. Head to the end of the northern corridor #1 and interact with electronic lock of the room G-21 #2. You can solve a mini hacker game here or enter a code 1504.
Enter the room G-21 and start a conversation with Nia (screen above). Its course may slightly differ, depending on the fact if you've already talk with one of the other scientists, or you've reached Nia first. If you've followed this guide, then you had visited Declan already, so Nia is the second scientist you're talking to. She will tell you that she likes work conditions and Jensen will inform her about his plan of simultaneous sabotage in three different places.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 5 (Finding Eric Koss).
Note! Three scientists located by Pritchard can be reached in any order and this has no influence on further course of the quest. In a description below I assume that you've already met Declan Faherty (Step 3) and Nia Colvin (Step 4). So you should start your present actions on second level of the northeastern Micro-Gen lab (otherwise scroll up to the description of Step 4 for detailed instructions on how to get there).
Definitely the easiest way to get to the Eric Koss's lab is to use the cargo lift. In order to do this, go to the western part of level 2 of the Micro-Gen Lab building and find the door leading to the warehouse G-23 #1. You can hack fourth security level electronic lock or enter a code 5377 or examine the left wall to find a breakable fragment (the Punch Through Wall augmentation needed) #2.
Look for an e-book and then move towards large crates in the western part of the warehouse #1. They can be moved using sing the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation. Note that after moving them you'll reveal a cargo lift control panel #2. Call the lift and wait until it takes you to the room G-33.
If you can't use the lift or if you do not want to do it, you must use the stairs leading to level 3. So return to main balconies and look for a right staircase #1. Be very careful after reaching level 3 because this area is patrolled by two guards #2. It would be good to stun them, however make sure that no one notice you - also watch out for a security camera (if you've hacked the computer terminal on a second floor, it is disabled already).
As always spend some time on exploring this level - at the beginning I suggest to go to its southern part. The room G-37 #1 is open for general use. It would be good to interact with an unlocked computer terminal and look into one of the drawers - you can find a PDA with a code there #2. An adjacent room G-36 is available too, but there is only one interesting object inside - a computer terminal.
Your mission goal is the door leading to the room G-33, located in the northwestern part of this floor #1. A main problem is a security camera hang over the mentioned door. If you haven't disabled it using a terminal in the room G-25, you should do this now. But it is not over of your problems, because this area is patrolled also by a guard #2.
The best way to eliminate this Belltower soldier is to stun him during the melee combat, because it would allow you to get past laser barriers without problems. You could also look around this area. But if you do not want to attack him, wait for a good moment and follow him, taking the advantage of fact, that a barrier will be disabled for a moment. Eventually you need to reach the door to the room G-33 #2. Before opening the door you might explore rooms G-31 and G-32, but there is only one, not important computer terminal.
Regardless of your actions, you need to get to the lab G-33. Go to the southern room and examine the adjacent room G-34, finding a computer terminal and an e-book. Walk towards Eric Koss now (screen above) and start the conversation. Its course may slightly differ, depending on the fact if you've already talk with one of the other scientists, or you've reached Eric first. If you've followed this guide, then you had visited Declan and Nia already, so Koss is the last scientist you're talking to. Jensen will share with Eric details about planned diversion. You should also get a disc with copy of the Sevchenko's virus, which will paralyze the local system.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 6 (Uploading the virus to the security computer).
Note! Three scientists located by Pritchard can be reached in any order and this has no influence on further course of the quest. In a description below I assume that you've already met Declan Faherty (Step 3) and Nia Colvin (Step 4). So you should start your present actions on second level of the northeastern Micro-Gen lab (otherwise scroll up to the description of Step 4 for detailed instructions on how to get there).
Return to the central balcony and find the stairs leading to the top, third level of the building #1. Watch out, because there might be some guards in the area #2. Do not let them surprise you and remember about shooting at them being hidden behind some good cover.
Your mission goal is the door leading to the room G-33, located in the northwestern part of this floor #1 (screen above). Walk freely through the laser barriers and then make sure that there are no more enemies in this area. Open the door leading to the room G-33.
Go to the southern room and examine the adjacent room G-34, finding a computer terminal and an e-book. Walk towards Eric Koss now (screen above) and start the conversation. Its course may slightly differ, depending on the fact if you've already talk with one of the other scientists, or you've reached Eric first. If you've followed this guide, then you had visited Declan and Nia already, so Koss is the last scientist you're talking to. Jensen will share with Eric details about planned diversion. You should also get a disc with copy of the Sevchenko's virus, which will paralyze the local system.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 6 (Uploading a virus to the security computer).
In order to get to the place of virus uploading, you have to exit currently explored building (I assume that you're inside the Micro-Gen Lab), preferably choosing the same way you enter. Your current goal is located in the northern part of the map, so you would have to bypass a defensive turret and enemies near it (but only if you haven't solve that problem yet) #1. Choose a path between two already explored lab buildings #2.
Be careful, because if you haven't disabled robots here, then you'll meet one right around the corner. In such a case you'll have to watch out and slightly move between covers or use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation). The same applies to a security camera hang east from here #2. If it is not disabled, you have to avoid it.
If you have disabled both, a robot and a camera, you would be able to explore this area carefully. I recommend going north #1, pass the large, red container and find a storage room with broken door. Crouch and get inside #2. There is a weapon locker with a sniper rifle and a shotgun. Beside that you'll find there a template mine and an EMP grenade.
Another storage room #1 is locked with fourth security level lock, but you can use a code 2410. In addition to ammo, you'll find few weapons there #2. Especially you should take a laser rifle, if you didn't take one during your stay at the Harvesters' hideout in Hengsha.
Head west. If you have to sneak there, then keep close to the northern building wall #1, jumping between covers and moving small crates on your way if needed. Eventually you need to get to the entrance to the northern tunnel #2.
During your march you have to watch out for another security camera - you had no chances to disable it before. Turn right when it is possible #1 and then turn left, entering the control room. If you want, you can hack a computer terminal with a third security level lock #2. It would allow you to disable a camera in the tunnel and a robot (only with the Robot Domination augmentation). You could also look into lockers - there is an EMP grenade in one of them.
In order to complete current mission goal, interact with a disc drive (screen above) confirm that you want to upload a virus. Stay here for a while and wait until an elevator reaches this level. A few enemies should run next to the guard room you're currently in. Do not care about them, because they won't try to explore this room.
Reward: 750 experience points + 750 experience points for remaining unnoticed.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 7 (Reaching the underground bunker).
In order to get to the place of virus uploading, you have to exit currently explored building (I assume that you're inside the Micro-Gen Lab), preferably choosing the same way you enter. Your current goal is located in the northern part of the map, but if you've already eliminated enemies, you won't meet anyone here. Choose a path between two already explored lab buildings (screen above).
Be careful, because the area around the corner is patrolled by a single robot (screen above). It would be best to use an EMP grenade to destroy it, hiding behind a cover of course.
You can now explore this area carefully. I recommend going north #1, pass the large, red container and find a storage room with broken door. Crouch and get inside #2. There is a weapon locker with a sniper rifle and a shotgun. Beside that you'll find there a template mine and an EMP grenade.
Another storage room #1 is locked with fourth security level lock, but you can use a code 2410. In addition to ammo, you'll find few weapons there #2. Especially you should take a laser rifle, if you didn't take one during your stay at the Harvesters' hideout in Hengsha.
Move further, reaching an entrance to the tunnel after few moments. You have to watch out here also, because the area is patrolled by another robot (screen above). Same as previously, it would be good to destroy it with an EMP grenade.
Enter the tunnel and turn right when it is possible #1. Then turn left, entering the control room. You might look into lockers here, because you will find an EMP grenade in one of them #2.
In order to complete current mission goal, interact with a disc drive (screen above) confirm that you want to upload a virus. Stay here for a while and wait until an elevator reaches this level. A few enemies should run next to the guard room you're currently in. Do not care about them, because they won't try to explore this room or if you want, shoot at them.
Reward: 750 experience points.
Note! A description of further actions can be found in the description of Step 7 (Reaching the underground bunker).
If you destroyed both robots already (Aggressive option, Step 6), then you can exit the control room now. Otherwise you'll have to deal with a machine, which is "awaken". You can act here in two basic ways - interact with a computer terminal #1 and disable robot (the Robot Domination augmentation needed) or you can try to sneak past it #2. In a latter case a camouflage is very helpful of course.
Regardless of whether you had to deal with the second robot or not, head north #1. You might visit a small storage room #2 on your way, where you can find plenty of heavy weapon ammo among other things.
Before you continue, make sure that you have at least one powerful weapon in your inventory, and that's because soon you'll be fighting a new boss. When you decide that you're ready, save the game and use a nearby elevator (screen above). Once you reach the underground bunker, exit the elevator.
The game will display now a short cut-scene on a conversation with Zhao Run Yu. This meeting may take two courses:
If you're at full strength starting a fight with Jaron (more info in the description of Step 7), it will be easier to win this struggle. During the fight you it would be good to use best possible weapons you have #1, and I recommend a heavy gun or a rocket launcher. A laser rifle or other weapons are not so good because Jaron is very quick. In order to increase your chances you might use EMP grenades #2 or some paralyzing weapon, so you can slow down Jaron or even stop him for a moment.
Remember that you're able to use augmentations. Particularly you should use Typhoon ammo #1 and a camouflage #2, to surprise Jaron or to retreat from the battlefield in moments when you're seriously injured.
If you join the fight with Jaron weakened (more info in the description of Step 7), than you have really watch out, because it will be not only harder to locate him and hurt him, but also more likely to die. My advice in this situation is to move around on the outskirts of the battlefield, shooting at Jaron only if you're are sure about success of your attack #1. You also might use EMP grenades and paralyzing weapon. You should also know that despite your augmentations damage, you're still able to change your weapons and use items from the inventory. More than usually keep an eye on situations when you can get serious injuries, because you're not able to carefully monitor your health bar.
Keep fighting until you defeat Jaron, which is illustrated with a short cut-scene (screen above).
Reward: 1000 experience points.
Before you leave this location, make sure to examine Jaron Namir's corpse, and that's because he was using one of the best weapons available - a plasma rifle #1. Take also its ammo. You might also examine all drawers in the room #2. You'll find a laser rifle, EMP grenades and ammo among other things.
Now you can move to the eastern corridor #1, and after few moments turn north. After reaching the last lab room, the game will display a cut-scene on meeting with Megan Reed #2.
If, until now, you're under influence of the switch, then Megan will "fix" Jensen, so everything returns to normal. Now you'll have a long talk about kidnapping, Sarif and Darrow #1. After few moments another cut-scene will be displayed, during which Darrow, who stays in Panchaea Hugh, activates emergency switch on a mass scale #2, bringing all people with exchanged biochips to the brink of insanity. As you can easily guess, your next main goal is to stop Darrow before he can cause even greater damage.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Before you can go to Panchaea, you'll have to open the hangar door, thus providing a possibility of escape for Megan and the rest of scientists. Stay for a while in the room where Megan was and consider breaking into a safe #2, which has highest, fifth security level lock. There are credits and an e-book inside. You can also hack into a computer terminal #2. Solving a mini hacker game of fifth security level will allow you to read one long message. Finally look around for an e-book lying on the desk.
Now you can use a nearby elevator #1. After reaching a small control room, interact with the switch #2. Now look through a window, noting running scientists, who will fly away from the facility using a helicopter.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Use the only exit from a control room #1. After reaching the hangar you should notice, that all guards here went insane. If you want you can try to stun them #2 or even to kill them, but you will get no experience points because of that. You'd also bear in mind that insane guards are very effective in melee combat now. Do not let them surround you, because this may end badly for you.
Keep going east #1, eliminating or bypassing enemies. After getting near the shuttle, interact with the button #2 and confirm that you want to fly to Panchaea.
Reward: 250 experience points.
Another cut-scene will show you your flight to the last game location - Panchea. Once you get to the destination, the game will activate the main quest, Shutting Down Darrow's Signal.
This quest is activated automatically after saving scientists kept in the facility in Singapore and defeating Jaron Namir, so after completing the main quest Rescuing Megan and Her Team. This is the last game mission, which is not too long. Getting through the station shouldn't be too difficult for you, but if you choose to avoid insane facility workers, you must plan your moves very carefully. Do not forget to visit Taggart and Sariff during your walk through the station, because it will guarantee you a chance to reach all possible game endings (more info about this can be found in the chapter Game endings). It is also worth noting that the final battler is much easier that might be expected and you can win it in several ways.
LIST OF QUEST OBJECTIVES:
1. PRIMARY - Get inside the tower and disengage the lockdown - There are two different paths to the station building, but the crossing through the tower is more linear. Upon reaching the lockdown area, you'll be forced to have a long conversation with Hugh Darrow, and you should focus on holding it right.
2. PRIMARY - Reach the broadcast center - This goal appears after conversation with Hugh Darrow and stays active until you reach the place of the final battle.
3. SECONDARY - Find and speak with Taggart - During exploration of the station (right after you leave Gerta's clinic), you'll be informed about possibility of talking to Taggart. I definitely suggest going to him, because thanks to that conversation you'll unlock a possibility of additional game ending.
4. SECONDARY - Find and speak with Sarif - During exploration of the station (right after you get near the cargo lift to the engine room), you'll be informed about possibility of talking to Sarif. I definitely suggest going to him, because thanks to that conversation you'll unlock a possibility of additional game ending.
5. PRIMARY - Defeat the Hyron Project - The final battle of the game is not particularly demanding. What's more, thanks to some clever tricks it can be won in just a few dozen seconds.
6. PRIMARY - Decide which 'truth' to broadcast - After defeating the Hyron Project and entering the last room you'll have to make your choice. More info about this can be found in the chapter Game endings.
Map legend: 1 - Containers; 2 - Upper entrance to the station; 3 - Lower entrance to the station.
Begin with exploring the entire area where you start this mission. There is a large amount of ammo there, and also a weapon locker with rifles and a gas grenade. Your first goal is to get inside the station and that can be done in two basic ways. Definitely the better option is to get to the upper air vent. Unfortunately in order to do this, your hero needs the Jump Enhancement augmentation. Begin jumping onto large containers located in the west part of this area #1. Now move north, jumping towards another containers #2.
Eventually you have to reach a wall of the northern building. Jump onto a small upper balcony #1 and head east. After few moments you should reach the only open entrance to a tunnel with a large conditioner #2.
Use the fact that the conditioner is off and move north, finding an entrance to the air vent #1. After passing by the vent you'll find yourself over the first large room of this station #2.
If you can't use the upper passage or you do not want to use it, you'll have to get through lower corridors. In this case stay near the starting point and look around the north-eastern part of the area looking for a large manhole #1. Use a ladder and go ahead, reaching after few moments a corridor with electrical discharges #2.
You can act here in two ways. If Jensen has the EMP Shielding augmentation, then discharges can't hurt him so you can freely go north. But if you do not have such augmentation, then you have to watch out and plan your next moves carefully. Jump onto a large pipe to the right #1, so during your march north you won't touch water. You must carefully approach two EMP mines attached to the right wall #2 (if you're immune to discharges you can ignore mines, cause explosions won't harm you in any way).
Soon you'll get to the junction (screen above) and if you do not have the EMP Shielding augmentation, you have to carefully plan your next moves. You can pick up and move a large crate (the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation needed), pushing it towards a shelf in order to get there or jump to the water and then quickly jump towards northern shelf (in this situation you might wait until your health regenerates).
Exploration of the eastern corridor #1 is optional and you could decide to do this only if you have the EMP Shielding augmentation. Otherwise, ignore this corridor for now and return here once you turn off the power in the area. At the end of this corridor #2, as well as on your way, you would find several guards' corpses, which would be good to examine.
In order to continue current mission, you need to choose the northern corridor #1. As said previously, if you have the EMP Shielding augmentation, you do not have to be stresses. Otherwise you would need do jump to the left large pipe or make some sort of bridge made of one of crates here (those which are not destroyed by a contact with discharges) #2.
Move further north and then turn left. Be careful, because there is a fragmentation mine hidden there. It is located inside the right air vent #1 and it would be good to detonate it from the distance #2.
If you have the EMP Shielding augmentation and you do not want to explore this area, then ignore the vent where a mine was located and continue your march east #1. A path will turn then south #2. Destroy or disarm a new fragmentation mine there and head towards a new junction.
If you do not have the EMP Shielding augmentation or you want to explore the entire area, you would have to get to the northern air vent, where a fragmentation mine was located. If your hero is vulnerable to discharges, try to jump onto the northern pipe or look for a large crate in order to get there #1. Enter the vent and destroy or disarm another fragmentation mine there #2.
After few moments you should reach a place where you can jump out of the vent #1. Look for a PDA, a PEPS weapon and a switch #2. If you were avoiding discharges till now, you can return to previously ignored corridors. Otherwise leave the room and go to the next junction.
Both paths described above will lead to you to the same place - a corridor leading to the east #1. Go there and use a ladder #2.
After using a ladder, head towards the only usable door #1. It leads to the staircase #2. After short walk you'll get to the same area which you would discover if you'd have chosen previously described way of getting here - a walk through the air vent.
A hall, where two paths described in Step 1 lead to, has two levels. There are no enemies here for now, but in few minutes you'll have to return here and then it won't be so safe. So I suggest to carefully looking around for few moments. Take a closer look at the area near the ceiling in the eastern part of this location #1, and that's because you'll find a rocket launcher by examining guard's corpse #2. This place can be reached easily if you have chosen previously a way through the upper air vent. Otherwise you might use another vents.
There are several storage rooms in the southeastern part of the hall on level 1, and you can reach them by hacking security locks #1 or using air vents #2. You'll find there rockets, a shotgun and boxes with ammo and grenades.
Now you can examine two computer terminals in the western part of level 1. The right one #1 is not secured and the left terminal #2 has a highest, fifth security level lock. In the latter case you can play mini hacker game or use a code lstforver which can be obtained later on in the game. This computer controls a security camera and a combat robot here. I suggest not changing anything right now, because both mentioned functions will be useful later on.
After exploration of the hall, use the stairs and go to the western balcony on level 2. Head north and move towards an exit marked by the game #1. Once you get there interact with elevator control panel #2. Enter the elevator and wait until it transports you to another tower level.
After leaving the elevator you need to go through first floor of the tower. You might look closer at this area because soon you will have to walk the same path but in opposite direction. Look into lockers left from the elevator entrance and also into the canteen #1. Keep exploring this floor, finding at the southern corridor a part of an air vent with a female corpse inside. There is also a PDA there #2.
In the south-eastern part of this floor you can explore a small storage room #1. Use the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation here in order to reveal an entrance to an air vent. Go through the vent and you'll find yourself in an adjacent room with an insane facility worker #2. You can stun him or kill him.
After the exploration, look around for plasma capsules, a PDA with a code to a dressing room #1, a PEPS weapon and an unsecured computer terminal #2. Return now to the main corridor and head north, finding an e-book on your way.
After reaching the northern part of this floor, ignore smaller rooms, heading towards a larger storage room located west most #1. It has fourth security level lock, but you can use previously obtained code 8024. Inside you'll find hypostims among other things and interact with an unsecured terminal #2, obtaining a password.
Move boxes placed in one of the room corner #1 and enter the air vent. It will lead you to previously inaccessible storage room #2 with a heavy gun, combat rifle and a weapon upgrade. Now you can return to the main corridor same way.
Use the previously ignored large stairs #1 which lead to second floor of this tower (Command Center). Then head east and consider breaking into the nearest room #2, hacking fourth security level lock.
Inside this room you'll find plasma capsules, a box of ammo and a computer terminal #1 with fourth security level lock. If you can solve another mini hacker gamer, you will be able to disable a turret (the Turret Domination augmentation needed) #2. I definitely recommend such an action, because it will make easier your further tasks.
Return to the main corridor and resume exploration of second floor of the facility. If you've managed to break into last terminal, then the defensive turret hanged on wall of the adjacent corridor is now disabled. Otherwise it is active, and in this case you have to destroy it or bypass it. In the latter case I suggest until the turret turns in the direction of the eastern corridor, and then move quickly towards it, standing under it.
Eventually you have to reach a northern command center, jumping in there through the damaged shutter #1. If a previously mentioned turret is active, you must hurry with such an action. Move forward to initiate a cut-scene on meeting Hugh Darrow #2. This conversation will be long.
Reward: 500 experience points + 750 experience points for remaining unnoticed.
As the conversation start, you'll learn that Hugh Darrow decided to do this drastic move, seeing the augmentations technology going to a different direction that intended. The man will say that his decision will save humanity in the long run. Your task is to persuade him to stop sending the signal which makes people insane, pointing at errors in his reasoning and making an opposition to his thinking. A Social Enhancer augmentation would be very helpful here, because you could know the psychological profile of Darrow and monitor the persuasion level. A proper way of conversation will make a bar changing into green, while wrong decisions make it more orange. Do not worry if you do not have augmentation mentioned above, because negotiations might be successful even without it. We can't unfortunately provide you with a proven method because despite choosing same behavior options on subsequent attempts to play negotiations, Darrow may behave in very different way. So it is important to read every dialog line connected with behavior option. You must also remember about what you want to get and all negotiations have to be focused on the final effect.
A desired effect can be obtained by showing your interlocutor, that his actions would deprive mankind of humanity and that the world will turn into anarchy. You may also say that his attitude is just an excuse for acts which can be called genocide. It is also worth mentioning that his actions are partly of revenge for the fact that his body is unable to accept any augmentations, but it can't be done in a very aggressive way. I suggest choosing Extrapolate and Critique during the conversation. An alternative way for this conversation is to use the Social Enhancer augmentation in order to activate pheromones (Z key). You should then choose omega personality type behavior option (Pression). A main hero would then focus on Darrow's inability to use augmentations, convincing him that his hatred for people who can use implants urged him to take such drastic steps.
If this conversation ends with success, then Darrow will give you a PDA with a code 2012 helpful in disarming security system of Panchaea. If the conversation fails, then Darrow will refuse to give you the code and you won't obtain it even if you try to kill your interlocutor. In both cases though you'll get the same mission goal connected with getting to the broadcast center.
Reward: 1000 experience points (success) or 100 experience points (failure).
Look around the command center where you were talking to Darrow - you'll find an e-book with complete speech #1 among other things. Return now to the damaged shutter #2 and listen to Pritchard's warnings. He'll inform you that after disengaging the lockdown, all hostile people, whose implants have been affected by Darrow's attack, are now free.
If you haven't disabled a defensive turret #1, make sure to destroy it now, or wait for a good moment to exit the command center. Otherwise, you do not have to worry about anything. What's more interesting, you do not have to go back same way, because you can just move ahead and jump over another damaged shutter #2, landing on the lower stairs. But this action is recommended only if you have the Icarus Landing System augmentation.
Resume exploring first floor, moving towards the elevator. If you do not have any problems with force solutions, then you can ruthlessly eliminate insane facility workers on your way, but you have to remember about two things. First of all, do not let them get close to you, because they are very effective in a melee combat and they can surround and kill you easily. Second thing - you'll get no experience points for eliminating hostile civilians and they do not have any valuable loot.
If you prefer peaceful option then you have to move slowly, monitoring actions of insane civilians. Worth noting is fact, that only few of them move, patrolling same corridors. The rest stands still and in most cases they look at walls, what will make avoiding them much easier. After reaching the first group of civilians, wait until one of them goes away and then choose a right door, passing through the canteen (screen above).
After reaching the elevator, wait again until previously mentioned civilian #1 goes north. Move towards the elevator #2. Quickly interact with control panel and wait until it takes you to the hall, which you've already explored.
Here you can also act in two basic ways. If you prefer aggressive option, then go towards the stairs and shoot at insane people (screen above). Do not move from here and wait for other enemies to come - kill them before they can get close to you.
You can get rid of civilians also not wasting any ammo. In order to do so, go downstairs to level 1 and look around in the western part of the hall, finding a computer terminal #1. It has fifth security level lock but you can enter a password lstforver. Activate a combat robot with this terminal (the Robot Domination augmentation needed) and wait until it kills all civilians #2.
If you prefer peaceful actions, you'll have to use air vents here. Head south and go down the western stairs #1 to level 1. Move carefully north #2, using pillars and other large objects as covers.
Locate a large crate in the western part of the hall #1 and move it a little (the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation needed) in order to reveal an entrance to the air vent #2.
Go through the vent, which should lead you to the northern part of the hall #1. Move carefully east (jump between covers for example) and locate an entrance to another air vent on the eastern wall #2.
An exit from another vent is located in one of the storage room in the south-eastern part of the hall #1. Move west a little and note that there a stairs leading to the eastern balcony #2.
Before using the stairs make sure that an insane civilian who patrols an upper balcony doesn't look at your direction. Quickly go upstairs to level 2, turn right and use an entrance to another, third air vent #2.
Head now north, reaching the vent's exit located closest to current mission goal #1. Regardless of your previous actions (killing/stunning civilians or avoiding them), you need to get to the entrance of the previously inaccessible area #2.
Jump through the damaged shutter (if you still avoid insane civilians, you must hurry up) #1, so you'll find yourself in a small guard room. You can look into lockers here and interact with unsecured computer terminal #2. After that, use the door.
Head east now. On your way there you can consider exploring the northern locker room, but you'd have to stun or kill an insane civilian inside. After that action examine all interactive lockers #2, finding plasma capsules among other things.
Continue exploring this station level, heading east and the turning south. You might explore a side corridor on your way and use the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation to move an automat blocking a passage #1. Once you get inside, move to the window and talk to Gerta Mueller #2. This is your last chance to make supplies, and my advice is to buy two Praxis kits offered in the store.
After shopping look around this room, finding an unsecured computer terminal, credits, an e-book and a PDA with a password, which will be helpful in the game end. Return to the main corridor now and go further south #2. On your way there you should hear a message from hiding William Taggart, who can be rescued after few moments. The same applies to David Sarif, who will ask you for help later.
Use the stairs now #1, moving east. Soon you should exit the building and reach balconies #2 occupied by other insane facility workers. Jump over a small obstacle and now plan your next steps. These are possible options:
Note! Reaching William Taggart is optional, but you shouldn't ignore it, because otherwise you'll not be able to unlock one of the possible game endings. If you still do not want to waste your time on this conversation, scroll down to a description of Step 8 (Reaching the broadcast center).
Taggart hides on second level of this facility - north from currently explored balconies, in a small room near to the Server Room. A corridor leading there is located east from here but you'll have to face a group of insane civilians on your way (screen above). The easiest way to avoid them is to use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation), but you have to watch out not to fall on anyone.
If you do not want to use a camouflage or you can't use it, then you have to bypass insane civilians. Wait until one of them turns back and goes in the opposite direction. Quickly move now to the western staircase #1 and go down to level -1. Head east #2 reaching to the western staircase. Use the stairs again in order to return to level 2.
Map legend: 1 - Corridor leading to Taggart's place; 2 - Corridor with cameras and a robot; 3 - Entrance locked by crates; 4 - Entrance to the server room; 5 - Terminal in the server room; 6 - Server room exit.
Regardless of your actions, you have to get to the eastern part of balconies on level 2. Look for a partially blocked passage to the northern corridor here (screen above) and use it.
After reaching a corridor leading west you should notice, that there are two active security cameras near #1. If you have a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation), the easiest way is to use it and bypass cameras. It might be harder without a camouflage because you would have to hide more often and constantly monitor cameras. If you reached a corridor's end then look for a scientist's corpse lying on a PDA with a valuable password. Now turn north and use the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation in order to move two large crates #2.
If you do not want to "play" with cameras or you do not have the mentioned augmentation, then do not get close to camera. Instead look around for an entrance to the northern room #1 - the Server Room. Watch out here, because there is a huge group of insane people nearby. Once you get inside the room, turn left and jump onto large servers #2. You might use the Jump/Land Silently augmentation, so your actions will be unnoticed by anyone.
Note, that there is an active computer terminal #1 by the southern wall of the room. Carefully jump down and interact with a terminal. You do not have to solve fifth security level mini hacker game because you can use a password mssinghme (can be obtained from a PDA found at a corpse lying in the server room). After logging into the system you might disable all three security cameras nearby #2 and also a robot (the Robot Domination augmentation needed).
Now you have to get to the western exit from the server room #1. The easiest way is to use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation), bypassing near persons. Otherwise jump again onto one of the servers #2 and then start jumping from one row of computers onto another.
Both ways described above will lead you to the room where Taggart hides. You can enter the room in two ways. First option is to hack the western door electronic lock #1 (fifth security level). If you can't do this, then examine the southern wall and use the Punch Through Wall augmentation #2.
Enter the room. If a local security camera is still active, then you need a camouflage. Otherwise look around the room and find an unsecured computer terminal. The most important issue now is to talk to William Taggart (screen above). You do not have any influence on its course, so just listen to him. You do not need to think now whether you intend to help Taggart to send a message prepared by him, because you'll make a final decision at the very game's end.
Reward: 500 experience points.
Note! A way of getting to Sarif is described in a description of Step 7 and further actions to reach the broadcast center are described in a description of Step 8.
Note! Reaching William Taggart is optional, but you shouldn't ignore it, because otherwise you'll not be able to unlock one of the possible game endings. If you still do not want to waste your time on this conversation, scroll down to a description of Step 8 (Reaching the broadcast center).
Taggart hides on second level of this facility - north from currently explored balconies, in a small room near to the Server Room. A corridor leading there is located east from here but you'll have to face a group of insane civilians on your way. Start shooting at them (screen above). As always do not let them get close to you. Additionally watch out for other enemies, who can get here from lower floor, using two local staircases.
Map legend: 1 - Corridor leading to Taggart's place; 2 - Corridor with cameras and a robot; 3 - Entrance locked by crates; 4 - Entrance to the server room; 5 - Terminal in the server room; 6 - Server room exit.
Make sure that you've eliminated all civilians and spend some moment to explore the area. The western storage room #1 has third security level lock and you'll find there a shotgun among other things. Now you can go to the eastern part of balconies on this level. Look for a partially blocked passage to the northern corridor here #2 above) and use it.
After reaching the corridor leading west you have to watch out, because this area is probably patrolled by a hostile robot. You might destroy it using and EMP grenade #1. After successful action go west, but turn north when it is possible. A passage here is blocked by two large crates #2, which can be moved only using the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation.
If you're not able to move heavy crates, return east and look for a passage to the northern server room. Watch out, because there is another group of insane enemies nearby #1. You might shoot at them standing in the entrance to the server room, so no one can attack you from a flank. After winning the battle, enter the server room again and head west, finding a passage to an adjacent corridor #2.
Both ways described above will lead you to the room where Taggart hides. You can enter the room in two ways. First option is to hack the western door electronic lock #1 (fifth security level). If you can't do this, then examine the southern wall and use the Punch Through Wall augmentation #2.
Enter the room. Walk towards William Taggart and start the conversation (screen above). You do not have any influence on its course, so just listen to him. You do not need to think now whether you intend to help Taggart to send a message prepared by him, because you'll make a final decision at the very game's end.
Reward: 500 experience points.
Note! A way of getting to Sarif is described in a description of Step 7 and further actions to reach the broadcast center are described in a description of Step 8.
Note! Reaching David Sarif is optional, but you shouldn't ignore it, because otherwise you'll not be able to unlock one of the possible game endings. If you still do not want to waste your time on this conversation, scroll down to a description of Step 8 (Reaching the broadcast center).
If you've done all actions described in Step 6, then you'll start this task in a room with William Taggart. You need to go back to main balconies on level 2. Do not worry, if you won't get information about possibility of meeting Sarif at the beginning, because this will be added to your journal a little bit later. Sarif hides in a machine room on lowest level -4 and in order to get there use any stairs leading to level -1 (screen above). I assume that you didn't liquidate insane civilians in this area, so you still have to avoid them.
Once you get to level -1, you can act in two ways. If you have a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation), then head east, bypassing insane civilians on your way (screen above). Same as with enemies encountered on upper balconies, watch out not to fall on anyone.
If you do not want to use a camouflage or you do not have it, then reaching your target will be more difficult. Once you get to level -1 jump over the railing or use any ladder #1, in order to get to lower level -2 #2. Now head east, but do not use 'run' option - otherwise you might alarm enemies above you.
After reaching an eastern part of level -2 look around for a large, orange -2 container #1, because it will be your start point for climbing. Move carefully over scaffoldings north #2, but make sure that insane facility workers won't see you nor hear you.
Map legend: 1 - Start place if you use an elevator; 2 - Start place if you jump into an air vent; 3 - Main room with insane civilians; 4 - Descends to level -4.
Map legend: 1 - Main room with insane civilians; 2 - Mined corridor; 3 - Door blocked by large crates; 4 - Entrance to an air vent.
Whichever way you've chosen, you need to get to the passage leading to a machine room #1. It is the place where you should hear David Sarif's message for a first time and unlock a secondary mission goal connected with it. Head east and look around to find an elevator #2. Enter the cargo lift, use a control panel and wait until it takes you to a machine room on level -3.
Move close to a first room, where you'll find a very large group of insane workers #1. Especially watch out for a civilian who moves constantly - do not let him see you. Move to the north-western corner of the room and then head south using a narrow passage near the west wall #2. Keep walking south, reaching the south-western corner of the room.
If you want to explore this area, then get to the eastern door #1. Enter the southern storage room #2, where you'll find several lockers. There is a PDA with a valuable password in one of them.
Return to a main room with enemies and carefully move towards the southern passage (Section B) #1. It will allow you to get to the balcony over level -4 of machine room #2.
Move to the western part of the balcony #1 and carefully jump down. Same as in the previous room, you can move south by crouching and staying close to the western wall #2.
Stop after passing through a first tunnel and wait until an insane worker east from you turns around in opposite direction #1. Quickly move south, staying close to the western wall #2.
After passing through the second room of machine room, turn right and look closer at the entrance to an air vent #1 above you. Use this vent in order to reach a room, where few survivors hide #2.
Enter the room and take your time do examine a locker and an unsecured computer terminal. The most important issue is to start a conversation with Sarif (screen above). You do not have any influence on its course, so just listen to him. You do not need to think now whether you intend to help Sarif to send a message prepared by him, because you'll make a final decision at the very game's end. You can now leave the room and head towards the lift in order to return to level -1.
Reward: 500 experience points.
Note! Further actions are described in a description of Step 8 (Reaching the broadcast center).
Note! Reaching David Sarif is optional, but you shouldn't ignore it, because otherwise you'll not be able to unlock one of the possible game endings. If you still do not want to waste your time on this conversation, scroll down to a description of Step 8 (Reaching the broadcast center).
If you've done all actions described in Step 6, then you'll start this task in a room with William Taggart. You need to go back to main balconies on level 2. Do not worry, if you won't get information about possibility of meeting Sarif at the beginning, because this will be added to your journal a little bit later. Sarif hides in a machine room on lowest level -4. First use any stairs leading to level -1 and deal with all insane civilians here (screen above). Same as fights on upper balcony, you can't let your opponents come close to you, because it might end very badly for Jensen.
After fight I suggest to look around on level -1, and that's because you'll find few storage rooms here. It is worth to explore each of them, finding weapons and ammo. Particularly you should look into a westernmost storage room #1. It has third security level lock, but you'll find a plasma rifle #2 among other things inside.
Map legend: 1 - Start place if you use an elevator; 2 - Start place if you jump into an air vent; 3 - Main room with insane civilians; 4 - Descends to level -4.
Map legend: 1 - Main room with insane civilians; 2 - Mined corridor; 3 - Door blocked by large crates; 4 - Entrance to an air vent.
There are two ways to get inside the machine room. More obvious solution is to get to a cargo lift and in order to do so you would have to go to the eastern part of balconies on level -1 #1. It is the place where you should hear David Sarif's message for a first time and unlock a secondary mission goal connected with it. Head east and look around to find an elevator #2. Enter the cargo lift, use a control panel and wait until it takes you to a machine room on level -3.
Move close to a first room, where you'll find a very large group of insane workers (screen above). You might start shooting at them from here. During the fight try to shoot at explosive barrels here, so you can get rid of opponents much faster. But do not hurry up, because after you kill all enemies in the room, other insane civilians from adjacent rooms might join the fight.
Another way to get to the machine room is to jump into a large air vent. You should start on balconies on level -1 and jump over a railing or use any of ladders #1 in order to get to lower level -2. Look around for a large, open vent #2.
In order to land safely on the ground (it will be level -3), you have to have the Icarus Landing System augmentation of course (screen above). Additionally it might be good to hold left mouse key during your flight, so your landing may stun insane civilians in this area. Deal with them fast, before they can fight you back.
Leave the room with a large vent and head south. Note that being there you can safely shoot at enemies in the north-eastern part of the machine room #1. Try to shoot at explosive barrels. Now go very south #2 and get rid of enemies in the south-eastern part of machine room.
Now you have to decide how to reach Sarif. More obvious option is to choose south-western exit from a machine room on level -4 #1. But you would have to be very careful there because you would find yourself in a corridor with fragmentation mines. And there are not only problem, because in order to get to your current mission objective you would have to move a large crate blocking your way and this can be done only by using the Move/Throw Heavy Objects augmentation.
Less obvious yet much simpler solution is to explore south-western corner of the machine room on level -4 - you'll find an entrance to an air vent there #1. Use this vent in order to reach a room, where few survivors hide #2.
Enter the room and start a conversation with Sarif (screen above). You do not have any influence on its course, so just listen to him. You do not need to think now whether you intend to help Sarif to send a message prepared by him, because you'll make a final decision at the very game's end. You can now leave the room and head towards the lift in order to return to level -1.
Reward: 500 experience points.
Note! Further actions are described in a description of Step 8 (Reaching the broadcast center).
Note! Unlike actions described in Step 6 and Step 7, which were optional, Reaching the broadcast center is a mandatory task.
If you've followed my description so far and you have visited both, Taggart and Sarif, your further actions will be easier. After leaving the machine room with a cargo lift, you have only to choose a northern corridor (main screen). But if you've ignored a possibility of visiting Taggart and Sarif, then you need to reach an eastern part of level -1. In such case I suggest to scroll up to description of Step 7 (the beginning), which describes in details how to do it.
Head north all the time, avoiding small obstacles. Do not hesitate to pick up a heavy gun #1 along your way or at least ammo for this weapon. After that use the stairs and pass by a small guard room #2. Carefully open the door leading to the bridge, which is occupied by large group of insane civilians.
Before you start dealing with them, you might move a crate lying to the left and reveal and entrance to an air vent #1. After crossing through the vent, you would find yourself in the guard room. But you can enter it only when you have the Implanted Rebreather augmentation, otherwise you could be killed by poisonous gas fumes #2.
It is worth to look around for a locker here - there are many valuable items inside #1. If you want to get rid of civilians on the bridge now, you can hack into a computer terminal, which has fourth security level lock. You'll be able now to activate and reprogram a defensive turret (you need the Turret Domination augmentation), which would solve a problem #2.
Return to the bridge. If civilians are still alive and you prefer force solution, then start shooting at them. Same as with the battle in the machine room, try to aim at explosive barrels, so you will be able to eliminate more enemies at once. And remember do not let anyone get close to you.
If civilians are still alive and you prefer peaceful option, the wait until a situation calms down, move sloe to the bridge and jump over a right railing #1. Now you can move north #2, but do not count that you'll reach your target that way. Along your way you'll have to move from one balcony to another and in such cases you have to watch out civilians who do not stand on the bridge but patrols it. Of course this march can be much easier if you use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation).
Regardless of option you chose, you have to reach the northern passage (screen above) and keep going to the broadcast center.
Use the only possible path and after few moments you'll reach a large hall #1. Get closer to a cargo lift here, interact with its control panel and confirm that you want to operate it #2.
Wait until a lift gets to a new floor and move ahead, using the only possible passage #1. Along the way look around for corpses and weapons left behind - you can find a heavy gun and plasma rifles #2.
After reaching the door leading to the broadcast center #1, save the game because a final battle waits you. Opening the door leads to a cut-scene with Zhao Run Yu #2. She'll decide to connect with the Hyron Project and your task is to stop her.
Reward: 500 experience points + 750 experience points for remaining unnoticed.
Here is some basic information about this final battle:
First of all do not think about this battle as a traditional boss fight, because you will not have to defeat any tough opponent in direct combat. Melee fight are possible in later phase of the battle, but can be avoided. Even if you get to this point, they will be easy to win.
Second of all, you have a great freedom about choices of your tactics. So you do not have to worry about winning this battle, even if your character specializes in remaining in hiding.
Also the important news is that during a battle you can save the game. But his can only happen if you are not attacked by anyone.
o
Map legend: 1 - Switch off supporting system terminal; 2 - Zhao Run Yu; 3 - Human modules; 4 - Computer terminals; 5 - Storage rooms.
Before we continue with the battle, first a few words about the room where the Hyron Project is located. Absolute priority in this battle is to avoid defensive turrets hung on a rotating structure #1. They move in a circle and shoot any target in their field of sight. The most effective way to avoid them is to use a camouflage and hide behind covers. You can also destroy turrets. I do not recommend using EMP grenades, while turrets are not on the ground. It is much better to use good weapons and particularly effective in this case is a plasma rifle #2. It is worth noting, that destroying all turrets will not result in any negative consequences (e.g. another security systems to be activated).
If you run out of ammo during the battle, then you might use two storage rooms located at the very bottom (Storage A and Storage B) #1 #2. Unfortunately, in order to reach them, you have to get close to the center of the room. Besides that, storage rooms are not available from the beginning but later. Inside each of the storage rooms you'll find weapons, ammo, grenades, medical supplies and battery charging stuff.
There are also few destroyable walls #1 on the outskirts of this room. If you have the Punch Through Wall augmentations, you should consider breaking them, because you'll get good covers thanks to that #1. You can also use these places as shooting points.
Definitely fastest way to win the battle is to get to the central construction of this room #1. Remember about previous warnings and either use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) or destroy defensive turrets. Explore the south-western part of the central construction, finding a control terminal, attached to the wall #2.
A mentioned terminal has highest, fifth security level lock, but you can also use a code 2012 #1, obtained from Hugh Darrow as a reward for successful negotiations (you'll find more info on this in a description of Step 3. After logging into the system, decide to switch of the supporting system #2.
Thanks to that you'll skip a large part of the battle and you'll be able to focus on attacking Zhao Run Yu #1. It is best to use a rocket launcher or a laser rifle #2 to inflict her damage. She won't be able to defend herself, but if you haven't destroyed defensive turrets yet, then you need to use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) or attack Zhao from behind a good cover.
An alternative method is to fight the entire battle. In this case your first task is to destroy three human modules marked by the game. Before you can destroy a module, you have to open it and this can be done in two ways. First option is to get down in order getting close to the central construction #1. Remember about previous warnings, so either use a camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) or destroy defensive turrets. After reaching the central construction, find a button near a human module #2 and press it.
A second option to open modules is to interact with computer terminals on the outskirts of this room #1. If you haven't destroyed defensive turrets, you have to hurry with interacting with terminals, because the glass which separates you from them won't stand too long their fire. A solution to this problem is to use camouflage (the Glass-Shield Cloaking System augmentation) #2, but you would need a big supply of batteries.
Each of mentioned terminals has fourth security level lock, but you can use password from previously found PDAs #1. These are iwntlove (login hualing), frgottn (login daiyu) and yyyyyy (login marilyn). After logging into the system, each time quickly select opening door option #2.
In both cases (using buttons or computer terminals), your goal is the same - opening the module. Once you're succeed, start attacking the person attached to the machine and do not stop shooting, regardless if you're attacking it from a long #2 or a short #2 distance. I suggest using good weapons here, so you can make sure to kill the person and destroy the module before it closes again.
With opening the second module, things get complicated, because a group of insane guards will appear in the area #1. The easiest way is to shoot them. But if you're a pacifist, the use a paralyzing weapon on them (do not let them see you!) or deal with them in a melee combat #2. In the latter case you can't let them surround you.
After destroying all three modules, a second phase of the battle begins. You'll recognize it, because Zhao will surround herself with a glass barrier (screen above).
Zhao won't fight you directly, but defend herself by creating electric discharges in particular sections of this room #1. If your character has the EMP Shielding augmentations, then you can ignore these attacks. Otherwise you must avoid them at all costs and the best places to hide are previously mentioned storage rooms #2.
Discharges are not your only problem, because hostile robots will also appear in the room #1. You can defend yourself in lower storage rooms or somewhere on upper platforms, using EMP grenades #2, Typhoon ammo or good weapons to blow them up.
If you have the EMP Shielding augmentation, then you can start attacking Zhao after destroying three human modules #1. Ignore electric discharges and do not wait for a first robot to appear (you can use any cover to hide from it). If you do not have the EMP Shielding augmentation, then you have to defend yourself until you destroy all robots. It will make further discharges to disappear and Zhao Run Yu won't be defended by a glass wall anymore #2. In both cases use a rocket launcher or a laser rifle to attack Zhao, and after few seconds you'll win.
Regardless of your tactics, you have to attack Zhao Run Yu until you kill her (screen above). Scroll down not to the Endings section of this guide.
Reward: 1000 experience points.
After the last battle in main quest Shutting Down Darrow's Signal (more info on it can be found in a description of Step 9), use a passage previously blocked by Zhao Run Yu #1. Once you get inside a room with several computer terminals, you'll be contacted by Eliza Cassan #2, showing you possible options. The game has four different endings and these are listed below.
Note! If you want to see all endings without fighting the final battle again and again just save the game right after Eliza's speech.
ENDING 1 - SENDING SARIF'S MESSAGE
If you want to send Sarif's message, you have to interact with a left terminal (screen above). But it will be possible only if you've talked to Sarif during last main quest, Shutting Down Darrow's Signal (it is described in Step 7). If you've ignored that meeting, a terminal is inactive.
ENDING 2 - SENDING DARROW'S MESSAGE
If you want to send Darrow's message, you have to interact with a central terminal (screen above). It is possible regardless on if you've talked to Sarif and Taggart during last main quest, Shutting Down Darrow's Signal (it is described in Step 7), or you've ignored these conversations.
ENDING 3 - SENDING TAGGART'S MESSAGE
If you want to send Taggart's message, you have to interact with a right terminal (screen above). But it will be possible only if you've talked to Taggart during last main quest, Shutting Down Darrow's Signal (it is described in Step 7). If you've ignored that meeting, a terminal is inactive.
ENDING 4 - DESTOYING THE STATION
If you want to destroy the station, then choose a corridor heading southeast #1. On its very end, interact with auto destruction button #2. It is possible regardless on if you've talked to Sarif and Taggart during last main quest, Shutting Down Darrow's Signal (it is described in Step 7), or you've ignored these conversations.
Note! Whichever option you chose, watch the game's outro and then let Credits go. Your patience will be rewarded with an extra scene.
Dying Light Game Guide & Walkthrough
Dungeon Siege II: Broken World Game Guide & Walkthrough
Dracula: Origin Game Guide & Walkthrough
Drakensang: Phileassons Secret Game Guide & Walkthrough
Dead Island Riptide Game Guide & Walkthrough